ah1578_certiii_horticulture_turf.doc1).doc · web viewmodifiable microsoft® word versions of all...

Department of Training and Workforce Development

Western Australia

RPL Assessment Tool Kit

RTF30803Certificate III in Horticulture (Turf)

First published 2010

ISBN 978-1-74205-573-2

© Department of Training and Workforce Development

All rights reserved.

Western Australian Department of Training and Workforce Development materials, regardless of format, are protected by copyright law.

Permission, however, is granted to trainers, assessors and registered training organisations to use, reproduce and adapt the material (third party material excluded) for their Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) assessment activities.

This permission is subject to the inclusion of an acknowledgement of the source. Permission does not extend to the making of copies for hire or sale to third parties, and provided it is not used for commercial use or sale. Reproduction for purposes other than those indicated above requires the prior written permission of the Western Australian Department of Training and Workforce Development.

Published by and available from

WestOne Services

1 Prospect PlaceWEST PERTH WA 6005Tel: (08) 9229 5200 Fax: (08) 9227 8393Email: [email protected]

Website: www.westone.wa.gov.au

This work has been produced with the assistance of funding provided by the Council of Australian Governments (COAG) National Reform Initiative (NRI).

This resource contains units of competency, range statements and employability skills from the RTF03 Amenity Horticulture Training Package – RTF30803 Certificate III in Horticulture (Turf), © Commonwealth of Australia 2007 Department of Education, Science and Training (DEST), used under the AEShareNet-FfE licence.

DisclaimerWhilst every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information contained in this RPL Assessment Tool Kit, no guarantee can be given that all errors and omissions have been excluded. No responsibility for loss occasioned to any person acting or refraining from action as a result of the material in this RPL Assessment Tool Kit can be accepted by the Western Australian Department of Training and Workforce Development

mailto:[email protected]

http://www.westone.wa.gov.au/

RPL Assessment Tool RTF30803 Certificate III in Horticulture (Turf)

ContentsNew streamlined RPL assessment processes 5

Units of competency covered by Skill Sets 1–9 7

Information for assessors 9

Candidate’s contact information 10

Record of initial interview (to be conducted after candidate has completed self-evaluation) 11

Whole-of-trade skills recognition RPL evidence-gathering matrix 13

Other information that will assist with the assessment process 15

Explanation of assessment tools 19

The trade skills recognition process 20

Candidate’s self-evaluation 27

Reporting and recording documents for Skill Set 1 77









Third-party evidence reports for Skill Sets 1–9 217

Written tasks for Skill Set 3 237

Interview question banks and recording documents for Skill Sets 1–9 247

Mapping documents for Skill Sets 1–9 399

of 561 © Department of Training and Workforce Development 2010Version 1, April 2010

RTF30803 Certificate III in Horticulture (Turf) RPL Assessment Tool Kit

Page intentionally blank

© Department of Training and Workforce Development 2010 of 561Version 1, April 2010

RPL Assessment Tool Kit RTF30803 Certificate III in Horticulture (Turf)

New streamlined RPL assessment processesTo recognise prior learning it is necessary to:

ensure that candidates know that RPL provides an alternative pathway to course attendance

determine in consultation with the candidate, the learning, skills and knowledge that the candidate is able to demonstrate against the learning outcomes or performance criteria of the course or qualification for which the candidate is seeking entry or the award of credit

determine whether any further evidence is needed to support the claim of competence and arrange for appropriate additional learning experiences or gap training where appropriate

conduct an assessment that confirms competence.

A task-based model for RPLA process for RPL has been developed that promotes holistic, task-based assessment, and which focuses upon relating assessment activities to actual job tasks. The intention of this model is to streamline and simplify recognition processes for prospective candidates.

Preparation/information provision to candidateIn planning for any assessment, assessors need to provide adequate information prior to, throughout and after a training and assessment experience. They need to be fully aware of the needs of the candidate, any relevant workplace personnel and the requirements of the Training Package unit of competency or qualification.

Information is to be provided to the candidate about the assessment process. It will give particular advice regarding how the candidate can demonstrate their competence and any documentary evidence a candidate may wish to gather to support their application. Each industry has unique documents that can provide evidence of experience and competence. However, the focus of the new streamlined holistic assessment process is on demonstrated skills and knowledge and not on documentary evidence as the main source of evidence.Some examples of documentary evidence that can support the process include:

licences

brief CV or work history

certificates/results of assessment

tickets held, eg forklift, crane

photographs of work undertaken

diaries

task sheets/job sheets

logbooks

site training records

pay slips

membership of relevant professional associations

references/letters/third-party verification reports from previous employers/supervisors

industry awards

performance appraisals.



These items may be used to support the candidate’s claim to competency throughout the RPL process. However, they should not be seen as a sole or sufficient determinant of competence, which is more properly and effectively assessed through interaction, dialogue and the practical demonstration of tasks.

The stepsFollowing this preparatory stage of providing information to the candidate about the assessment process, and determining the job tasks and any clustering of competencies appropriate for the candidate, four steps toward RPL assessment are recommended.

Step 1 – Self-evaluation completed by candidate

Step 2 – Interview with assessor

Step 3 – Demonstration/observation of tasks

Step 4 – Provision of further supporting evidence

Modifiable Microsoft® Word versions of all templates relating to these steps are downloadable from this CD-ROM.



Units of competency covered by Skill Sets 1–9Skill Set 1 – Chemical applications to control weeds, pests, diseases and other plant disordersRTC2706A Apply chemicals under supervision

RTC3704A Prepare and apply chemicals

RTC3705A Transport, handle and store chemicals

RTC3401A Control weeds

RTC3404A Control plant pests, diseases and disorders

Skill Set 2 – Nutrient applications; monitoring of plant health; monitoring of site environment and impactsRTF3012A Implement a plant nutrition program

RTF3023A Monitor turf health

RTC2702A Observe environmental work practices

RTE3714A Maintain and monitor environmental work practices

Skill Set 3 – Operation of machinery involved in horticulture; application of OHS policies and proceduresRTC3310A Operate specialised machinery and equipment

RTE3713A Carry out workplace OHS procedures

RTE2308A Operate ride-on vehicles

RTC2307A Operate machinery and equipment

RTC2701A Follow OHS procedures

RTE3307A Coordinate machinery and equipment maintenance and repair

Skill Set 4 – Irrigation installation, operation, maintenance and troubleshootingRTE3601A Install irrigation systems

RTE3605A Troubleshoot irrigation systems

RTE3611A Operate pressurised irrigation systems

RTE3612A Implement a maintenance program for an irrigation system

RTE2606A Maintain pressurised irrigation systems

Skill Set 5 – Establishing turf surfaces; preparing turf surfaces for play; communication of requirements to both staff and clientsRTF2023A Support turf establishment

RTF3010A Establish turf

RTF2015A Prepare turf surfaces for play

RTC2801A Participate in workplace communications

RTC2705A Work effectively in the industry

RTF3027A Renovate sports turf



Skill Set 6 – Construction of turf playing areas; installation of drainage systems; coordination of work site activitiesRTF3001A Construct turf playing surfaces

RTE3601A Install irrigation systems

RTF2504A Determine basic properties of soil/growing media

RTC3805A Coordinate work site activities

Skill Set 7 – Plant recognition; planting of trees and shrubs; OHS proceduresRTC2016A Recognise plants

RTC2012A Plant trees and shrubs


Skill Set 8 – Operating chainsaws and tractors; undertaking machinery maintenanceRTC2304A Operate and maintain chainsaws

RTC2309A Operate tractors

RTC2301A Undertake operational maintenance of machinery


Skill Set 9 – Maintaining properties and structures; providing basic first aidRTC2210A Maintain properties and structures

RTC2704A Provide basic first aid

How/where interview was conducted

Interview only qObservation/demonstration qTheoretical assessment qAt workplace q at RTO q

Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Date



Information for assessorsThis document contains the assessment tools for Certificate III in Horticulture from which Certificate II in Horticulture may also be assessed. These tools have been developed to support a ‘whole-of-trade’ assessment to reflect the work undertaken in the industry.

This approach focuses on clustering the units of competency from the qualification into the following skill sets.

Skill Set 1 – Chemical applications to control weeds, pests, diseases and other plant disorders

Skill Set 2 – Nutrient applications; monitoring of plant health; monitoring of site environment and impacts

Skill Set 3 – Operation of machinery involved in horticulture; application of OHS policies and procedures

Skill Set 4 – Irrigation installation, operation, maintenance and troubleshooting

Skill Set 5 – Establishing turf surfaces; preparing turf surfaces for play; communication of requirements to both staff and clients

Skill Set 6 – Construction of turf playing areas; installation of drainage systems; coordination of work site activities

Skill Set 7 – Plant recognition; planting of trees and shrubs; OHS procedures

Skill Set 8 – Operating chainsaws and tractors; undertaking machinery maintenance

Skill Set 9 – Maintaining properties and structures; providing basic first aid



Candidate’s contact informationCandidate’s name

Address

Phone number

Mobile number

Fax number

Email

Candidate’s employer (if applicable)

Name of candidate’s supervisor (if applicable)

Qualification and trade details

Qualification

RTF30803 Certificate III in Horticulture (Turf) qTrade

Horticulture q



Record of initial interview (to be conducted after candidate has completed self-evaluation)

RTF30803 Certificate lll in Horticulture (Turf)

Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Description of candidate’s tasks at work(Assessor to complete this section during the interview with a summary of the candidate’s work history.)

What evidence is the candidate able to collect?(Assessor to complete this section during the interview with the evidence the assessor and candidate have agreed could be collected by the candidate.)

For example: job cards, job description, training records, references.

Candidate to answer questions

Have the purpose and the consequences of the assessment been explained? Yes q No q Have you received copies of the standards that will be assessed? Yes q No q Do you understand what evidence is to be collected? Yes q No q Have your rights and the appeal system been fully explained? Yes q No q Have you discussed any special needs to be considered during assessment? Yes q No qIf yes, provide details:

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________



Assessor’s signature Candidate’s signature Date



Whole-of-trade skills recognition RPL evidence-gathering matrix

Certificate III in Horticulture (Turf)

Workplace RTO

Assessor’s comments

Satis

fact

ory/

Uns

atis

fact

ory

Assessor’s initials

and date

G1 E1 H1 B A C D E F G H I

Obs

erva

tion

Skill

de

mon

stra

tion

Wor

kpla

ce

docu

men

tatio

nEm

ploy

er

repo

rts

Wor

k di

ary/

Port

folio

Aca

dem

ic re

cord

Theo

ry/C

alcs

as

sess

Skill

de

mon

stra

tion

Verb

al

asse

ssm

ent

Obs

erva

tion

Proj

ect

wor

kboo

k

RPL

/NR

pro

cess

Nat ID SIN No Nom hrs Unit of competency

1

RTC2706A S2741 30 Apply chemicals under supervision RTC3704A S2755 35 Prepare and apply chemicals

RTC3705A S2756 10 Transport, handle and store chemicals

RTC3401A S2752 30 Control weeds

RTC3404A S2753 35 Control plant pests, diseases and disorders

2

RTF3012A S3320 30 Implement a plant nutrition program RTF3023A S3340 30 Monitor turf health

RTC2702A S2738 30 Observe environmental work practices

RTE3714A S3534 20 Maintain and monitor environmental work practices

3

RTC3310A S2750 45 Operate specialised machinery and equipment

RTE3713A S3432 20 Carry out workplace OHS proceduresRTE2308A S3590 15 Operate ride-on vehiclesRTC2307A S2733 35 Operate machinery and equipmentRTC2701A S2737 10 Follow OHS procedures

RTE3307A S3443 20 Coordinate machinery and equipment maintenance and repair

4 RTE3601A S3527 30 Install irrigation systemsRTE3605A S3688 30 Troubleshoot irrigation systems

RTE3611A S3589 30 Operate pressurised irrigation systems

RTE3612A S3511 30 Implement a maintenance program




Workplace RTO


Satis

fact

ory/

Uns

atis

fact

ory


and date


Obs

erva

tion

Skill

de

mon

stra

tion

Wor

kpla

ce

docu

men

tatio

nEm

ploy

er

repo

rts

Wor

k di

ary/

Port

folio

Aca

dem

ic re

cord

Theo

ry/C

alcs

as

sess

Skill

de

mon

stra

tion

Verb

al

asse

ssm

ent

Obs

erva

tion

Proj

ect

wor

kboo

k

RPL

/NR

pro

cess


for an irrigation system

RTE2606A S3544 25 Maintain pressurised irrigation systems

5

RTF2023A S3372 20 Support turf establishment RTF3010A S3313 30 Establish turfRTF2015A S3359 20 Prepare turf surfaces for play

RTC2801A S2742 24 Participate in workplace communications

RTC2705A S2740 40 Work effectively in the industryRTF3027A S3366 20 Renovate sports turf

6

RTF3001A S3302 30 Construct turf playing surfacesRTE3601A S3334 30 Install irrigation systems

RTF2504A S3306 25 Determine basic properties of soils/growing media

RTC3805A S2758 40 Coordinate work site activities

7RTC2016A S2725 40 Recognise plantsRTC2012A S2724 30 Plant trees and shrubsRTC2701A S2737 10 Follow OHS procedures

8

RTC2304A S2731 35 Operate and maintain chainsawsRTC2309A S2734 24 Operate tractors

RTC2301A S2730 30 Undertake operational maintenance of machinery

RTC2701A S2787 10 Follow OHS procedures

9RTC2210A S2729 30 Maintain properties and structuresRTC2704A S2739 10 Provide basic first aid

Assessor’s signatureCandidate’s signature




Workplace RTO


Satis

fact

ory/

Uns

atis

fact

ory


and date


Obs

erva

tion

Skill

de

mon

stra

tion

Wor

kpla

ce

docu

men

tatio

nEm

ploy

er

repo

rts

Wor

k di

ary/

Port

folio

Aca

dem

ic re

cord

Theo

ry/C

alcs

as

sess

Skill

de

mon

stra

tion

Verb

al

asse

ssm

ent

Obs

erva

tion

Proj

ect

wor

kboo

k

RPL

/NR

pro

cess


Date



Other information that will assist with the assessment processSection 1 – Personal detailsWhat is your first language? _____________ Which language do you speak at home? _____________

Do you speak English? no q yes q How well? fluent q basic qDo you need an interpreter to help you with an interview of trade test? no q yes qDo you have a disability? no q yes qWill you need special aids to undertake a trade test? no q yes qProvide details so we can assist you: __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Section 2 – Previous applicationsHave you previously applied to have your trade skills assessed?

no q (Go to Section 3.) yes q (Give details.)

Name of trade: ___________________________________________________Name of authority to which you applied: ___________________________________________________Date of application: ___________________________________________________

Was your application successful? no q yes q

Section 3 – Apprenticeship trainingHave you ever commenced an apprenticeship in Australia or overseas?


Name of trade: ___________________________________________________Country where you did your trade: ___________________________________________________Name and address of college/institution you attended (if any)

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

What was the duration of your apprenticeship training? _____________ years _____________ monthsDate you completed your apprenticeship training: ____________________________________________

Section 4 – Formal vocational education or trade trainingApart from an apprenticeship, have you ever done any formal vocational training or technical courses relevant to this application?


Name of course: ___________________________________________________Name and address of college /institution you attended:

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Dates you commenced and completed the training: commenced: ____________ completed: __________Name of qualification obtained: ___________________________________________________



Section 5 – Current employment detailsAre you employed? no q (Go to Section 6.) yes q (Give details. If self-employed, provide

evidence.)

Company/employer: _____________________________________________________________

Address: _____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

Phone: ________________________________ Fax: _______________________

Email address: _____________________________________________________________

Date you commenced: _____________________________________________________________

Occupation: _____________________________________________________________

Current use of trade skillsWhere you are currently working, do you use the trade skills you are applying to have recognised?

no q (Go to Section 6.) yes q (In the space below, list the main trade-related duties you perform at work.)

Main duties____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

Attach a reference from your current employer.



Section 6 – Employment historyGive details of any previous employment relevant to this application (including employment in which you used your trade skills). You may attach a résumé rather than complete this section. If you do not have a résumé, document your work history here.

Start with your present or most recent employer. Attach other pages if necessary.

Attach copies of references from employers. The references should list the main duties you performed and other relevant information, for example <examples>. Include evidence of any periods of self-employment.

Company/employer name and address Occupation/duties

Period of employment

Is company/employer reference attached?From To

I certify that the information contained in this application is a true and accurate record of my employment and training.



Candidate’s signature

Date




Explanation of assessment toolsThese assessment tools have been developed to support the assessment of each skill set and include:

a self-evaluation checklist

a reporting and recording document for demonstrations/observations/practicals

an assessment judgement checklist

an interview question bank and recording document

a third-party evidence report.

These tools have been mapped to all the units of competency from RTF30803 Certificate III in Horticulture (Turf).



The trade skills recognition processStep 1The candidate obtains the self-evaluation checklist and works through it to identify what they need to know for the whole of trade. (Assessment tool: Self-evaluation checklist)

Step 2The candidate meets with an assessor for an interview to discuss their knowledge and skills to identify whether they address the required knowledge and skills for the whole of trade.

The candidate may also present documentary evidence at this interview. If they do not present any documentary evidence, the assessor and the candidate are to discuss what documentary evidence could be obtained. (Assessment tool: Interview question bank and recording document)The assessor will advise the candidate if it seems that they are likely to be successful with an RPL application. If this is the case, the candidate will move to Step 3.

If the skills gap is significant, the candidate is advised of other options, for example fast-track apprenticeship.

Step 3The candidate undertakes a workplace assessment, either in the workplace* or in a simulated environment.(Assessment tool: Reporting and recording document for demonstrations/observations/practicals)

*The workplace is preferable if the candidate is currently employed, as this would enable the assessor to complete Step 4 at the same time.

Step 4Reference checking – Third-party evidenceThe assessor discusses the candidate with the employer/supervisor/peers – to be agreed between the assessor and the candidate.

Step 5Assessment judgement

Step 6Recognition and certification



Trade skills recognitionNotice of assessment outcomeStage 1 – InterviewCandidate’s name: ____________________________________________________

Trade: ____________________________________________________

Date of interview: ____________________________________________________

Assessor’s name: ____________________________________________________

Assessment outcome

1. RPL recommended qStage 2: Observation assessment scheduled for: _____________________ (date)

or

2. Skills gap significant qRefer to Apprenticeship & Traineeship Support Network?

Yes q If yes, TPO attached? Yes q ______ pages No qorNo q If no, give reason.

_________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________

Assessor’s commentsBased on your observation of the candidate during the interview:

1. Did the information session provide the candidate with sufficient information about the skills recognition process?

Yes q No qComment: _________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________

2. Did the self-evaluation checklist provide the candidate with sufficient information about the trade in which they are seeking recognition?

Yes q No qComment: ________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________

3. Approximately how long did the interview with the candidate take? __________________

Assessor’s signatureDateManager’s signatureDate



Notice of assessment outcome

Stage 2 – Observation assessment and reference checking

Candidate’s name: _____________________________________________________

Trade: _____________________________________________________

Date of interview: _____________________________________________________

Assessor’s name: _____________________________________________________

Assessment

1. Observation assessment undertaken: on-the-job qat training facility qother q ________________

How much time did you spend on this assessment? _______________________________

2. Reference checking undertaken: Yes qNo q

How much time did you spend checking references? ______________________________

Assessment outcome

1. The candidate is competent against Certificate III qualification so no gap training required. q

or

2. The candidate is not yet competent against Certificate III qualification and gap training is required.

qIf you select 2 above, please attach a summary of the gap training required (including hours of training required), and how you have negotiated for this to be undertaken between the RTO and the candidate).

3. Have you requested that Certificate III be issued? Yes q No q

Assessor’s signature

Date

Manager’s signature

Date



Record of trade skills recognition assessment

This is to certify that ____________________________ [candidate’s name] was assessed at ________________________________________ <insert name of RTO> on _______________ [date] for the trade of ________________________ [trade name], based on an assessment against the units of competency from the ________________________________________________ [AQF qualification].

The assessment involved an interview with the candidate and a review of any documentary evidence that the candidate was able to provide. Based on this assessment, it has been determined that the candidate currently has a significant skills gap, and accordingly the trade skills recognition pathway is not recommended at this stage. Training options have been explained to the candidate.

It is the view of the assessor that _________________________ [candidate’s name] is suitable for a ‘Fast-Track Apprenticeship’.

For further information on this assessment, please contact _________________________________________ [assessor’s name and contact details].

Unit code Unit name Competent Not yet Competent Comments



Unit code Unit name Competent Not yet Competent Comments


Date



Letter for trade skills recognition candidates with a significant skills gap

Dear

Trade skills recognition assessment

This letter is to provide you with the details from the interview you attended with

__________________ [assessor] on ___________ [date] as part of a trade skills recognition

assessment, and advice on further training options available to you.

The assessor has identified through the assessment process that you currently have a

significant skills gap. Based on this assessment you are unable to continue through to Stage 2

of the trade skills recognition assessment at this time.

A summary of the trade qualification is attached, identifying the areas where you were assessed

as currently having the required knowledge and skills, and those areas in which further training

is required to reach the standard of a tradesperson in __________________ [trade].

To discuss your next options, please contact the _________________________ <insert contact

details of RTO>.

Kind regards



Candidate’s self-evaluationUnits of competency covered by Skill Sets 1–9

Skill Set 1 – Chemical applications to control weeds, pests, diseases and other plant disordersRTC2706A Apply chemicals under supervision





Skill Set 2 – Nutrient applications; monitoring of plant health; monitoring of site environment and impactsRTF3012A Implement a plant nutrition program




Skill Set 3 – Operation of machinery involved in horticulture; application of OHS policies and proceduresRTC3310A Operate specialised machinery and equipment






Skill Set 4 – Irrigation installation, operation, maintenance and troubleshootingRTE3601A Install irrigation systems





Skill Set 5 – Establishing turf surfaces; preparing turf surfaces for play; communication of requirements to both staff and clientsRTF2023A Support turf establishment








Units of competency covered by Skill Sets 1–9

Skill Set 6 – Construction of turf playing areas; installation of drainage systems; coordination of work site activitiesRTF3001A Construct turf playing surfaces




Skill Set 7 – Plant recognition; planting of trees and shrubs; OHS proceduresRTC2016A Recognise plants



Skill Set 8 – Operating chainsaws and tractors; undertaking machinery maintenanceRTC2304A Operate and maintain chainsaws




Skill Set 9 – Maintaining properties and structures; providing basic first aidRTC2210A Maintain properties and structures




Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Date



Self-evaluation checklist for Skill Set 1 – Chemical applications to control weeds, pests, diseases and other plant disordersThe purpose of this self-evaluation is to enable candidates who consider that they already have the competencies required for Certificate III in Horticulture (Turf) to match their skills and knowledge against the qualification requirements.

To complete the self-evaluation, answer all the questions by placing a tick () in the column (Yes or No) which best reflects your current level of skills and knowledge.

As you answer each question, make a note of any evidence you have that could be used to verify your skills. For example, if you claim to be able to prepare and apply chemicals, you need to be able to provide evidence of this.

Some examples of different types of evidence that you could provide include:

spray application records

a résumé or summary of work history describing where you have worked logbooks, diaries, records of work meetings

indentures/trade papers results/statements of attendance/certificates/training courses

statements of attendance from workshops, seminars, symposiums, etc tickets held, for example forklift, quick saw, traffic management, Blue Card

site training records First Aid courses undertaken – Surf Life Saving, St John Ambulance etc

drawings of jobs completed references/letters from previous employers/supervisors

testimonials from peers, people you have supervised, clients pay slips/job descriptions

photographs, samples of work records of formal or informal training you may have done on the job

discussion of work you have carried out and where with an assessor demonstration of the task to an assessor, either at your workplace or at an RTO

any documentation that may demonstrate industry experience.



Trade certificate


Questions Yes

No What evidence can you provide?

1. Can you identify weed characteristics which will affect methods of control? q q

2. Are you able to determine whether a weed is an annual or a perennial? q q

3. Are you able to identify the major weeds in your workplace? q q4. Are you able to consider and apply the most environmentally

sound method of weed control? q q5. Can you demonstrate adequate underpinning knowledge in

relation to safe chemical application? q q

6. Can you demonstrate the safe and effective use of a range of mechanical tools, plant and equipment generally used in the application of chemicals and weed control? For example, can you use a knapsack sprayer, boom sprayer, wick wiper or CDA sprayer?

q q

7. Are you able to complete calibration of both knapsack and boom spray equipment? q q

8. Are you able to understand the toxicity schedule when you read the signal heading on a chemical container? q q

9. Can you recognise the signs and symptoms of pest and disease damage to plants? q q




Questions Yes


10. Can you demonstrate an understanding of sound integrated pest management (IPM) systems? q q

11. Can you identify, fit and maintain the correct personal protective equipment (PPE) for the application of hazardous chemicals?

q q

12. Are you able to demonstrate adequate record-keeping procedures in relation to chemical application? q q

13. Can you demonstrate knowledge of the correct storage procedures for hazardous chemicals? q q

14. Do you understand the steps to be taken in protecting the public from harmful effects of chemical application? q q

15. Can you describe the different modes of action of chemicals? q q

16. Do you understand the reasons for resistance of pests, diseases and weeds to chemical control? q q

17. Are you able to demonstrate the correct procedure for cleaning equipment, disposing residue and what to do in the event of a chemical spill?

q q

18. Do you understand how the life cycle of pests and diseases will affect application of control methods? q q

19. Can you identify the major insect, pest and disease problems in your workplace? q q




Questions Yes


20. Do you believe that you have had sufficient experience in using control methods for weeds, insects and diseases that affect your current or previous workplace?

q q

Is there anything else that you have done that has not been identified here? no q yes qIf yes, provide details.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________



What type of evaluation methods would you be able to use to confirm that you have the required skills and knowledge? (Tick at least two boxes.)

q Written test q Simulated/workplace demonstration q Workplace project

q Case study q Evidence portfolio/Document review q Unit assessments

q Submission of report q Face-to-face interview q Third-party report

Self-evaluation checklist for Skill Set 2 – Nutrient applications; monitoring of plant health; monitoring of site environment and impactsThe purpose of this self-evaluation tool is to enable candidates who consider that they already have the competencies required for Certificate III in Horticulture (Turf) to match their skills and knowledge against the qualification requirements.




fertiliser application records

a résumé or summary of work history describing where you have worked logbooks, diaries, records of work meetings

indentures/trade papers results/statements of attendance/certificates/training courses

statements of attendance from workshops, seminars, symposiums, etc tickets held, for example forklift, quick saw, traffic management, Blue Card

site training records First Aid courses undertaken – Surf Life Saving, St John Ambulance etc

drawings of jobs completed references/letters from previous employers/supervisors

testimonials from peers, people you have supervised, clients pay slips/job descriptions



photographs, samples of work

records of formal or informal training you may have done on the job discussion of work you have carried out and where with an assessor

demonstration of the task to an assessor, either at your workplace or at an RTO any documentation that may demonstrate industry experience.

Trade certificate


Questions Yes


1. Are you able to identify plant nutrient deficiencies? q q2. Can you explain the term ‘rate of nutrient’? q q3. Can you explain what bearing irrigation or rainfall has on

fertiliser applications? q q

4. Have you performed different types of fertiliser applications? q q5. Can you demonstrate safe application techniques for

nutrients? q q6. Can you explain the difference between slow release and

controlled release fertiliser mechanisms? q q

7. Are you able to describe the environmental considerations associated with nutrient applications? q q

8. Are you able to identify the major plant nutrients from their scientific symbol, for example N, P, K? q q




Questions Yes


9. Do you understand and can you explain the difference between a simple, compound and blended fertiliser? q q

10. Can you demonstrate procedures for measuring irrigation application amounts and infiltration rates of soils? Can you explain why this is necessary for correct nutrient application?

q q

11. Can you identify, fit and maintain correct personal protective equipment (PPE) for the application of plant nutrients? q q

12. Are you able to demonstrate adequate record-keeping procedures in relation to plant nutrient application? q q

13. Can you demonstrate knowledge of the correct storage procedures for fertilisers? q q

14. Most fertilisers require application of water after distribution. Do you understand and can you explain why this is required?

q q

15. The pH of soils can affect plant nutrient uptake. Can you explain what happens to plant nutrient availability at certain levels?

q q

16. Can you demonstrate understanding of correct procedures for taking soil samples with the view to nutrient laboratory analysis?

q q

17. Have you taken leaf tissue samples and are you able to explain the process? q q




Questions Yes


18. Can you explain what parts of the plant require regular monitoring to indicate health? q q

19. Can you explain the importance of regularly monitoring growth in plants? q q

20. Do you believe you have had sufficient experience in using fertilisers in your current or previous workplace? q q

21. Can you interpret a soil analysis from a laboratory? q q22. Can you interpret a leaf tissue analysis from a laboratory? q q23. Can you describe how your organisation completes its work

tasks in an environmentally sensitive manner? q q

24. Do you consider recycling, re-use, mulching etc important? Could you think of ways to improve this area at your workplace?

q q

25. Can you describe what practices at your workplace have environmental implications and the risks or benefits of each practice?

q q


______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________



______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________







Self-evaluation checklist for Skill Set 3 – Operation of machinery involved in horticulture; application of OHS policies and proceduresThe purpose of this self-evaluation tool is to enable candidates who consider that they already have the competencies required for Certificate III in Horticulture (Turf) to match their skills and knowledge against the qualification requirements.




machinery operation/maintenance/repair records OHS records (including incident/accident reports) employer’s letter stating OHS experience and performance a résumé or summary of work history describing where you have worked logbooks, diaries, records of work meetings indentures/trade papers results/statements of attendance/certificates/training courses statements of attendance from workshops, seminars, symposiums, etc tickets held, for example forklift, quick saw, traffic management, Blue Card site training records First Aid courses undertaken – Surf Life Saving, St John Ambulance etc drawings of jobs completed references/letters from previous employers/supervisors testimonials from peers, people you have supervised, clients pay slips/job descriptions photographs, samples of work records of formal or informal training you may have done on the job discussion of work you have carried out and where with an assessor demonstration of the task to an assessor, either at your workplace or at an RTO any documentation that may demonstrate industry experience.



Trade certificate


Questions Yes


1. Do you understand and can you explain your duty of care under the OHS Act? q q

2. Do you understand the responsibilities of the employer in relation to duty of care? q q

3. Do you understand the hierarchy of risk control? q q4. Are you aware of any codes of practice that relate to your

workplace? q q

5. Are you familiar with the relevant PPE required in the industry and its maintenance requirements? q q

6. From your experience, are you able to identify the hazards typically found in your industry? q q

7. Are you familiar with the emergency procedures in your workplace? q q

8. Are you able to describe procedures for checking machinery safety in your workplace? q q

9. Can you provide evidence of OHS workplace documentation such as MSDS and relevant reports? q q

10. Can you demonstrate understanding of risk assessment of machines and equipment? q q




Questions Yes


11. Do you take an active part in workplace consultation and communication regarding OHS matters? q q

12. Are you aware of what to do in the event of an evacuation in keeping with your organisation’s policy? q q

13. Are you able to demonstrate safe and effective working practices with a wide range of horticultural machinery, equipment and ride-on vehicles?

q q

14. Are you able to demonstrate routine pre-start checks and maintenance for horticultural equipment, machinery and ride-on mowers?

q q

15. Are you aware of the risks to the operator, others and the environment when machinery and equipment are being operated?

q q

16. Are you aware of strategies to minimise environmental hazards that could be caused by machinery operation and maintenance?

q q

17. Can you identify a list of specialised machinery in your industry? q q

18. Are you able to detect faults, malfunctions and poor performance of machinery, equipment and ride-on vehicles? q q

19. Are you able to demonstrate scheduling of maintenance and coordination of repair activities? q q




Questions Yes


20. Are you able to demonstrate purchase, delivery and storage of necessary material resources for maintenance and repair activities?

q q

21. To what extent have you required specialist mechanical personnel to perform maintenance repairs? Can you provide details?

q q

22. Can you provide examples of how you would prioritise machinery maintenance activities and repairs in your workplace?

q q

23. Can you provide evidence of maintenance and repair records, identifying personnel, activities completed, time allocated and resources required?

q q

24. Can you give examples of contingency situations that have arisen in regard to machinery and provide details of how you handled the situation?

q q

25. Has it been required of you to report to the employer a record of maintenance and repair activities completed?

q q





______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________



Self-evaluation checklist for Skill Set 4 – Irrigation installation, operation, maintenance and troubleshooting The purpose of this self-evaluation tool is to enable candidates who consider that they already have the competencies required for Certificate III in Horticulture (Turf) to match their skills and knowledge against the qualification requirements.




irrigation maintenance application records a résumé or summary of work history describing where you have worked logbooks, diaries, records of work meetings indentures/trade papers results/statements of attendance/certificates/training courses statements of attendance from workshops, seminars, symposiums, etc tickets held, for example forklift, quick saw, traffic management, Blue Card site training records First Aid courses undertaken – Surf Life Saving, St John Ambulance etc drawings of jobs completed photographs/samples of work references/letters from previous employers/supervisors testimonials from peers, people you have supervised, clients pay slips/job descriptions photographs, samples of work records of formal or informal training you may have done on the job discussion of work you have carried out and where with an assessor demonstration of the task to an assessor, either at your workplace or at an RTO any documentation that may demonstrate industry experience.



Trade certificate


Questions Yes


1. Are you able to identify a range of irrigation fittings and their uses?

q q

2. Are you able to program a controller? q q3. Are you confident in installing irrigation systems? q q4. Have you performed different types of irrigation component

repairs?q q

5. Can you demonstrate safe repair techniques for irrigation systems?

q q

6. Can you explain the difference between drip irrigation, spray irrigation and micro irrigation?

q q

7. Can you explain or demonstrate how centrifugal pump systems work?

q q

8. Can you demonstrate how to change a nozzle on a range of sprinkler types?

q q

9. Can you demonstrate how to repair an electric solenoid valve?

q q

10. Do you understand several different valve types used in irrigation and can you explain their uses?

q q

11. Can you describe the different uses for PVC pipe, and low-density and high-density poly pipe?

q q




Questions Yes


12. Can you name several parts of an irrigation system that require maintenance and the type of maintenance required? q q

13. Can you explain how a submersible bore pump is set up? q q14. Can you demonstrate correct and safe techniques for joining

PVC pipe and fittings? q q15. Are you aware of and can you demonstrate understanding of

methods other than solvent cement for joining PVC? q q

16. Can you describe or demonstrate how to adjust part-circle gear drive sprinklers? q q

17. Can you detail more than two types of sprinklers (operating type)? q q

18. Can you explain what checks are required in relation to sprinkler operation? q q

19. Do you understand how subsurface drip irrigation functions and what type of maintenance is required? q q

20. Do you understand how to conduct a catch cup test? q q21 Can you work out station run times based on millimetres of

application? q q22. Are you able to program a controller? q q23. Do you understand and can you explain the relationship

between soil types and irrigation? q q




Questions Yes


24. Do you understand the relationship between soil infiltration rates and irrigation application rates? Can you explain this relationship?

q q

25. Can you explain the different types of irrigation systems you have operated and maintained? q q


______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________







Self-evaluation checklist for Skill Set 5 – Establishing turf surfaces; preparing turf surfaces for play; communication of requirements to both staff and clientsThe purpose of this self-evaluation tool is to enable candidates who consider that they already have the competencies required for Certificate III in Horticulture (Turf) to match their skills and knowledge against the qualification requirements.




records of work projects a résumé or summary of work history describing where you have worked logbooks, diaries, records of work meetings indentures/trade papers results/statements of attendance/certificates/training courses statements of attendance from workshops, seminars, symposiums, etc tickets held, for example forklift, quick saw, traffic management, Blue Card site training records First Aid courses undertaken – Surf Life Saving, St John Ambulance etc drawings of jobs completed references/letters from previous employers/supervisors testimonials from peers, people you have supervised, clients pay slips/job descriptions photographs, samples of work records of formal or informal training you may have done on the job discussion of work you have carried out and where with an assessor demonstration of the task to an assessor, either at your workplace or at an RTO any documentation that may demonstrate industry experience.



Trade certificate


Questions Yes


1. Can you establish turf from seed? q q2. Can you establish turf from stolons? q q3. Can you establish turf from solid turf? q q4. Can you establish both cool season and warm season

grasses? q q5. Have you been involved in turf establishment from site

preparation through to opening for service? q q

6. Can you explain the processes involved in preparing an area for turf establishment? q q

7. Can you name several warm season and cool season grasses? q q

8. Can you explain the processes of establishing turf from seed, stolons and solid turf? q q

9. Can you detail the best time of year to establish different turf grasses? q q

10. Can you explain the post-planting care required when establishing turf? q q

11. Can you confidently communicate turf processes to a new employee or another staff member? q q




Questions Yes


12. Can you explain the reason why water is so critical in turf grass establishment? q q

13. Can you explain to a client what turf being established from stolons would be like seven (7) days post planting? q q

14. Can you explain what basic soil tests would be required before planting? q q

15. Can you detail what soil amendments may be required depending on basic soil test results? q q

16. Can you explain the reason for pre-plant nutrient applications in turf establishment? What would you recommend in this regard?

q q

17. Can you explain how to lay solid turf on a slope? q q18. Are you able to set an irrigation controller program to care

for newly establishing turf, based on the prevailing weather conditions?

q q

19. Would you be confident if asked to establish a complete football oval using stolons? q q

20. Are you able to explain how to over-sow an existing turf with another turf species? q q

21. Have you prepared different turf areas for play? q q




Questions Yes


22. Can you detail all marking requirements for your area of work? q q

23. Do you understand how to mark out a rectangle using the 3, 4, 5 method? q q

24. Can you explain the dimensions of a playing field from a plan? q q

25. Are you familiar with areas other than your workplace and the preparations required for play? q q

26. Can you list the tools and equipment required for turf area preparation? q q

27. Can you detail the OHS implications of preparing turf areas for play? q q

28. Can you demonstrate how to set a mower to correct height of cut (HOC) for required play commitments on both rotary and cylinder type cutters?

q q

29. Can you explain why different turf playing surfaces require different heights of cut? q q

30. Can you demonstrate how to set the cylinder to bottom blade (cut) adjustment on a cylinder mower? q q

31. Can you operate mowers, rollers etc in a safe manner to prepare a turf surface for play? q q




Questions Yes


32. Can you describe the marking requirements for a range of sporting fields? q q

33. Can you explain the reasons for turf renovation? q q34. Can you describe the processes involved in a turf

renovation? What are the benefits of each process? q q35. Can you detail the equipment required to conduct turf

renovation works? q q

36. Can you explain when the best time of the year is to conduct renovations on couch grass? q q

37. Can you explain when the best time of the year is to conduct renovations on bent grass? q q

38. Can you explain why it is not recommended to renovate turf outside these times of the year? q q

39. Can you detail the renovation work you have been involved in? q q

40. Are you able to describe the communication required to perform renovation works efficiently? q q

41. Can you describe any problems that could occur during or after renovation works? q q

42. Are you able to describe the detrimental effect of excessive thatch in turf? q q




Questions Yes


43. Can you describe the detrimental effects of compaction on turf? q q

44. Can you describe the processes of renovation and the recovery period to a client? q q

45. Can you fill out all the forms required when you start employment? q q

46. Can you describe under what award/agreement you are employed and the basic conditions of your employment? q q

47. Can you give details of your company’s policies on OHS, dealing with clients, the payment of wages, and uniforms? q q

48. Are you aware of, and can you describe, your company’s procedures for first aid, holidays, sick leave, time off in lieu and accident/incident reporting?

q q

49. Can you describe how your hours of work are recorded and when your pay week starts and finishes? q q

50. Are you comfortable bringing a matter of concern to the attention of your supervisor in a workplace meeting? q q

51. If required, are you able to provide your personal employment résumé and explain it? q q

52. Are you confident in your ability to write an application letter for employment? q q




Questions Yes


53. If you do not understand instructions, do you ask for more information? q q

54. Can you explain to an apprentice or other staff member how a process should be carried out? q q

55. Are you able to provide a client with reasons if a complaint arises? q q

56. Do you understand the importance of good communication in the workplace? Give details of your understanding. q q


______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________



______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________







Self-evaluation checklist for Skill Set 6 – Construction of turf playing areas; installation of drainage systems; coordination of work site activitiesThe purpose of this self-evaluation tool is to enable candidates who consider that they already have the competencies required for Certificate III in Horticulture (Turf) to match their skills and knowledge against the qualification requirements.




construction records a résumé or summary of work history describing where you have worked logbooks, diaries, records of work meetings indentures/trade papers results/statements of attendance/certificates/training courses statements of attendance from workshops, seminars, symposiums, etc tickets held, for example forklift, quick saw, traffic management, Blue Card site training records First Aid courses undertaken – Surf Life Saving, St John Ambulance etc drawings of jobs completed references/letters from previous employers/supervisors testimonials from peers, people you have supervised, clients pay slips/job descriptions photographs, samples of work records of formal or informal training you may have done on the job discussion of work you have carried out and where with an assessor demonstration of the task to an assessor, either at your workplace or at an RTO any documentation that may demonstrate industry experience.



Trade certificate


Questions Yes


1. Are you aware of basic drainage principles for surface drainage? q q

2. Can you explain subsurface drainage installation? q q3. Do you understand the principle of perched water tables in

soil? q q

4. Are you confident at installing subsurface pipe drainage? q q5. Can you detail different drainage mediums and types of

pipe? q q6. Can you read and determine levels from a topographic plan? q q7. Can you explain capillary water movement in soils? q q8. Are you familiar with the term ‘soil texture’? Can you explain

it? q q

9. Do you know the different soil types used in horticulture? q q10. Can you explain the term ‘soil particle size’? q q11. Can you detail any turf construction projects you have been

involved in? q q12. Can you explain how to prepare a site for construction

works? q q




Questions Yes


13. Can you explain what pH and electrical conductivity are in soils? q q

14. Are you aware of what components make up a soil profile? q q15. Are you able to program site works for a turf construction in

a logical and realistic sequence? q q16. Can you list the different work tasks required in constructing

turf areas? q q

17. Can you demonstrate how to conduct basic soil tests to determine pH and electrical conductivity? q q

18. Can you explain the term ‘fall’ in relation to drainage? q q19. Are you able to set out a turf area, for example a golf green

from a plan? q q

20. Can you explain or demonstrate how to set a level surface using either a dumpy level or laser level device? q q

21. Are you confident in completing a construction task in either a supervisory or leading hand role? q q

22. Can you set up a dumpy level for use? q q23. Are you able to work out areas for both regular and irregular

shapes? q q24. Can you detail what types of plans are required to complete

a turf construction task? q q




Questions Yes


25. Are you able to complete a timeline for construction works? q q26. Are you familiar with the different sand types on the Swan

Coastal Plain? q q27. Can you explain why soils or sands are different colours? q q28. Can you explain what soil structure is? q q29. Are you aware of and can you explain what a ‘colloid’ is? q q30. CEC stands for Cation Exchange Capacity. Can you explain

how this measurement relates to soils and their ability to retain nutrients?

q q

31. Can you conduct a soil infiltration test? q q32. Can you explain how a ‘ribbon test’ is used in testing soils? q q33. Can you explain whether sand or soil has larger particle

sizes and how this will affect drainage? q q

34. Do you understand and can you detail how water is held in soil? q q

35. Do you understand why all of the layers should mirror the base in a perched water table profile construction? q q

36. Can you explain the drainage term ‘sub base’? q q37. Can you explain why certain turf sports require specific soils

for their construction, for example cricket pitches? q q




Questions Yes


38. Can you describe the soils you have worked with and some of their properties? q q

39. Soils are made up of different components. Can you explain what bearing organic content has on soil performance in a turf situation?

q q

40. Can you explain how soil pH affects nutrient availability to plants? q q

41. Can you recommend soil types for different turf constructions, for example, a bowling green, golfing green or a cricket pitch?

q q

42. Are you able to work out material quantities for construction? q q43. Can you detail soil amendments that may be required in

construction and what factors would contribute to your choice?

q q

44. Are you able to explain expected sequence of events and probable timeframes to other employees or supervisors? q q




Is there anything else that you have done that has not been identified here? Yes q No qIf yes, provide details.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________



______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________







Self-evaluation checklist for Skill Set 7 – Plant recognition; planting of trees and shrubs; OHS proceduresThe purpose of this self-evaluation tool is to enable candidates who consider that they already have the competencies required for Certificate III in Horticulture (Turf) to match their skills and knowledge against the qualification requirements.




planting schedules and plans a résumé or summary of work history describing where you have worked logbooks, diaries, records of work meetings indentures/trade papers results/statements of attendance/certificates/training courses statements of attendance from workshops, seminars, symposiums, etc tickets held, for example forklift, quick saw, traffic management, Blue Card site training records First Aid courses undertaken – Surf Life Saving, St John Ambulance etc drawings of jobs completed references/letters from previous employers/supervisors testimonials from peers, people you have supervised, clients pay slips/job descriptions photographs, samples of work records of formal or informal training you may have done on the job discussion of work you have carried out and where with an assessor demonstration of the task to an assessor, either at your workplace or at an RTO any documentation that may demonstrate industry experience.



Trade certificate


Questions Yes


1. Can you explain the difference between plant life cycles? q q2. Can you describe how plants are named? q q3. Can you explain why botanical names are important? q q4. Can you identify different plant parts? q q5. Can you name the different parts of a leaf? q q6. Can you demonstrate the identification features of turf

grasses? q q7. Can you describe the difference between a monocotyledon

and a dicotyledon? q q

8. Can you describe the term ‘deciduous’? q q9. Can you describe different leaf forms? q q10. Can you describe different types of inflorescence? q q11. Can you describe different types of leaf margins? q q12. Can you describe the parts of a flower? q q13. Can you explain different methods of plant reproduction? q q14. Can you describe different leaf arrangements? q q




Questions Yes


15. Can you detail a variety of leaf shapes? q q16. Do you understand the terms ‘genus’ and ‘species’? Can

you provide examples? q q

17. Can you describe the term ‘hybrid’? q q18. Can you describe the term ‘cultivar’? q q19. Can you describe what an ‘inflorescence’ is? q q20. Can you describe the term ‘sessile’? q q21. Can you name a number of trees and shrubs? q q22. Can you name a number of flowering garden plants? q q23. Can you name a number of different turf grasses? q q24. Can you demonstrate where the ligule and auricle are

located on turf grass? q q25. Can you describe what bearing climatic factors have on

plant selection? q q

26. Can you explain the different growth habits of turf grasses? q q27. Can you explain the optimum growth periods for cool season

and warm season grasses? q q28. Can you name a plant that grows from a corm? q q




Questions Yes


29. Can you name a plant that grows from a bulb, tuber or rhizome? q q

30. Can you describe a stolon or rhizome? q q31. Can you describe the process for planting a tree supplied in

a 150-litre bag? q q

32. Do you understand how large a hole needs to be for tree and shrub planting? q q

33. Can you describe how to plant a bare-rooted deciduous tree? q q

34. Can you describe the benefits of mulching? q q35. Can you name several different mulching materials? q q36. Can you describe different staking methods used in planting

trees? q q37. Can you explain the term ‘guying’? q q38. Can you detail why trees and shrubs may need to be

staked? q q

39. Can you describe the correct method for planting potted plants? q q

40. Have you been involved in planting trees and shrubs? q q41. Can you explain the difference between a tree and a shrub? q q© Department of Training and Workforce Development 2010 of 561Version 1, April 2010



Questions Yes


42. Can you explain what post-planting care would be required? q q43. Can you explain the OHS issues involved in planting trees

and shrubs? q q

44. Can you describe how to reduce the OHS risks involved in planting trees and shrubs? q q



______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________



______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________







Self-evaluation checklist for Skill Set 8 – Operating chainsaws and tractors; undertaking machinery maintenanceThe purpose of this self-evaluation tool is to enable candidates who consider that they already have the competencies required for Certificate III in Horticulture (Turf) to match their skills and knowledge against the qualification requirements.




planting schedules and plans a résumé or summary of work history describing where you have worked logbooks, diaries, records of work meetings indentures/trade papers results/statements of attendance/certificates/training courses statements of attendance from workshops, seminars, symposiums, etc tickets held, for example forklift, quick saw, traffic management, Blue Card site training records First Aid courses undertaken – Surf Life Saving, St John Ambulance etc drawings of jobs completed references/letters from previous employers/supervisors testimonials from peers, people you have supervised, clients pay slips/job descriptions photographs, samples of work records of formal or informal training you may have done on the job discussion of work you have carried out and where with an assessor demonstration of the task to an assessor, either at your workplace or at an RTO any documentation that may demonstrate industry experience.



Trade certificate


Questions Yes


1. Can you explain the safety features on a chainsaw? q q2. Can you demonstrate how to pull down, clean and sharpen a

chainsaw? q q3. Do you understand the term ‘kickback’ and can you explain it

in relation to chainsaw operation? q q

4. Can you demonstrate the basic cutting techniques involved with chainsaw use? q q

5. Can you explain the OHS issues involved with chainsaw use? q q

6. Can you explain what personal protective equipment would be required for chainsaw use? q q

7. Can you detail examples of your experience in chainsaw use? q q

8. Can you describe the terms ‘limbing’ and ‘bucking’? q q9. Can you explain the correct procedure for starting a

chainsaw? q q10. Can you explain the reasons for not drop-starting a

chainsaw? q q

11. Can you explain the correct procedure for refuelling a chainsaw? q q




Questions Yes


12. Can you detail your experience with tractor operations? q q13. Can you explain the correct procedure for fitting a

three-point linkage implement to a tractor? q q

14. Can you describe the features of a tractor? q q15. Can you detail the correct start-up and shut-down

procedures for tractors? q q16. Can you describe why it is not recommended to travel at

high speeds in tractors? q q

17. Can you explain how a differential lock (diff lock) functions on a tractor and when you would use it? q q

18. Can you explain the term ‘turning brakes’ and suggest when you might need to use this tractor feature? q q

19. Can you describe what a draft control does on a tractor? q q20. Can you describe what determines how many forward and

reverse gears there are on a tractor? q q21. Can you describe where you would find remote hydraulics

on a tractor? What is their purpose? q q

22. Can you explain the OHS issues involved with tractor operation? q q

23. Can you describe the term ‘power take-off’ (PTO)? q q




Questions Yes


24. Can you explain how to connect a PTO shaft from an implement safely to a tractor? q q

25. Can you describe the pre-operational checks required on a tractor? q q

26. Can you explain safe operating techniques for tractor use? q q27. Can you detail any operational maintenance you have

carried out on machinery? q q28. Can you detail how to set the height of cut on a cylinder

mower? q q

29. Can you detail how to change a set of blades on a domestic style rotary mower? q q

30. Can you describe safe and efficient methods of lubricating grease points on machinery? q q

31. Can you detail how to change a drive belt on a machine you are familiar with? q q

32. Can you detail any maintenance you have carried out on hand tools, for example shovels and rakes? q q

33. Can you describe the OHS issues involved with the operational maintenance of machinery? q q

34. Can you explain the environmental implications of operational maintenance of machinery? q q




Questions Yes


35. Can you describe the procedure for replacing the line trimmer (whipper snipper) line on a machine you are familiar with?

q q

36. Can you describe how to check and inflate a machine tyre? q qIs there anything else that you have done that has not been identified here? no q yes qIf yes, provide details.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________







Self-evaluation checklist for Skill Set 9 – Maintaining properties and structures; providing basic first aidThe purpose of this self-assessment tool is to enable candidates who consider that they already have the competencies required for Certificate III in Horticulture (Turf) to match their skills and knowledge against the qualification requirements.

To complete the self-assessment, answer all the questions by placing a tick () in the column (Yes or No) which best reflects your current level of skills and knowledge.



repair and maintenance schedules a résumé or summary of work history describing where you have worked logbooks, diaries, records of work meetings indentures/trade papers results/statements of attendance/certificates/training courses statements of attendance from workshops, seminars, symposiums, etc tickets held, for example forklift, quick saw, traffic management, Blue Card site training records First Aid courses undertaken – Surf Life Saving, St John Ambulance etc drawings of jobs completed references/letters from previous employers/supervisors testimonials from peers, people you have supervised, clients pay slips/job descriptions photographs, samples of work records of formal or informal training you may have done on the job discussion of work you have carried out and where with an assessor demonstration of the task to an assessor, either at your workplace or at an RTO any documentation that may demonstrate industry experience.



Trade certificate


Questions Yes


1. Can you explain basic painting preparation and technique? q q2. Can you explain how to complete minor paving repairs? q q3. Can you outline some basic repairs you have carried out on

property or structures? q q4. Can you explain some basic cleaning procedures for

property and structures? q q

5. Can you detail your experience with high-pressure cleaners? q q6. Can you describe the importance of maintaining property

and structures at your workplace? q q7. Can you describe the OHS issues involved with maintaining

properties and structures? q q

8. Can you describe the environmental issues involved in maintaining properties and structures? q q

9. Can you explain some basic first aid procedures? q q10. Can you produce documentation to evidence your

completion of a first aid course(s)? q q

11. Can you describe what first aid you have been required to perform? Give details of where and when. q q




Questions Yes


12. Can you explain why having basic first aid training helps in a workplace? q q

13. Do you understand why there is a validity limit on a first aid certificate and what period of time it is? q q

14. Can you explain what types of injuries can occur in your workplace? q q

15. Can you list the current first aid officers in your workplace? q q16. Are you aware of and if asked, can you indicate where the

first aid stations are located at your workplace? q q





______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________



Reporting and recording documents for Skill Set 1 – Chemical applications to control weeds, pests, diseases and other plant disorders



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 1 – Activity 1Demonstration/observation/practicalCalibration of chemical application equipment

Workplace observation checklist

Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 1 Calibrate two different types of application equipment.

Units of competency Skill Set 1 – Chemical applications to control weeds, pests, diseases and other plant disordersRTC2706A Apply chemicals under supervision





Workplace or simulated environment

InstructionsThe candidate is to competently perform a calibration exercise on two different types of chemical applicators. At least one of the application techniques must be a sprayer.

The candidate is to:

calculate the speed of operation

measure outputs of equipment.

The candidate may use written formulas as a guide, however, the candidate is to demonstrate competency in understanding and applying formulas.



During the demonstration or observation of skills, did the candidate: Yes No Sometime

s

observe safety procedures and requirements? q q q select methods and techniques appropriate to the

circumstances? q q q use appropriate tools and equipment to perform the

task? q q q

perform the task in a logical sequence? q q q adequately describe processes and demonstrate

application of underpinning knowledge? q q q

perform tasks to industry standards? q q q demonstrate appropriate communication and

interpersonal skills where required? q q q perform defined work tasks without supervision and

follow instructions including working to deadlines? q q q demonstrate the required underpinning knowledge

to support performance of task skills? q q q present the completed information to the client in a

clear and understandable manner? q q qDimensions of competency


s

Task skills perform the task to the required standard as

described in the unit of competency?q q q

Task management skills manage a number of different tasks within the job?

q q q

Contingency management skills respond to problems, breakdowns and changes in

routine?q q q

Job/role environment skills fulfil responsibilities and expectations?

q q q

Transfer skills apply skills to different contexts?

q q q



The candidate’s overall performance met the standard. Yes q No qComments/observations



Date of assessment



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 1 – Activity 2Demonstration/observation/practicalPreparation and application of chemical control measure


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 2 Prepare and apply chemical pest control.







InstructionsThe candidate is to prepare and apply a designated chemical control method. The chemical will be provided by the assessor or, if carried out in the workplace, may be an application as directed by a site supervisor. An area will be allocated to be controlled.


select the appropriate equipment for the task

mix and apply the chemical at the recommended rate as per the label

wash down and store equipment.




s

observe safety procedures and requirements, for example wear appropriate safety apparel, read labels, correctly open, measure and reseal containers?

q q q

select methods and techniques appropriate to the circumstances? q q q

use appropriate tools and equipment to perform the task? q q q



perform tasks to industry standards? q q q complete relevant records for task correctly? q q q perform defined work tasks without supervision and


to support performance of task skills? q q q

describe what to do in the event of a chemical spill? q q qDimensions of competency


s




q q q


routine?q q q


q q q


q q q






Date of assessment



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 1 – Activity 3Demonstration/observation/practicalAssess site for weeds, pest or diseases


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 3 Conduct a site assessment for weeds, pests and diseases.







InstructionsThe candidate is to competently conduct a site assessment in relation to weeds, pests and diseases.


identify a variety of common weeds, insects and diseases if present on site and if not, from photographs or newspaper clippings

explain what they are looking for during the site assessment

describe what control methods could be used with particular emphasis on IPM

detail what type of chemical applications they would recommend and the timing of any suggested controls.

This site assessment may require the use of digging utensils to check for damage caused by insects or disease.




s


circumstances? q q q use appropriate tools and equipment in the

performance of the task? q q q





to support performance of task skills? q q qDimensions of competency


s




q q q


routine?q q q


q q q


q q q






Date of assessment



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 1 – Activity 4Demonstration/observation/practicalMonitor control method


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 4 Monitor pest control method over a period of four weeks.







InstructionsThe candidate is to competently monitor the results of a chemical application they have made.

Monitoring will include:

efficacy of the application on pest

non-target damage and the level of damage

effects on the growth of plants and any residual damage.

Monitoring should be recorded weekly and submitted to the assessor at the end of a monitoring period.




s

present the information in an acceptable format? q q q select appropriate features of plant or growth to

monitor effectively? q q q use appropriate tools and equipment in the






to support performance of task skills? q q qDimensions of competency


s




q q q


routine?q q q


q q q


q q q






Date of assessment



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 1 – Activity 5Demonstration/observation/practicalSpill control procedures


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 5 Demonstrate the procedures required in the event of a chemical spill.







InstructionsThe candidate is to competently complete a demonstration that will show understanding of correct procedures in the event of a chemical spill.

There will not be any need to use actual chemicals for this demonstration as a situation will be created using water in a leaking container. The candidate is then to conduct a spill containment procedure as if there were a chemical spill.



During the demonstration or observation of skills, did the candidate: Yes No Sometimes

observe safety procedures and requirements? q q q select methods and techniques, appropriate to the

circumstances? q q q use appropriate tools and equipment to perform

the task? q q q



perform tasks to industry standards? q q q complete relevant records for task correctly? q q q perform defined work tasks without supervision

and follow instructions including working to deadlines?

q q q

demonstrate the required underpinning knowledge to support performance of task skills? q q q

Dimensions of competency





q q q


routine?q q q


q q q


q q q






Date of assessment



Reporting and recording documents for Skill Set 2 – Nutrient applications; monitoring of plant health; monitoring of site environment and impacts



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 2 – Activity 1Demonstration/observation/practicalCalibration of fertiliser application equipment


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 1 Calibrate a walk-behind fertiliser spreader.

Units of competency Skill Set 2 – Nutrient applications; monitoring of plant health; monitoring of site environment and impactsRTF3012A Implement a plant nutrition program





InstructionsThe candidate is to competently perform a calibration exercise on a walk-behind fertiliser spreader.


calculate the speed of operation

measure outputs of equipment

calculate the output of application equipment in litres or kilograms per hectare.

The candidate may use written formulas as a guide, however, the candidate is to demonstrate competency in understanding and applying formulas.






the task? q q q




interpersonal skills where required? q q q perform defined work tasks without supervision


q q q


present the completed information to the client in a clear and understandable manner? q q q





Task management skills manage a number of different tasks within the

job?q q q

Contingency management skills respond to problems, breakdowns and changes

in routine?q q q


q q q


q q q






Date of assessment



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 2 – Activity 2Demonstration/observation/practicalPreparation and application of fertiliser application


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 2 Prepare and apply two types of fertiliser (liquid and granular).






InstructionsThe candidate is to prepare and apply two fertilisers – one liquid application to a designated area and another granular application to another designated area. The fertiliser will be provided by the assessor or, if carried out in the workplace, may be an application as directed by a site supervisor. An area for the application will be allocated.


select the appropriate equipment for the task

mix and apply the fertiliser at the recommended rate as per the instructions

‘water in’ if required

wash down and store equipment.





q q q







q q q


describe what to do in the event of a chemical spill? q q q






job?q q q


in routine?q q q


q q q


q q q






Date of assessment



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 2 – Activity 3Demonstration/observation/practicalAssess site for signs of nutrient deficiency


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 3 Conduct a site assessment for nutrient deficiency symptoms.






InstructionsThe candidate is to competently conduct a site assessment in relation to nutrient deficiency.

The candidate is to identify at least two possible nutrient deficiencies and explain:

what they are looking for in the assessment

how each deficiency can be addressed

the timing of any suggested controls.

If the site does not contain appropriate plant symptoms, the assessor may use photographs instead.











q q q







job?q q q


in routine?q q q


q q q


q q q






Date of assessment



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 2 – Activity 4Demonstration/observation/practicalMonitor site environment


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 4 Monitor site environment over a two-week period.






InstructionsThe candidate is to competently monitor a given site for environmental implications linked with applications of fertiliser and other basic work practices.

The monitoring will occur over a two-week period and will include:

noting of fertiliser or chemical applications

waste generation (both green and generic)

amounts and methods of removal

assessment of the site, in particular, drainage flows

the impact upon residents, native flora and fauna.

At the end of the two-week period, the candidate is to report their findings to the assessor, as well as method improvements, if any are required.




present the information in an acceptable format? q q q select appropriate monitoring procedures? q q q use appropriate tools and equipment in the




perform tasks to industry standards? q q q correctly complete relevant records for tasks? q q q perform defined work tasks without supervision


q q q


adequately report on findings and make recommendations if necessary? q q q






job?q q q


in routine?q q q


q q q


q q q






Date of assessment



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 2 – Activity 5Demonstration/observation/practicalRecord keeping


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 5 Complete appropriate records in relation to fertiliser applications.






InstructionsThe candidate is to competently complete a series of record sheets relating to fertiliser application.

The sheets can be those used at their current place of employment or, if unavailable, can be provided by the assessor.

This demonstration can be assessed at the same time as a practical application demonstration.




correctly identify the required form? q q q select methods and techniques appropriate to the





perform tasks to industry standards? q q q complete forms in a legible method? q q q perform defined work tasks without supervision


q q q


file the form appropriately? q q qDimensions of competency





job?q q q


in routine?q q q


q q q


q q q






Date of assessment



Reporting and recording documents for Skill Set 3 – Operation of machinery involved in horticulture; application of OHS policies and procedures



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 3 – Activity 1Demonstration/observation/practicalOperate machinery and equipment


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 1 Select, prepare, operate, shut down, clean, record faults and store securely.

Units of competency Skill Set 3 – Operation of machinery involved in horticulture; application of OHS policies and proceduresRTC3310A Operate specialised machinery and equipmentRTE3713A Carry out workplace OHS procedures

RTE2308A Operate ride-on vehiclesRTC2307A Operate machinery and equipment

RTC2701A Follow OHS proceduresRTE3307A Coordinate machinery and equipment maintenance and repair


InstructionsThe candidate is to select and competently prepare, operate, shut down, clean, record faults and store securely one of the following: spraying equipment, hydraulic equipment, stationary engines or three-point linkage equipment.The candidate is to:

select one of the above, designed for a particular purpose perform comprehensive pre-start checks according to OHS procedures and

manufacturers’ enterprise requirements ensure the selected equipment is secured and/or calibrated appropriately

ensure the appropriate PPE is selected and fitted (as well as maintained and stored at conclusion)

recognise and control risks to others ensure equipment is safely operated and demonstrated in the way it was designed to be

used (competency standard of operation must reflect industry standard to trade skill level)

ensure equipment is shut down, cleaned, stored and secured according to enterprise guidelines and environmental work practices

maintain records for operation and faults, damage and/or malfunction.




observe safety procedures and requirements, for example appropriate PPE and procedures for handling chemicals and potting media?

q q q








q q q








q q q


routine?q q q


q q q


q q q






Date of assessment



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 3 – Activity 2Demonstration/observation/practicalOperate ride-on vehicles


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name


Units of competency Skill Set 3 – Operation of machinery involved in horticulture; application of OHS policies and proceduresRTC3310A Operate specialised machinery and equipment







InstructionsThe candidate is to select and competently prepare, operate, shut down, clean, record faults and store securely one of the following: two wheel motorcycle (not a road motorcycle), three and four wheel motorcycles, all terrain vehicles (ATVs) – petrol/diesel and electric vehicles (golf cart).


select one of the above, designed for a particular purpose

perform comprehensive pre-start checks according to OHS procedures and manufacturers’ enterprise requirements

ensure the selected equipment is secured and/or calibrated appropriately (spray units, trailers, spreaders etc)


recognise and control risks to others

ensure equipment is safely operated and demonstrated in the way it was designed to be used (competency standard of operation must reflect industry standard to tradesman skill level)







q q q







q q q


describe what to do in the event of a chemical spill? q q q






q q q


routine?q q q


q q q


q q q






Date of assessment



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 3 – Activity 3Demonstration/observation/practicalOperate specialised machinery and equipment


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name









InstructionsThe candidate is to select and competently prepare, operate, shut down, clean, record faults and store securely one of the following: front end loaders, verticutters, triplex cylinder mowers, aeration equipment, specialist irrigation equipment, compactors or turf cutters.


select one of the above, designed for a particular purpose

perform comprehensive pre-start checks according to OHS procedures and manufacturers’ enterprise requirements

ensure the selected equipment is secured and/or calibrated appropriately


recognise and control risks to others

ensure equipment is safely operated and demonstrated in the way it was designed to be used (competency standard of operation must reflect industry standard to trade skill level)













q q q


demonstrate competency in the safe operation of machinery or equipment? q q q






q q q


routine?q q q


q q q


q q q

The candidate’s overall performance met the standard. Yes q No q



Comments/observations



Date of assessment

Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 3 – Activity 4Demonstration/observation/practical



OHS procedures


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 4 Assess a task in relation to OHS issues and suggest a procedure that would reduce risk to personnel or equipment.








InstructionsThe candidate is to select a particular task that occurs in their workplace and undertake the following:

watch the work process occur

assess all hazards and risks associated with the task

provide a short written procedure.

The procedure should detail methods to reduce risks or, if the procedure being used is already as safe as possible, detail the benefits of continuing to operate in that manner.




present the information in an acceptable format? q q q correctly identify all hazards and risks? q q q use appropriate tools and equipment in the






q q q


provide a realistic procedure to follow or list current procedure benefits clearly? q q q






q q q


routine?q q q


q q q


q q q







Date of assessment

Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 3 – Activity 5



Demonstration/observation/practicalOperate a basic motorised horticultural machine or equipment


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 5 Operate basic machinery.


RTE3713A Carry out workplace OHS proceduresRTE2308A Operate ride-on vehicles

RTC2307A Operate machinery and equipmentRTC2701A Follow OHS procedures



InstructionsThe candidate is to select one of the following pieces of machinery or equipment:

line trimmer walk-behind rotary mower

hedge trimmer blower

edger walk-behind cylinder mower.

Once the machinery or equipment has been selected, the candidate is to undertake the following:

select the appropriate PPE complete a pre-start check on the machine

follow correct start-up procedures safely operate in the area directed by the assessor

closely follow instructions shut down the machinery/equipment

wash and store in the appropriate manner.Before storing the machine, the candidate is to refuel their units in a safe manner.









perform tasks to industry standards? q q q complete relevant records for tasks correctly? q q q perform defined work tasks without supervision


q q q


demonstrate competency in operation procedures? q q qDimensions of competency





q q q


routine?q q q


q q q


q q q







Date of assessment



Reporting and recording documents for Skill Set 4 – Irrigation installation, operation, maintenance and troubleshooting



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 4 – Activity 1Demonstration/observation/practicalConduct a catch cup test


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 1 Conduct a catch cup test.

Units of competency Skill Set 4 – Irrigation installation, operation, maintenance and troubleshootingRTE3601A Install irrigation systems






InstructionsThe candidate is to adequately perform a catch cup test on a given area of irrigation. At the completion of the test, using Water Corporation of Western Australia guidelines, the candidate is to complete calculations to apply designated millimetres of water through the irrigation system.

The assessor will supply the required application rates and formula if the candidate does not have them.






the task? q q q






q q q








q q q


routine?q q q


q q q


q q q






Date of assessment



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 4 – Activity 2Demonstration/observation/practicalConduct a maintenance check on system


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 2 Conduct a maintenance check on a system and report the findings.







InstructionsThe candidate is to conduct a maintenance check on an irrigation system (or a portion of it) and list any problems.

After listing the problems for two issues, the candidate must relate the following to an assessor:

required parts

tools

techniques for repairs.

Note that this exercise relates to a general check, for example turning on a system and observing, and does not include checking electrical components such as solenoids and controllers.






the task? q q q





q q q


communicate results effectively and clearly? q q qDimensions of competency





q q q


routine?q q q


q q q


q q q






Date of assessment



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 4 – Activity 3Demonstration/observation/practicalPull down and explain an electric solenoid valve


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 3 Pull down and explain the workings of an electric solenoid valve.







InstructionsThe candidate is to select an electric solenoid valve that they are familiar with and break it down as if they were servicing the valve.

For ease of assessment, this should be carried out in a workshop or bench situation rather than on site in the ground.

The candidate needs to show competence in both the physical servicing, as well as being able to explain the basic workings of the valve.










and follow instructions? q q q demonstrate the required underpinning knowledge

to support performance of task skills? q q q complete the assignment within the designated

timeframe? q q qDimensions of competency





q q q


routine?q q q


q q q


q q q






Date of assessment



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 4 – Activity 4Demonstration/observation/practicalSprinkler adjustment and fitting


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 4Perform an adjustment on the gear drive of a part-circle sprinkler. Change nozzles on a range of sprinklers and fit up drip emitters to pipe.







InstructionsThe candidate is to perform an arc adjustment on the gear drive of a part-circle sprinkler.

For this demonstration the candidate is to:

change nozzles on a range of sprinklers including pop-ups, micro sprays and gear drives

fit online drop emitters to poly pipe work.




complete all tasks in an acceptable manner? q q q follow correct OHS procedures in completing

tasks? q q q use appropriate tools and equipment in the

performance of tasks? q q q

perform tasks in a logical sequence? q q q adequately describe processes and demonstrate




q q q


complete tasks in the given timeframe? q q qDimensions of competency





q q q


routine?q q q


q q q


q q q






Date of assessment



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 4 – Activity 5Demonstration/observation/practicalTroubleshoot irrigation system


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 5 Conduct a troubleshooting exercise on irrigation system components.







InstructionsThe candidate is to conduct a troubleshooting procedure on an irrigation system.

If the system contains electrical components such as controllers, electric solenoid valves or wiring, troubleshooting will require the use of a multimeter to check the system.

If electrics are not involved, troubleshooting will consist of checking for:

the operation of components (including pumps)

leaks

faulty sprinklers or emitters

incorrect coverage.

For this demonstration, the candidate is to:

identify the problem

organise needed equipment and parts

complete a repair.




correctly identify the problem and required tools, parts etc? q q q


use appropriate tools and equipment in the performance of the task? q q q



perform tasks to industry standards? q q q communicate requirements clearly and effectively? q q q perform defined work tasks without supervision


q q q


complete relevant records in keeping with organisational procedures? q q q






q q q


routine?q q q


q q q


q q q






Date of assessment



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 4 – Activity 6Demonstration/observation/practicalParts take-off from plan


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 6 Complete a parts list from a given irrigation plan.







InstructionsThe candidate is to complete a parts take-off from a plan that will be supplied by the assessor.

The assessor may choose to request that the whole plan be completed or just a section of it. The candidate is to supply a final parts list in a neat format that shows:

the correct names of parts

sizes of all parts and the quantity required for each fitting, valve etc.




demonstrate ability to read plans correctly? q q q select methods and techniques appropriate to the







q q q


correctly identify the parts required and quantities involved? q q q






q q q


routine?q q q


q q q


q q q






Date of assessment



Reporting and recording documents for Skill Set 5 – Establishing turf surfaces; preparing turf surfaces for play; communication of requirements to both staff and clients



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 5 – Activity 1Demonstration/observation/practicalPrepare a site for turf establishment


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 1 Prepare a site for turf establishment.

Units of competency Skill Set 5 – Establishing turf surfaces; preparing turf surfaces for play; communication of requirements to both staff and clientsRTF2023A Support turf establishment







InstructionsThe candidate is to prepare a site for turf establishment which is to include:

weed removal

levelling

compaction

final levelling.

A basic soil test may be required but, at the very least, explanation of test results in relation to soil amendments to be added will be discussed.

The preparation can be completed either in the workplace or in a simulated area at the assessor’s request.

This demonstration involves only the preparation works, but can be assessed in conjunction with a complete turf installation task if applicable.






the task? q q q






q q q








q q q


routine?q q q


q q q


q q q






Date of assessment



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 5 – Activity 2Demonstration/observation/practicalPlant turf in prepared area


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 2 Plant turf either from seed, stolons or sods.








InstructionsThe candidate is to plant a prepared area with turf grass. The planting can consist of seeds, stolons or sod.

For this demonstration, the candidate is to:

accurately measure the area

select appropriate tools and equipment

complete the task in a safe manner

clean and store all equipment used

program the irrigation system to applicable water times.






the task? q q q





q q q


clean up the area post task? q q qDimensions of competency





q q q


routine?q q q


q q q


q q q






Date of assessment



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 5 – Activity 3Demonstration/observation/practicalConduct a turf renovation activity


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 3 Renovate a turf area.








InstructionsThe candidate is to complete a turf renovation project. This may be completed in the workplace or, if unavailable, the assessor will arrange a work site to complete the process.


use an aeration machine, turf verti-cutter or scarifier

form a debris collection

top-dress an area, either by hand or with mechanical aids

measure and apply post-renovation fertiliser to the area.

















q q q


routine?q q q


q q q


q q q






Date of assessment



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 5 – Activity 4Demonstration/observation/practicalCommunicate job schedule


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 4 Communicate a job schedule to other employees.








InstructionsThe candidate is to communicate a job schedule to other employees. This will entail indicating what jobs need to be done, equipment required and timeframes. The assessor will provide a schedule that relates to the work area and will make sure that the candidate is familiar with the tasks before completing the demonstration.

Once the candidate understands the tasks clearly, they are to verbally communicate the tasks that require completion. As they communicate, the assessor will be looking to see clarity of thought (this is not necessarily whether the candidate can speak well or not, but is more focused on the candidate getting their thoughts across clearly), general understanding from the other listeners and the candidate’s methods of making sure the other listeners understand, for example through questioning.




complete all tasks in an acceptable manner? q q q clearly communicate information? q q q ensure that listeners understood what was being

communicated? q q q





q q q







q q q


routine?q q q


q q q


q q q







Date of assessment

Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 5 – Activity 5



Demonstration/observation/practicalUnderstanding of workplace conditions


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 5 Demonstrate understanding of workplace conditions.








InstructionsThe candidate is to acquire a copy of either the state/federal award or workplace agreement under which they currently work.

The assessor will then ask the candidate some questions in regard to basic working conditions. The candidate is to find the answers to the questions from the document/s to demonstrate knowledge of industry standards and basic working conditions.




correctly identify the questions asked? q q q answer the questions in an appropriate manner? q q q understand the terms relating to employment? q q q perform the task in a logical sequence? q q q adequately describe processes and demonstrate




q q q


understand basic employment conditions? q q qDimensions of competency





q q q


routine?q q q


q q q


q q q







Date of assessment

Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 5 – Activity 6Demonstration/observation/practical



Prepare a turf area for play


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 6 Prepare a turf surface for play.








InstructionsThe candidate will be to complete a turf area preparation for play.

This will include:

mowing

rolling (if required)

marking out or setting out areas for play.


discuss set-up of mowers

talk about the differences in the variety of sports set-up for play

discuss the importance of correct marking.

The candidate will need to demonstrate competence in preparing at least two different sports areas.




demonstrate ability to set up a mower? q q q select methods and techniques appropriate to the







q q q


correctly mark out the playing areas? q q qDimensions of competency





q q q


routine?q q q


q q q


q q q







Date of assessment



Reporting and recording documents for Skill Set 6 – Construction of turf playing areas; installation of drainage systems; coordination of work site activities



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 6 – Activity 1Demonstration/observation/practicalSet out a shape from a plan


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 1 Set out a shape from a plan.

Units of competency Skill Set 6 – Construction of turf playing areas; installation of drainage systems; coordination of work site activitiesRTF3001A Construct turf playing surfaces





InstructionsThe candidate is to peg out a shape of an area to be constructed. The assessor will provide the plan detailing all measurements on a given scale. If the size of the area is too large for the demonstration precinct, the size can be scaled down to suit.

An assistant may be used to aid the candidate; however, all measurements must be completed by the candidate.






the task? q q q






q q q








q q q


routine?q q q


q q q


q q q






Date of assessment



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 6 – Activity 2Demonstration/observation/practicalInstall subsurface drainage


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 2 Install a small section of subsurface drainage.






InstructionsThe candidate is to install a small section of subsurface drainage. This will include the digging of five (5) metres of trench as a main line and three (3) metres of lateral lines.

The candidate is then to demonstrate competence on either a dumpy level or a laser level, if the setting falls to 1:100 on the base of the trenches. Once this is completed, the candidate is to install three (3) metres of drainage pipe and aggregate material.






the task? q q q





q q q


demonstrate competence in level use? q q qDimensions of competency





q q q


routine?q q q


q q q


q q q






Date of assessment



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 6 – Activity 3Demonstration/observation/practicalConduct a soil pH and electrical conductivity test


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 3 Conduct a soil pH and electrical conductivity test.






InstructionsThe candidate is to conduct a pH and electrical conductivity test on soils.

Three different soils are to be collected and tested using correct testing protocol for the equipment used. Results are to be recorded and submitted to the assessor. The equipment used will preferably be electronic metering; however, where these are unavailable, other pH and electrical conductivity testing equipment is acceptable.

















q q q


routine?q q q


q q q


q q q






Date of assessment



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 6 – Activity 4Demonstration/observation/practicalCoordinate job schedule


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 4 Coordinate a job schedule for other employees.






InstructionsThe candidate is to coordinate a job schedule for other employees. This will entail indicating what jobs need to be done, the equipment required and the timeframes.

The assessor will provide a schedule that relates to the candidate’s work area and will make sure they are familiar with the tasks before completing the demonstration. Once the candidate understands the tasks clearly, they are to communicate in a written manner the tasks that need to be completed.




complete all tasks in an acceptable manner? q q q clearly communicate information? q q q ensure that listeners understood what was being

communicated? q q q





q q q







q q q


routine?q q q


q q q


q q q







Date of assessment



Reporting and recording documents for Skill Set 7 – Plant recognition; planting of trees and shrubs; OHS procedures



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 7 – Activity 1Demonstration/observation/practicalIdentify a series of plants


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 1 Practical identification of a series of plants.

Units of competency Skill Set 7 – Plant recognition; planting of trees and shrubs; OHS proceduresRTC2016A Recognise plants




InstructionsThe candidate is to practically identify a range of plants in either their current workplace or an area designated by the assessor.

During the identification process, the assessor will request both the common name and the botanical name of some of the plant selections. During the identification process, the candidate is to demonstrate their understanding of plant botany by indicating locations of plant parts as requested by the assessor.






the task? q q q






q q q








q q q


routine?q q q


q q q


q q q






Date of assessment



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 7 – Activity 2Demonstration/observation/practicalPlant a range of potted plants


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 2 Plant a range of potted plants.





InstructionsThe candidate is to perform a planting exercise on a range of different-sized potted plants. The plants can be part of a work planting process or, if that option is unavailable, the assessor will arrange for a site in order to complete the exercise.

During the practical planting demonstration, the candidate is to:

follow correct procedures

adhere to safe OHS principles

install as per plan (if available)

describe the process, if requested, by the assessor.






the task? q q q





q q q


demonstrate competence in planting potted plants? q q q






q q q


routine?q q q


q q q


q q q






Date of assessment



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 7 – Activity 3Demonstration/observation/practicalPlant trees and shrubs in 50-litre bags or above


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 3 Plant at least two trees or shrubs in 50-litre bags or above size.





InstructionsThe candidate is to complete a planting demonstration using trees or shrubs that are grown in at least 50-litre bags. The candidate will need to demonstrate correct and safe planting techniques, including moving the tree or shrub in a manner that reduces risk for the personnel involved as well as damage to plant stock.

Correct and safe planting techniques also entail:

digging the correct hole

safe installation of the plant

levelling of the site

immediate post-planting care.

The planting demonstration can be carried out in the workplace or, in the event that the workplace is unavailable, at a site designated by the assessor.

















q q q


routine?q q q


q q q


q q q






Date of assessment



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 7 – Activity 4Demonstration/observation/practicalStaking newly planted trees or shrubs


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 4 Stake newly planted trees or shrubs.





InstructionsThe candidate is to demonstrate two different methods of staking a newly planted tree or shrub which will include:

selecting appropriate materials for the task

completing the staking in a safe manner

explaining to the assessor the reasons for the staking methods selected.




complete all tasks in an acceptable manner? q q q select appropriate tools and equipment? q q q follow safe OSH principles in completing tasks? q q q perform tasks in a logical sequence? q q q adequately describe processes and demonstrate




q q q







q q q


routine?q q q


q q q


q q q







Date of assessment



Reporting and recording documents for Skill Set 8 – Operating chainsaws and tractors; undertaking machinery maintenance



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 8 – Activity 1Demonstration/observation/practicalOperate chainsaw and carry out basic maintenance


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 1 Operate a chainsaw and basic maintenance including pull down, clean up and sharpening.

Units of competency Skill Set 8 – Operating chainsaws and tractors; undertaking machinery maintenanceRTC2304A Operate and maintain chainsaws





InstructionsThe candidate is to practically demonstrate competence in operating a chainsaw including:

pre-start checks

fitting appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

cutting with the bottom of the saw

cutting with the top of the saw

bore or plunge cutting

pulling down the chainsaw

cleaning and sharpening the chain.

Assessment may occur in the workplace, if available, or at a site designated by the assessor.






the task? q q q






q q q








q q q


routine?q q q


q q q


q q q






Date of assessment



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 8 – Activity 2Demonstration/observation/practicalOperate a tractor


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 2 Operate a tractor.






InstructionsThe candidate is to demonstrate competence in tractor operation including:

pre-start checks

fitting appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

start-up procedures

operation of the tractor, including attaching a three-point implement

demonstration of the use of turning brakes

shut-down procedures.






the task? q q q





q q q


demonstrate competence in tractor operation? q q qDimensions of competency





q q q


routine?q q q


q q q


q q q






Date of assessment



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 8 – Activity 3Demonstration/observation/practicalUndertake operational maintenance on machinery


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 3 Conduct a minimum of two operational maintenance tasks on machinery.






InstructionsThe candidate is to complete at least two different operational maintenance tasks on machinery. This can be a variety of different tasks including:

belt adjustments or replacement

blade sharpening or replacement

tyre repair or replacement

greasing and lubrication

pre-start checks and cleaning

adjustments on mowers, implements or machines, for example height of cut, depth of implement

basic tuning, for example replacing spark plugs and cleaning filters.

















q q q


routine?q q q


q q q


q q q






Date of assessment



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 8 – Activity 4Demonstration/observation/practicalSelect and fit appropriate personal protective equipment and demonstrate safe working procedures


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 4 Select appropriate PPE and demonstrate safe working procedures.






InstructionsThe candidate is to demonstrate competence in selecting appropriate PPE for the task assigned, which may have already be covered within another practical assessment and, if so, both this assessment and the other task can occur concurrently.

This assessment will focus on the candidate’s understanding of safe working procedures and will be assessed over the whole task.

Once the PPE has been selected, the assessor will pay particular attention to the correct fitting of PPE, as well as the work procedure in relation to OHS principles.




complete all tasks in an acceptable manner? q q q select appropriate tools and equipment? q q q follow safe OHS principles in completing tasks? q q q perform tasks in a logical sequence? q q q adequately describe processes and demonstrate




q q q







q q q


routine?q q q


q q q


q q q







Date of assessment



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 9 – Maintaining properties and structures; providing basic first aid



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 9 – Activity 1Demonstration/observation/practicalConduct a basic first aid procedure


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 1 Conduct a basic first aid procedure.

Units of competency Skill Set 9 – Maintaining properties and structures; providing basic first aidRTC2210A Maintain properties and structures



InstructionsThe candidate is to practically demonstrate competence in conducting and administering a basic first aid procedure. This will be performed in a simulated situation and does not require an actual injury.

The assessor will provide a simulated injury that commonly occurs in workplaces and then assess the candidate’s application of basic first aid procedures.




observe basic first aid procedures and requirements? q q q


use appropriate supplies and equipment to perform the task? q q q






q q q








q q q


routine?q q q


q q q


q q q






Date of assessment



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 9 – Activity 2Demonstration/observation/practicalDemonstrate a minor painting task


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 2 Demonstrate a minor painting task.




InstructionsThe candidate is to demonstrate competence in painting preparation, application and clean-up, with the assessment including:

selection of appropriate tools and equipment

application of correct PPE

preparation of an area or item to be painted

application of paint

clean-up of tools and equipment

storage of tools and equipment

site safety measures.






the task? q q q





q q q


demonstrate competence in painting procedures? q q qDimensions of competency





q q q


routine?q q q


q q q


q q q






Date of assessment



Reporting and recording document for Skill Set 9 – Activity 3Demonstration/observation/practicalConduct a routine maintenance repair task


Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Activity 3 Conduct a routine maintenance repair task that is applicable to current workplace.




InstructionsThe candidate is to complete a routine task applicable to their workplace, which can be performed in an actual workplace environment or in a simulated situation at the discretion of the assessor or the availability of tasks in the workplace.

Simulated situations or actual workplace tasks may include but are not limited to:

fencing repairs

graffiti removal

paving repairs

minor concrete tasks

fitting rails, bollards and speed humps

installing traffic management ropes and wires, etc

repairing paths or edges.

















q q q


routine?q q q


q q q


q q q






Date of assessment



Third-party evidence reports for Skill Sets 1–9



Third-party evidence report for Skill Set 1Candidate’s name

Third-party evidence provided by

Relationship to candidate

Evidence collected Interview at the workplace qInterview on the telephone q

Interview conducted by






Instructions

As part of the assessment for the units of competency listed above, evidence is being sought to support a judgement about the candidate’s competence. As part of the process of gathering evidence of competence, reports are sought from the supervisor and other people who work closely with the candidate.

Does the candidate consistently: Yes No

demonstrate understanding of safe chemical handling, preparation and application? q q

select and wear appropriate personal protective equipment? q q report on weed, disease or pest infestation in an accurate manner? q q operate pest control machinery and equipment in a safe, efficient

manner? q q possess the knowledge and communication skills to explain to

another employee the requirements for pest control? q q understand the concept of, and be involved in, the implementation of

integrated pest management procedures and not just chemical applications?

q q




operate to industry standards by:

○ reading and understanding common working instructions including chemical levels, MSDSs, application of recording procedures and maintenance records?

q q

○ independently planning the method and order of progressing a job? q q

○ taking measurements and readings using measuring instruments of appropriate accuracy? q q

○ selecting appropriate techniques, materials, tools, machines and/or equipment? q q

○ checking and/or testing own work in relation to the relevant standards? q q

○ carrying out these tasks in a safe and timely manner? q q○ completing all related recording paperwork, registers etc

in a manner in keeping with organisational procedures? q q operate safely in the workplace, including when operating around

other employees, clients, and flora and fauna considerations? q q perform task from assignment to completion with minimal

supervision, up to the standard required by law and organisation? q qHas the candidate: Yes No

completed several weed control operations? q q completed several pest control operations including applying

fungicides, insecticides, miticides and nematicides? q q disposed of residues and leftover chemical mixtures in an

environmentally friendly? q q

Supervisor’s signature

Date

Period of observation












Instructions



demonstrate understanding of safe chemical handling, preparation and application? q q

select and wear appropriate personal protective equipment? q q report suspected nutrient deficiency symptoms in an accurate

manner? q q operate fertiliser application machinery and equipment in a safe,

efficient manner? q q possess the knowledge and communication skills to explain to

another employee the requirements for fertiliser application? q q understand the implications of fertiliser applications and their impact

on the environment? q q





○ reading and understanding common working instructions including application rates, methods of application, post-application irrigation procedures, recording procedures and maintenance records?

q q


○ accurately applying required fertiliser? q q○ selecting appropriate techniques, materials, tools,

machines and/or equipment? q q○ checking and/or testing own work in relation to the

relevant standards? q q

○ carrying out these tasks in a safe and timely manner? q q○ actively participating in workplace environmental

initiatives, for example, recycling of waste? q q

operate safely in the workplace, including when operating around other employees, clients, and flora and fauna considerations? q q

perform task from assignment to completion with minimal supervision, up to the standard required by law and organisation? q q

Has the candidate: Yes No

completed several fertiliser application operations including applying liquid, granular and slow release fertilisers? q q

demonstrated an understanding of the importance of, and the procedures of, correct fertiliser storage and the hazards involved? q q

demonstrated work ethics that show consciousness of work practices on the environment? q q

disposed of any leftover fertiliser in an environmentally correct manner? q q


Date















Instructions



demonstrate understanding of basic machinery maintenance techniques? q q

select and wear appropriate personal protective equipment? q q operate machinery and equipment correctly and safely? q q operate machinery and equipment without constant supervision in an

effective manner? q q possess the knowledge and communication skills to explain to

another employee the requirements for machinery operation and maintenance?

q q




understand the implications of machinery use and its impact on the environment? q q


○ reading and understanding common working instructions including programming systems? q q


○ completing a number of different machinery and equipment maintenance tasks? q q



○ carrying out these tasks in a safe and timely manner? q q○ completing maintenance or other records (eg fuel log) in

keeping with organisational requirements? q q


perform task from assignment to completion with minimal supervision, up to the standard required by law and organisation? q q


completed several repair and maintenance tasks on equipment? q q demonstrated an understanding of the safe operating procedures of

specialised equipment? q q completed multiple operating tasks with a variety of machines and

equipment? q q demonstrated the ability to spot faults and report to the relevant

personnel for rectification? q q


Date







Evidence collected Interview at the workplace qInterview on the telephoneq







Instructions



demonstrate understanding of irrigation installation techniques? q q select and wear appropriate personal protective equipment? q q repair or maintain irrigation components correctly and safely? q q operate irrigation sprinklers, valves and controllers without constant

supervision in an effective manner? q q possess the knowledge and communication skills to explain to

another employee the requirements for irrigation techniques and control methodology?

q q

understand the implications of water wastage and its impact on the environment? q q





○ reading and understanding common working instructions including programming systems? q q


○ completing a number of different irrigation maintenance tasks? q q



○ carrying out these tasks in a safe and timely manner? q q○ completing maintenance or other records (eg bore

readings) in keeping with organisational requirements? q q


perform task from assignment to completion with minimal supervision, up to the standard required by law and the organisation? q q


completed irrigation pipe repairs, nozzle replacements, solenoid valve services, controller programming and other general maintenance items?

q q

demonstrated an understanding of the procedures of installing irrigation systems? q q

installed either a complete irrigation system or portions of a complete irrigation system? q q

demonstrated the ability to troubleshoot irrigation system problems including controller, wiring, valves, pipes and sprinklers? q q


Date















Instructions



demonstrate understanding of correct soil preparations in turf establishment? q q

select and wear appropriate personal protective equipment? q q follow correct procedures in establishing turf from a variety of

methods? q q demonstrate ability to set up effective irrigation schedules for turf

establishment? q q possess the knowledge and communication skills to explain to

another employee the requirements for establishment techniques? q q

follow correct OHS procedures in all aspects of turf establishment? q q




understand the importance of post-planting care and how to implement it? q q

produce quality work in renovation processes? q q show competence in use of all turf renovation equipment? q q demonstrate ability to work unsupervised in renovation works? q q complete tasks in required timeframes? q q communicate problems accurately and quickly? q q operate to industry standards by:

○ reading and understanding common working instructions including priorities and timeframes? q q


○ completing a number of different turf establishment tasks? q q

○ completing a number of renovation tasks? q q○ selecting appropriate techniques, materials, tools,



○ carrying out these tasks in a safe and timely manner? q q○ communicating clearly with supervisors, other employees,

apprentices/trainees? q q○ demonstrating ability to train new staff or

apprentices/trainees? q q

○ participating in staff meetings in a constructive manner? q q○ demonstrating an understanding of playing surface

preparations and carrying out all required tasks? q q○ demonstrating competence in the use of all playing

surface preparation machinery and equipment (eg mowers and marking equipment)?

q q

○ understanding the job position in relation to awards, agreements and applying related sections as required (eg

q q




overtime and leave entitlements)?

○ completing relevant records in keeping with organisational procedures? q q



completed several playing area set ups in a competent manner? q q completed a renovation task from beginning to end? q q demonstrated an understanding of the procedures of establishing turf

from seed, stolon and sod? q q completed all personal forms required by the organisation (eg tax

declaration, holiday applications and bank details)? q q demonstrated the ability to capably communicate using verbal,

written and non-language skills? q q


Date













Instructions



demonstrate an understanding of construction and drainage techniques? q q

select and wear appropriate personal protective equipment? q q understand basic soil properties and their relationship to turf

surfaces? q q show a consistent ability to organise work tasks in a logical and

efficient sequence? q q possess the knowledge and communication skills to explain to

another employee the requirements for drainage and construction works?

q q

understand the environmental implications of construction and drainage works? q q





○ reading and understanding common working instructions including construction plans? q q


○ completing a number of different construction and drainage tasks? q q



○ carrying out these tasks in a safe and timely manner? q q○ completing maintenance of other records in keeping with

organisational requirements? q q



demonstrated an ability to perform tasks from assignment to completion with minimal supervision up to the standard required by law and the organisation?

q q

completed basic soil testing procedures and demonstrated an ability to determine requirements from results? q q

demonstrated an understanding of the procedures of constructing perched water table turf areas? q q

completed constructions including creating a level surface? q q demonstrated an understanding of the basic drainage principles,

including the relationship between soil particle size and water holding capacity?

q q


Date


Third-party evidence report for Skill Set 7



Candidate’s name








Instructions



demonstrate an understanding of plant parts and functions? q q select and wear appropriate personal protective equipment? q q follow safe working practices and use techniques that reduce OHS

risks? q q show a consistent ability to organise work tasks in a logical and


another employee plant identification techniques? q q understand the environmental implications of planting trees and

shrubs? q q


○ reading and understanding common working instructions including planting plans? q q





○ completing a number of different planting tasks? q q○ selecting appropriate techniques, materials, tools,








q q

demonstrated competence in completing basic plant identification processes? q q

demonstrated an understanding of the basic plant parts and their functions? q q

completed plant identifications using keys, plant features and reference material? q q

demonstrated an understanding of tree and shrub planting techniques on numerous occasions? q q


Date













Instructions



demonstrate an understanding of chainsaw operation and maintenance? q q

demonstrate an understanding of tractor operation? q q select and wear appropriate personal protective equipment? q q follow safe working practices and use techniques that reduce OHS



another employee correct usage techniques? q q understand the environmental implications of machinery operation

and maintenance? q q


○ reading and understanding common working instructions including manufacturer’s daily service requirements? q q





○ completing a number of different tractor and chainsaw operations? q q








q q

demonstrated competence in completing basic operational maintenance on machinery? q q

demonstrated an understanding of safe operational procedures for chainsaws and tractors? q q

completed numerous chainsaw operations? q q completed numerous tractor operations? q qSupervisor’s signature

Date











Instructions



demonstrate an understanding of basic first aid techniques? q q demonstrate an understanding of property and structure maintenance

tasks? q q

select and wear appropriate personal protective equipment? q q follow safe working practices and use techniques that reduce OHS



another employee correct usage techniques? q q understand the environmental implications of property and structure

maintenance? q q





○ reading and understanding common working instructions?

q q


○ completing a number of different maintenance operations? q q








q q

demonstrated competence in completing basic first aid procedures? q q demonstrated an understanding of safe operational procedures for

tools and equipment used in property and structure maintenance? q q

completed numerous maintenance tasks? q q demonstrated competence in administering basic first aid if required? q qSupervisor’s signature

Date




Written tasks for Skill Set 3



Skill Set 3 – Written Task 1Coordinate machinery/equipment maintenance

Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Date







You are required to select one machine or piece of equipment on which you will coordinate maintenance and repair. You are to give an overview of the:

daily maintenance/pre-start checks/shut-down checks

calibration/adjustment procedures and their frequency

scheduled maintenance – weekly/per hour/meter, ie state service task and frequency.

WorksheetYou will be assessed on evidence of the following:

planning, resource requirements, prioritising and organising

consideration of OHS, PPE and environmental issues

knowledge of resource suppliers and specialist repairers

scheduling/coordination/contingency example(s)

time allocation to tasks

liaising with operators to discuss their responsibilities

reporting to supervisor.



Machine/equipmentWrite the information below.

Daily maintenance, pre-start checks and shut-down checks (examples)

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

Calibration/adjustment procedures (examples)

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________



____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

Scheduled maintenance

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________



____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

Communication –operators/supervisor

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________



Skill Set 3 – Written Task 2Design maintenance/repair documentation

Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Date







You are required to select one machine or piece of equipment on which you will coordinate maintenance and repair. You are to design examples of documentation relevant to the coordination of maintenance and the repair of machinery and equipment.

You are to design the following:

a plant (machinery/equipment) register

a daily maintenance/pre-start/shut-down checklist

an operation record

a scheduled maintenance chart

a repairs record chart.

WorksheetYou will be assessed on evidence of the following:

detail

ease of use (simplicity)

relevance to machine/equipment.



Machine/equipmentWrite the information below.

Plant (machinery/equipment) register

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

Daily maintenance/pre-start/shut-down checklist

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________



____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

Operation record

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________



____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

Scheduled maintenance chart

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________



Repairs record chart

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________



Interview question banks and recording documents for Skill Sets 1–9



Interview question bank and recording document for Skill Set 1Note for the assessorIt is not mandatory for you to ask candidates all the questions in this question bank.

Candidates may have provided sufficient information to demonstrate competence based on their self-evaluation and documentary evidence. You will need to use your professional judgement about which questions you focus on at this stage of the assessment. You may choose to discuss a work task topic rather than ask a series of direct questions.

Record of interview

Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Date










Interview question bank for Skill Set 1 – Chemical applications to control weeds, pests, diseases and other plant disordersDid the candidate satisfactorily answer the following questions? Yes No

1.1–1.25 Chemicals and their safety

1.1 What are MSDSs? What sort of information do they contain?MSDS stands for material safety data sheet. The MSDS will contain information on: safety instructions LD 50 and the way it was tested (orally, dermally) sensitivities to environment, eg bees and fish.

q q

1.2 What does the signal heading on a chemical label indicate?The signal heading indicates the scheduling of a chemical. The heading can be one of the following:

Signal heading Schedule

Keep out of reach of children Unscheduled

Caution 5

Poison 6

Dangerous poison 7

q q

1.3 An S7 schedule chemical has an LD 50 of 0–50 mg/kg. Define what the LD 50 stands for.LD 50 stands for lethal dose of active constituent to kill 50% of a batch of test animals. In this case a schedule 7 chemical would require between 0–50 mg/kg of active constituent to kill 50% of a test batch of animals.

q q

1.4 What PPE (personal protective equipment) do you need when preparing and applying dangerous chemicals?PPE requirements should be decided after you have read the label. This will give a definitive answer of the requirements for applying that particular product. When preparing and applying a dangerous chemical, you would require the following PPE: PVC apron for mixing impervious footwear spray suit or cotton overalls elbow length PVC gloves respirator safety glasses washable hat.

q q



Did the candidate satisfactorily answer the following questions? Yes No


1.5 What are some maintenance checks required for your PPE?Maintenance checks that are required on PPE:

All equipment should be cleaned after each use. This should be done using warm, soapy water. Equipment should be hung to dry in a cool, dry place and stored away from the chemical storage area.

q q

1.6 How can chemicals be absorbed into the body?Chemicals can be absorbed into the body in three (3) ways. These are: orally – ingested through the mouth dermally – absorbed through the skin inhaled – breathed in through the lungs.

q q

1.7 What areas of the body are most susceptible to chemical absorption?The areas most susceptible to chemical absorption are the: groin forehead armpits eyes.

q q

1.8 What types of records must be kept for chemicals?The records that must be kept for chemicals are: chemical register (dates purchased, quantity, batch number) application information, eg spray record sheet (area sprayed,

weather conditions, operator’s details, equipment used, product rates).

The spray should be assessed post-application for the effectiveness of control.

q q


PPE Maintenance checks

gloves and boots

Ensure gloves do not leak by filling them with water and sealing ends to see if water leaks.

spray suit Check for any tears in the material.

goggles Check goggles are clean, not scratched and easy to see through.

hat Check strap is intact and adjustable.

respirator Covered further in interview.




1.9 Detail the type of information you would find on a chemical label.You would find the following information on a chemical label: signal heading product name active constituent group type of pesticide broad statement of use manufacturer of chemical, with address information.You would also find information on the pamphlet attached to the container: label rates droplet size for application safety directions.

q q

1.10 What is acute poisoning? How could it occur?Acute poisoning is where a person is contaminated with a single dose of chemical that results in an adverse reaction. This can occur if a quantity is ingested (swallowed) orally, an amount is spilled onto the skin or a substantial amount is inhaled in one event, causing the person to have a reaction, eg dizziness, vomiting, bloody nose.

q q

1.11 Define the term ‘chronic/cumulative poisoning’.Chronic or cumulative poisoning is a build-up or accumulation of pesticide over time. Through regular contact with chemicals, small amounts are incidentally taken into the body. They are usually stored in and accumulate in the fatty tissue and accumulate over time. This build-up may have adverse affects after prolonged exposure.

q q

1.12 Do you know (or know where to find in a hurry) or do you have the phone number in your mobile phone for the Poisons Information Centre?The number should be in your mobile phone if you are in contact with pesticides. It can be found on the MSDSs. The Poisons Information Centre number is 13 11 26.

q q

1.13 What are some of the symptoms of chemical poisoning?Symptoms of chemical poisoning are light-headedness, dizziness, vomiting, bloody nose.

q q

1.14 Which task has more risks for the operator – mixing the chemical batch or applying the chemical mix? Give reasons for your answer.The greater risk of the two scenarios is mixing the chemical batch, as it is the time when the operator is in contact with the chemical at its greatest concentration. When decanting, the operator can easily be splashed with the concentrated chemical. Once the chemical has been mixed, it is diluted and the potential for poisoning is reduced.

q q





1.15 What would you do in the event of a chemical spill during mixing?In the event of a chemical spill during mixing the first responsibility is to the operator himself or herself. The following steps should be taken. Ensure person is wearing correct safety gear. Stand container upright. Cover any external drains that may cause spill to leave site with

an impermeable plastic sheet. Contain chemical flow using sand or absorbent snake from spill

kit. Cover spill in lime substance or, if not available, use sand. Allow absorbent substance to act, and shovel contaminated

material into plastic bags. Place all contaminated waste in plastic bags and dispose of

appropriately.

q q

1.16 Chemicals come in different formulations (forms). Name three (3).The main formulations that chemicals come in are liquids, wettable powders, emulsifiable agents, granules, fogs and aerosols.

q q

1.17 Which government body is in charge of chemical applications in horticulture?The regulatory body for chemical applications is the APVMA (Australian Pesticides and Veterinary Medicines Association).

q q

1.18 What requirements are there for a correct chemical storage facility?The correct requirements for a chemical storage facility are as follows. Floor must be concrete, directing flow towards sump drain and

bunded to at least 150 mm high. The sump must hold 100% capacity of the largest container or

25% of the total chemical stored, whichever is the greater. There must be adequate ventilation of the storage facility,

including cross-flow and roof-mounted vents, to ensure that the entire volume of air is circulated every half an hour.

Shelving must be impervious to chemicals and made of solid material.

Storage facility must have adequate signage. There must be adequate natural and artificial lighting. There must be an emergency shower facility.

q q





1.19 If chemical applications are to be carried out in areas where the public are at risk, what would you recommend to reduce the possibility of harm to people?Applications in public areas: letter drop informing residents of upcoming spraying placing signs at regular intervals around park spraying at a time when users of the park are at a minimum, eg

early morning following normal practices of spraying in suitable weather

conditions, and selecting low-toxicity chemicals ensuring that chemical is dry, and staying until re-entry period has

been satisfied as per label.

q q

1.20 If the chemical storage facility contains chemicals that are too old to use, what should you do with them?If chemicals are out-of-date or unidentifiable by the label, the product should be disposed of by calling ChemClear. The chemicals should not be used.

q q

1.21 Where do you find information on how to dispose of chemical drums safely?Look up information on DrumMuster and find the collection points in your local area. The drums must be triple rinsed and allowed to dry. The alternative is to bury the drums 500 mm below the surface on site.

q q

1.22 What environmental considerations are there in using chemicals?The following environmental considerations must be taken into account: spray drift proximity to sensitive areas such as nature strips and

watercourses potential for phytotoxicity where non-target species may be

affected leaching and run-off of chemicals to aquifers and waterways.

q q

1.23 What types of chemicals are you familiar with? (eg herbicides)Examples of common herbicides may be glyphosate (Roundup®), fusillade (selective monocot herbicide).

q q

1.24 You are asked to pick up a 20-litre drum of chemical in your station wagon. Is it legal for you to do this? Give reasons for your answer.The legal requirements are that the chemical must be transported in an open environment such as a ute or a trailer. It cannot be stored in the boot of a car or the back of a station wagon where the fumes can affect the driver.

q q





1.25 One chemical has an LD 50 of 75 mg/kg and a second chemical has an LD 50 of 5000 mg/kg. Which is the less toxic (safer)?The chemical that is less toxic (safer) is the product with the higher LD 50 – in this case the second chemical with an LD 50 of 5000 mg/kg.

q q

1.26–1.57 Chemical application

1.26 What information is needed to calibrate spraying equipment?The information required to calibrate the spraying equipment is total output of nozzles, swathe width and speed.

q q

1.27 What checks should you carry out before you use a knapsack sprayer?You should check the sprayer visually for damaged or frayed spray lines, clean filters, that the spray unit holds pressure, that no leaks are visible, and that the nozzle is spraying the correct pattern.

q q

1.28 What is the difference between a systemic herbicide such as glyphosate, for example Roundup® or Zero® and a contact herbicide?The difference between a systemic and a contact herbicide is the way in which the chemical acts within the plant. A contact herbicide affects the cells that come into direct contact with the spray. A systemic herbicide is translocated through the vascular bundles to the other parts of the plant.

q q

1.29 Chemicals can be either root-absorbed or foliar-absorbed. How will this factor impact on application techniques for pest control?The way in which chemicals are taken into the plant directly affects the application techniques. A root-absorbed chemical will require a large spray droplet to increase contact with the soil – this will often require a large volume of water. A foliar spray will involve a smaller droplet in greater quantity to allow the spray to stay on the leaf of the plant.

q q

1.30 What is route management in relation to chemical applications? Why is it important?Route management is deciding the best way to spray, avoiding travelling over the same area twice, avoiding objects (bunkers) and reducing the amount of time in transport between spray sites.

q q

1.31 What are the best weather conditions for conducting spraying operations?Ideal conditions will vary depending on the chemical. In general, preferable conditions are light crosswinds that direct spray away from sensitive areas, approximately 80% relative humidity and non-extreme temperatures (approximately 20 C is suitable).

q q





1.32 Why are dyes sometimes added to spray mixes?Dyes are sometimes added to allow the operator to see where they have already sprayed.

q q

1.33 Define the term ‘spray drift’.Spray drift is when chemical droplets/particles or vapour remain in the air after application and move on to non-target areas.

q q

1.34 What type of spray equipment is available to reduce the risk of spray drift?Equipment available includes: shrouded booms nozzle types, eg air inclusion, low drift.

q q

1.35 If you are using a boom spray or application equipment with multiple nozzles, what is the percentage variance from the manufacturer’s outputs at which replacement is required?The variation that can occur with nozzles from the manufacturer’s specifications is 10%. The nozzle can already have a 5% variation from the factory during manufacture. As the nozzle wears, the spray pattern is distorted and results in more spray exiting from the centre of the nozzle.

q q

1.36 How do you clean a blocked nozzle safely?A blocked nozzle should be cleaned in water, blown out by compressed air or gently scrubbed with a soft toothbrush. Nothing should be inserted inside the nozzle as it can affect the spray pattern.

q q

1.37 What is a surfactant? Why is it added to spray mixes at times?A surfactant is used to reduce the surface tension of a liquid. Some chemicals are not soluble in water, therefore, a surfactant is used to help chemicals dissolve or move into solution.

q q

1.38 What does the term ‘secondary poisoning’ refer to?Secondary poisoning refers to the food chain where an animal is poisoned from consuming numerous smaller animals that have been poisoned. For example, a lake with tadpoles may have a small amount of chemical leak into the water body. It may not be enough to affect the tadpole but if a bird eats ten of these tadpoles, it has ten (10) times the amount of chemical and it may be affected.

q q

1.39 If two (2) or more chemicals were to be tank-mixed, how would you determine whether or not they were compatible?If two or more chemicals were to be tank-mixed, the first point of reference would be the MSDS. This has a section on compatibility of chemicals. Secondly, the chemicals can be mixed in a clean, clear jar and allowed to sit, while you watch to see if any chemical reactions are taking place.

q q

1.40 When you are applying chemicals for the control of soil-inhabiting q q





pests, for example black beetle larvae, how should the chemical control be applied?Soil-inhibiting pests should be controlled when their life cycle brings them closest to the surface. The chemical should be applied with a large droplet size with a large volume of water (if possible). Quite often it is recommended that the chemical be washed in with irrigation.

1.41 When you are applying chemicals for the control of leaf-feeding insects, how should the control be applied?The chemical should be applied with a small droplet size and allowed to sit on the leaf.

q q

1.42 Name three (3) methods of application for pesticides.Methods of applying pesticides include: boom spray rope wick applicator CDA (controlled droplet applicator) fumigation aerosol granular (baits, pellets).

q q

1.43 Certain formulations of chemicals, for example wettable powders, will settle out if left in a tank. How is this problem reduced with larger sprayers? How can it be reduced with knapsack sprayers?To reduce the potential for chemicals to settle out of solution, the best way is to shake or agitate the water constantly. Larger spray tanks are usually fitted with agitation. Ensure that agitation occurs throughout the application. In a knapsack situation the tank should be taken off and shaken regularly, and the volume should be reduced.

q q

1.44 What is a non-drip nozzle? Where is it positioned on a sprayer?A non-drip nozzle is a valve with a spring which is rated to a certain Kpa that has a rubber diaphragm on the end. When the pressure of the boom drops – as occurs when the boom is switched off – the spring pushes the diaphragm across and seals the nozzle, stopping any further liquid from passing. They are located on the side of the nozzle assembly.

q q

1.45 Name three (3) different types of spray nozzles.Different types of nozzles are: high and low air inclusion flat fan hollow cone low drift flood or fertiliser nozzles boomless nozzles agitation nozzles

q q





misting nozzles.

1.46 A chemical label states that it requires 300 litres/hectares of water per application. How can you be sure that you are applying the correct rate of water?(Note: This is not a calculation exercise. The candidate need only explain what to do.)To ensure that the correct amount of water is applied, you can consult the specifications chart for the nozzle being used. You will need to know the pressure and ground speed that will be used during application.

q q

1.47 You begin your chemical control application and after an hour or so, the wind picks up. What assessments should you make to decide whether or not to continue with the application?Firstly, you must assess whether the wind is so strong that it will become a safety hazard, affecting the uniformity of the spray and causing the drift to become a concern. You must always check weather conditions before beginning any spraying.

q q

1.48 What does the term ‘withholding period’ (WHP) mean?It refers to the time that is required on the label before any produce can be sold after application of a pesticide.

q q

1.49 Why should you always apply chemicals at the recommended label rates?It is a requirement by law to apply chemicals at the label rate. Failure to do so can result in prosecution. The label rate is a recommendation that has been determined from extensive testing of that product in the outlined situation. It is stated so that the potential for damage to the environment, the crop and the user is reduced. Using rates contrary to those stated on the label can increase the potential for resistance.

q q

1.50 Is the following statement true or false? You are getting good control from your fungicide applications so you should continue to use only that chemical. Give reasons for your answer.The greatest risk in using one chemical constantly to control a pest is the development of a resistant strain. This statement is particularly important in fungicide applications as resistance occurs very quickly, mainly due to the large genetic diversity of fungi and mode of action of the chemical. When controlling fungi, it is recommended to rotate the groups of chemicals.

q q

1.51 Define the term ‘re-entry period’ in relation to pesticide applications.The re-entry period defines the amount of time that must lapse from the time of application until people can enter the site without wearing PPE.

q q

1.52 What should an operator do before starting a spraying operation?The first step before beginning a spraying operation is to decide whether the application is necessary. If it is necessary, conduct

q q





all the necessary checks, eg weather, spray equipment, safety gear etc.

1.53 What is chemical residue? Where can it accumulate?Chemical residue is the chemical that is left after water has evaporated or the tank has been emptied which bonds to the lining of the tank and pipes. It remains in the soil for a period of time after the application.

q q

1.54 Detail the process of cleaning your equipment once you have completed a spraying operation.The process for cleaning your equipment occurs as follows. PPE is the last equipment to be taken off and cleaned. Rinse tank and apply the first rinsate over the sprayed area. Rinse and empty the tank twice more (rinsate to flow into

bunded collection area). Allow clean water to flow through the boom or hand gun. Hose down exterior of tank and vehicle. Clean PPE (remove gloves last).

q q

1.55 What does the term ‘rinsate’ refer to? How should it be disposed of?Rinsate refers to the water that has been used to rinse a container or tank that contained chemical. The initial rinse should be disposed of by spraying back over the area that has been sprayed already. The following two rinses can be emptied into a suitable wash down facility. Rinsate from chemical containers should be returned to the tank before the spraying operation.

q q

1.56 How often should commercial tank cleaners be used on your spray equipment?The use of commercial tank cleaners will depend on the usage of the spray equipment. For frequent use – every six (6) months – and for infrequent use – every twelve (12) months. This may need to be done after using a particular spray which may have contaminated the tank and affected spray operations from then on.

q q

1.57 How should your spray application clothing be laundered? (Clothing is generally worn underneath spray suits, or if a suit is not worn, outline the style of clothing worn during spraying operations).Clothes should be laundered immediately after each use and washed separately from other normal washing. Clothing that may be worn when a spray suit is not necessary or beneath spray suits includes a long-sleeved shirt, trousers and a washable hat.

q q




1.58–1.72 Personal protective equipment (PPE)

1.58 Name the PPE required for chemical spraying.You should decide on what PPE is required after you have read the label. This will tell you exactly what you need to wear to apply that particular product. When applying chemicals, you would require the following PPE: impervious footwear spray suit or cotton overalls elbow length PVC gloves respirator safety glasses washable hat.

q q

1.59 What checks should be carried out on your respirator before you use it? Check straps and rubber of respirator for cracks and frays. Check all rubber valves are operational and in place. Hold the valves with fingers, and place mask over face and

breathe in to make sure a seal is maintained on the face. Check the cartridges by installing, place mask on face and

spray perfume or deodorant in front. If no scent is noticed, the mask is operational. If a scent is noticed, replace the cartridges and try again.

q q

1.60 Is it correct to share chemical spraying PPE? Give reasons for your answer.It is not correct to share PPE with anyone. The sharing of PPE is a potential health hazard as all equipment such as respirator, earmuffs and gloves are worn in close proximity to the operator. This can potentially transfer infections, etc. Secondly, if PPE is personalised, it is generally treated with greater care. This includes cleaning and storage. If you are using equipment that has been cleaned by another person, you are relying on them to clean the gear to a suitable standard.

q q

1.61 What maintenance is required for respirators?The maintenance required on a respirator is replacing valves periodically, replacing cartridges after every 16 hours of exposure to the air, and checking that straps are holding elasticity and are not frayed.

q q

1.62 How should your PPE be stored?PPE should be stored away from the chemical storage area in a cool, dry cupboard away from extremes of heat and cold.

q q

1.63 How can you tell if your respirator cartridges need to be replaced?Check the cartridges by installing them, place mask on face and spray perfume or deodorant in front. If no scent is noticed, the mask is operational. If scent is noticed, replace cartridges and try again.

q q





1.64 Does a tractor’s air-conditioned cab act as a respirator?The air-conditioned cab can act as a respirator as long as the intake filters are fitted with charcoal filters which are suitable for filtering pesticides. All windows must remain closed throughout the spraying operation.

q q

1.65 When should disposable spray overalls be replaced?Disposable overalls are a single-use item and should be disposed of immediately after use.

q q

1.66 Why is a hat an important part of spraying PPE?Hats are important in a spraying operation as they help to cover the forehead and head – two of the most absorbent areas of the body.

q q

1.67 What should you do if your PPE is damaged or not working? What shouldn’t you do?The operator is the most important part of any spraying operation. If the PPE is faulty, spraying should not proceed. Do not take the ‘she’ll be right attitude’ as your health is at stake.

q q

1.68 What equipment (other than PPE) is required for your personal protection near a chemical storage/mixing area?A storage or mixing area must have suitable shower and eyewash facilities in case of emergencies.

q q

1.69 What should be contained in a chemical spill kit? impervious rubber mat to cover drains absorbent snake to contain spills lime or kitty litter (absorbent material to soak up spill) absorbent mats plastic bags to dispose of contaminated material shovels PPE

q q

1.70 What should you do if the label is missing from a chemical container?You should dispose of the chemical by calling ChemClear. Identify the container as ‘unknown’ and inform them that it is to be disposed of.

q q

1.71 A new staff member has been employed. What type of training do they require for chemical application?New staff should be trained to Level III in Prepare and apply chemicals and Transport and store chemicals.

q q





1.72 How do labels and MSDSs serve as protection to you as the operator?Labels and MSDS sheets serve as protection as they provide the operator with all the information required to safely apply that particular chemical. In the event of an accident, there is information that can assist the operator.

q q

1.73–1.84 Integrated pest management (IPM)

1.73 Define IPM (integrated pest management).IPM is used to describe a management strategy that involves using a variety of methods to control a pest. The methods of control are: cultural biological physical chemical.

q q

1.74 What methods of pest control are involved in IPM?The methods of control are: cultural biological physical chemical.

q q

1.75 Give an example of pest control without chemical use.Examples of pest control must come from the biological, physical and cultural methods, eg hand weeding.

q q

1.76 Name any biological pest controls.Biological pest controls are any organism that is used to control another organism. Examples include the calesse virus, dipel, the male sterile fruit fly and the cane toad.

q q

1.77 Detail any IPM measures you have been involved with.The candidate must give details of two (2) or more control strategies they have implemented.

q q

1.78 Where does chemical control sit in relation to IPM techniques?Chemical control should be the last step implemented in an IPM management plan.

q q

1.79 Why is IPM very important in pest control?IPM is important in pest control, as the aim is to reduce the amount of chemical needed to control pests. This benefits the environment, reduces the potential risks associated with chemical use and reduces the likelihood of pest resistance to chemical control.

q q





1.80 What are the benefits of IPM?There is reduced impact on the environment, a reduction in the potential risks associated with chemical use and a reduction in the likelihood of pest resistance to chemical control.

q q

1.81 Give examples of the types of cultural controls that can affect pest management.The main cultural methods that affect pest management are irrigation, plant nutrition and renovation.

q q

1.82 Does enterprise management have an impact on IPM measures?Enterprise management will always have an effect on IPM as it influences the funding necessary to implement the strategies and methods.

q q

1.83 Is IPM a short-term or long-term management system? Give reasons for your answer.IPM is a long-term process. In general it takes five (5) years for a management technique to show benefits. The easy solution is to use chemical control as a quick solution to pest control.

q q

1.84 IPM should be part of all horticultural industries and should be promoted in the domestic market as well. What are the difficulties in making this a reality?The difficulties in promoting this throughout the horticulture industry are lack of education and time necessary for plans to show benefit. For example, if a change is made to the plant nutrition program, it may take several years of adjusting and manipulating to reduce the incidence of disease.

q q

1.85–1.107 IPM Weed information1.85 Name three (3) weed life cycles.

The three weed life cycles are: annual biannual perennial.

q q

1.86 Name four (4) winter weeds in your area.Winter weeds are generally annual. Examples include cape weed, winter grass, cat’s ear, sour sob, bindii, clover, thistle and stinging nettle.

q q

1.87 Describe the main ways in which weeds spread.The main ways in which weeds spread are by seed and vegetatively (rhizomes and stolons).

q q

1.88 Weeds that grow from a central point are classified as having a rosette growth habit. Name two (2) other weed growth habits which allow weeds to spread.Other growth habits are rhizomatous, stoloniferous and bunch type (tillering).

q q




1.85–1.107 IPM Weed information1.89 Name two (2) non-selective herbicides.

Examples of non-selective herbicides include glyphosate (Roundup®), paraquat and diquate (spray seed).

q q

1.90 When would be the most effective time of year for spraying clover?The most effective time of year to treat clover is autumn or the beginning of the winter growth cycle. Once clover is established, it is difficult to control due to the rhizome development.

q q

1.91 Why is it important to understand the life cycle of a weed in determining control strategies?The life cycle is important to understand as it allows the implementation of strategies to first of all control the weed and secondly to reduce the likelihood of the plant reproducing.

q q

1.92 Is chemical control always the best option? Give examples in your answer.Chemical control is not always the best option. In a turf situation, if a healthy sward can be maintained, then the competition is greater and reduces the potential for weed invasion.

q q

1.93 If you have couch grass growing in nursery stock or in the open ground production area, is it a good option to rotary hoe the area? Give reasons for your answer.Couch grass has both stolons and rhizomes for recovery. If the ground is disturbed (rotary hoed), with no competition the couch will quickly invade the nursery stock.

q q

1.94 Why is accurate weed identification important in the planning of your weed control options?Accurate weed identification allows the manager to assess the life cycle and growth habit. This helps in the constructing of a suitable management strategy for weed control. Inaccurate identification can be costly, if management techniques fail.

q q

1.95 IWM (integrated weed management) is the use of a variety of control measures. Suggest a variety of weed control measures, including ones that you have used.IWM involves the use of cultural, physical, biological and chemical management techniques. Examples include switching off irrigation at certain times of the year to drought weeds, reducing nitrogen inputs when Poa annua is prevalent, hand weeding localised weed infestations and planting grass buffers such as collars on greens.

q q

1.96 Detail the weed control methods with which you have been involved.Methods must include two or more management techniques for control. The objective and outcome must be clearly stated.

q q




1.85–1.107 IPM Weed information1.97 Why is weed control a long-term process?

Weed control is generally a long-term process as weeds are capable of numerous survival techniques such as prolific seed banks, below-ground growth mechanisms and natural genetic diversity. The rule of thumb is one year’s weed equals seven years’ seed.

q q

1.98 How can weeds be introduced into your site during general horticultural practices?Weeds can be introduced generally by poor hygiene, where seeds or plant material are carried in on machinery and/or shoes, or through the selection of poor planting material.

q q

1.99 What does it mean when a herbicide is said to be ‘selective’?A selective herbicide is able to control a particular weed species that is growing within another preferred species. An example would be a bindii growing in couch where a selective herbicide such as dicamba, MCPA or bromoxynil may be used to control the bindii weed without damaging the couch.

q q

1.100 Can you name any selective herbicides?Selective herbicides include broadleaf killers, fusillade (monocot control in dicots), MSMA, endathol, etc.

q q

1.101 What forms of weed control do not require chemicals?The forms of weed control that do not require chemical control are physical, biological and cultural.

q q

1.102 What is a contact herbicide?A contact herbicide kills only the cells with which the spray droplets come into direct contact. The spray is not translocated through the plant.

q q

1.103 Would a contact herbicide be effective on grasses that have rhizomes and stolons? Give reasons for your answer.A contact herbicide is generally not recommended for grasses with rhizome and stolon growth as it kills only the point of contact. The plant is able to recover from the application through the lateral growth.

q q

1.104 How would you define the term ‘weed’?The term ‘weed’ is usually defined as any plant growing where it is not wanted. The reasons for not wanting the plant can be varied – from economic loss in crops to aesthetics.

q q

1.105 What is a resistant weed?A resistant weed is usually a plant that has a genetic variation which enables it to survive a chemical treatment that previously controlled it.

q q




1.85–1.107 IPM Weed information1.106 What are some causes of weed resistance?

incorrect rates to label recommendation non-rotation of chemical groups or applying the same

chemical repeatedly applying chemicals too late in the growth cycle (timing) allowing populations to become large before controlling

q q

1.107 How can you reduce weed resistance?You can reduce weed resistance by: rotating chemical groups controlling the plant early in the life cycle using a combination of post and pre emergent herbicide using an IPM strategy to reduce the chemical use controlling populations before they become too large to

control following label recommendations.

q q

1.108–1.127 Pest and diseases

1.108 What factors encourage the development of diseases?The factors that encourage the development of diseases are known as the ‘disease triangle’. These factors are: susceptible host virulent pathogen favourable environmental conditions.

q q

1.109 Name three (3) plant diseases you have come across during your employment.The common diseases found in turf are dollar spot, brown patch, fusarium, pythium, helmo, take-all patch and anthracnose.

q q

1.110 What cultural controls can affect the development of diseases?Cultural controls include: modifying irrigation practices to reduce the amount of time the

leaf stays moist adjusting nutrition programs to encourage a strong, healthy

plant (high nitrogen makes plants soft and turgid, allowing diseases to penetrate more easily)

removing dew in the mornings renovating regularly to reduce thatch and mat build-up.

q q

1.111 Which microbes cause the majority of plant diseases?The microbes that cause the majority of plant disease are fungi. q q





1.112 Disease signs are the visible part of the pathogen. Describe two (2) disease signs you might see.Typical signs of pathogens are mycelium, slime or rust on the leaf.

q q

1.113 Disease symptoms are the effect that the pathogen has on the plant. What symptoms can you name?Symptoms usually occur as patterns. Examples include smoke rings, fairy rings, dollar spots, brown patches etc.

q q

1.114 Which parts of plants can diseases attack?Depending on the type of disease, they can attack both the leaves and the roots of plants.

q q

1.115 The disease triangle includes the host, the environment and the pathogen (the disease-causing agent). What is the significance of this triangle in the development of diseases?The disease triangle is important in the control of disease attacks, because if one of the three factors is removed, the pathogen cannot attack. This can be done by reducing the amount of time moisture is left on the surface, adjusting nutrition programs to strengthen the plant and make the cell wall stronger and not as easy to penetrate, or controlling the pathogen with the application of fungicide. Knowing the conditions necessary for the disease to attack allows the manager to predict when weather conditions will be favourable and when to be ready to take necessary action.

q q

1.116 What is the difference between a systemic fungicide and a contact fungicide?A systemic fungicide is translocated through the plant’s vascular system and affects the fungi that are in the plant already or fungi that may attack. A contact fungicide is left on the leaf and controls only the pathogen with which the spray comes into contact.

q q

1.117 Explain whether or not all fungal activity requires chemical treatment.It is not always necessary to control fungi. It depends on the economic ramifications for not controlling the fungi. This will be determined by the plant situation, eg green versus fairway where the green is a more critical playing surface, and the threshold level (the extent to which the outbreak can be tolerated).

q q

1.118 How can you reduce the incidence of fungal attack without using chemicals?To reduce the incidence of fungal attack without chemical control, you need to implement an IPM strategy. This includes physical, cultural and biological methods aimed at reducing one or more aspects of the disease triangle.

q q





1.119 Name three (3) insects which are pests in your workplace.Insects common to the Perth metropolitan area are black beetles, Argentine stem weevils, black-headed cockchafers, billbugs, mole crickets, cutworms, army worms and sod webworms.

q q

1.120 In which two (2) different ways do insects attack plants?The two different ways in which insects attack plants are by either chewing or sucking. This will be determined by the mouthparts of the insect. Chewing insects will have mandibles that have a pinching motion. Sucking insects have a proboscis that is inserted into the plant.

q q

1.121 What fungicides have you applied? What safety precautions did you take when you were applying them?The candidate must make reference to the label for the precautions taken.

q q

1.122 What insecticides have you applied?Depends on site. Candidate must identify insect that the spray is used to control.

q q

1.123 Is it a good idea to mix fungicide and insecticide in the same tank? Give reasons for your answer.Tank-mixing insecticides and fungicides depends on the type of insect, pathogen and whether the chemicals are contact or systemic. The chemicals must be both systemic and contact, and the insect and pathogen must be present at the same time and attack in a similar manner.

q q

1.124 What are the environmental risks involved in the use of fungicides and insecticides?The environmental risks involved with fungicides and insecticides are the potential to kill beneficial microfauna. The chemicals do not discriminate between particular pathogens or insects, and they can kill a wide range of organisms. They also have the potential to make a soil profile sterile.

q q

1.125 Pests can become resistant to fungicides and insecticides. How can your practices contribute to resistance development?The methods that can reduce resistance are: rotating chemical groups controlling the plant early in the life cycle using a combination of post and pre emergent herbicide using an IPM strategy to reduce the chemical use controlling populations before they become too large to


q q





1.126 What types of life cycles occur in insects?The types of life cycles that occur in insects are: partial metamorphosis complete metamorphosis.

q q

1.127 Why is it very important to understand life cycles in determining control methods?Understanding the life cycles allows the manager to decide the best management strategies. An example is the control of black beetle, where the larvae are the stage at which the beetles cause damage when they feed on the roots of plants. This is also the only time when the beetles are in close enough proximity to the surface to allow control with chemicals. By knowing the life cycle, the manager can apply chemicals in September and early October when the larval stage occurs.

q q



Assessment judgement for Skill Set 1Candidate’s name

During the interview, did the candidate: Always Sometimes

Never

demonstrate reasonable knowledge and skill relating to:

○ OHS and environmental regulations/requirements, equipment, material and personal safety requirements?

q q q

○ chemical knowledge and application techniques? q q q

○ understanding of IPM principles and methods of implementation?

q q q

○ weed, pest and disease identification and control methods?

q q q

○ awareness of legal requirements in chemical applications?

q q q

describe the process undertaken when given a task to perform, for example logical sequence of events?

q q q

explain the importance of safe operating procedures in chemical applications? q q q

select and identify the correct tools/equipment and materials for the tasks?

q q q

provide satisfactory evidence of underpinning knowledge and skill when asked to explain a range of industry applications?

q q q

describe alternative acceptable techniques for plant pest control? q q q

The candidate’s underpinning knowledge is: satisfactory q not yet satisfactory qAssessor’s comments on judgement made





Date of assessment





Record of interview

Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Date









Interview question bank for Skill Set 2 – Nutrient applications; monitoring of plant health; monitoring of site environment and impactsDid the candidate satisfactorily answer the following questions? Yes No

2.1–2.18 Nutrients and plant health

2.1 Name the nutrients required by plants in the largest amount (macro nutrients).The nutrients that are required in the largest quantities are nitrogen, phosphorous and potassium, referred to as N:P:K. The other nutrients that fall into the macro nutrient category are those obtained through photosynthesis. These are carbon (C), oxygen (O) and hydrogen (H). The final two elements which are often referred to as macro nutrients are calcium (Ca) and sulphur (S), although the plant does not require these elements in the same quantities as N, P and K.

q q

2.2 Although all the nutrients are required in sufficient amounts for plant health, certain elements have more effect on different parts of the plant. Which parts of the plant are most affected by nitrogen?Nitrogen is needed for cell division and is therefore essential for leaf growth. Nitrogen deficiency can be seen as yellowing in older leaves as the nitrogen is translocated to the new growing points of the plant, eg emerging leaves.

q q

2.3 Although all the nutrients are required in sufficient amounts for plant health, certain elements have more effect on different parts of the plant. Which parts of the plant are most affected by phosphorous?Phosphorous is needed for shoot and root growth and development. Phosphorous is particularly important at establishment and renovation where it is necessary for plant coverage, new root and lateral shoot development. Phosphorous deficiency is detected by a purple colour emerging over the turf sward; this is more visible in cold weather.

q q

2.4 Although all the nutrients are required in sufficient amounts for plant health, certain elements have more effect on different parts of the plant. Which parts of the plant are most affected by potassium?Potassium is necessary for cell wall strength and fruiting of plants. Potassium aids in drought resistance, disease prevention and the development of fruit. Potassium deficiency is detectable as a red tinge emerging over the plant.

q q





2.5 How many of the micro nutrients (nutrients required in small amounts) can you name?Micro nutrients associated with plant growth are as follows: iron (Fe) manganese (Mn) molybdenum (Mo) chlorine (Cl) sodium (Na) magnesium (Mg) zinc (Zn) copper (Cu) boron (Bo).

q q

2.6 What is meant when a plant is said to have a nutrient deficiency?A deficiency is when plant growth is adversely affected by the absence or limited availability of one or more nutrients. There is not enough of the nutrient to make the plant grow. The cause of the deficiency can be related to soil chemistry, eg soil pH, or the nutrient may not be present in the particular soil and will need to be added via fertilisers.

q q

2.7 Define the term ‘nutrient toxicity’.Nutrient toxicity is when a nutrient is in too great a supply for the plant, and causes an adverse effect on plant growth. Nutrients commonly known to be toxic to plants are sodium, chlorine, sulphur and boron.

q q

2.8 What could be some nutritional reasons why a plant would become chlorotic (yellow)?The yellowing of plants is usually associated with plant deficiency or toxicity. The reasons for yellowing are numerous and can be induced by infection with disease.

q q

2.9 In which forms can nutrients be provided to plants? (eg liquid)Nutrients can be provided to plants as a granular, liquid (foliar) and slow-release application.

q q

2.10 What is a simple fertiliser?A simple fertiliser is a single-element fertiliser used to supply one particular element, for example ammonium nitrate to supply nitrogen.

q q

2.11 What is a compound fertiliser?A compound fertiliser is two or more nutrients blended in the one prill. An example would be NPK blue where the NPK are in the one blue prill.

q q





2.12 What is a blended fertiliser?A blended fertiliser is two or more simple fertilisers mixed together. The blend will commonly have a different sized prill and a different colour depending on the simple fertilisers that are blended.

q q

2.13 What types of slow-release fertiliser are available to horticultural industry? (types not brands)The types of slow-release fertilisers available are: sulphur-coated polymer-coated organics methylene urea or formaldehyde urea (synthesised chains of

nitrogen molecules).

q q

2.14 What are the benefits of organic fertilisers?The benefits associated with organics are the slow release of nutrients over an extended period of time, and the encouragement and stimulation of the soil ecology necessary to break down the organics.

q q

2.15 Why is there a need to regularly apply fertilisers in the Perth area?The need to regularly apply fertiliser in the Perth area is determined by the soil type. The soils around the Perth area are part of the Swan coastal plain, which is made up of a series of sand dunes. The sand is inert (has limited ability to retain nutrients) and nutrients are easily leached through irrigation and rainfall.

q q

2.16 What soil conditions can affect nutrient requirements? Explain.There are several soil conditions that can affect nutrient requirements. These include: high pH and the lock-up of nutrients resulting in the

modification of applications of fertiliser (foliar applications) low pH and the possibility of toxicities – lime is required to

raise the pH) the over-supply of nutrients in irrigation waters.

q q

2.17 How can a balanced nutrient program be of benefit to plants?A balanced nutrient program produces a healthy plant that can survive in the desired situation. The nutrient program should produce a plant that is hardy, has increased drought tolerance, is disease resistant, wear tolerant and produces the desired plant/surface for the situation.

q q





2.18 Cation exchange capacity (CEC) varies from soil to soil. Why is it important in nutrient programming?Cation exchange capacity (CEC) is important in nutrient programming as it gives an indication of the soil’s ability to retain nutrients. This will determine the intervals between applications and how much nutrient can be applied at one time.

q q

2.19–2.35 Nutrient application

2.19 Detail the methods of nutrient application you have conducted.The candidate should have calibrated and applied a known amount of fertiliser and be able to detail why it was applied.

q q

2.20 What other methods of application are you aware of?Application techniques include boom spray, fish eye (method using a hose with nozzle attached), broadcast using fertiliser spreader and hand spread.

q q

2.21 Should fertiliser applications be based on fertiliser product amounts or on actual plant nutrient requirements? Explain your answer.Fertiliser applications should be based on actual amount of nutrient in the fertiliser. Different products have varying percentages of nutrients which will affect the amount of product to be applied. There are guidelines that have been determined for applications of fertiliser which minimise the economic loss and the environmental impact of fertiliser applications. These guidelines give an indication of the expected growth response from a known quantity of actual fertiliser.

q q

2.22 The majority of fertilisers require ‘watering in’ (an application of irrigation to get fertiliser into the soil). What should be the determining factors for how long the watering process occurs?The determining factors should be the depth of root system, soil type, burn potential of the fertiliser and the solubility. If over-irrigating occurs, then fertiliser is washed past the root zone and cannot be absorbed as a result. If surface pooling occurs, the fertiliser will accumulate at the low points. Under-irrigating results in foliar burn on the leaf, caused by reverse osmosis.

q q

2.23 When first applied, where is the fertiliser supposed to end up so that there is maximum opportunity for plant uptake?The fertiliser is to remain in the top few centimetres of the profile where the majority of the roots are found. Subsequent irrigation will move the fertiliser further into the soil profile.

q q





2.24 Does a liquid application need to be watered in? What factors need to be taken into consideration?Factors that need to be taken into consideration when determining irrigation after application of a liquid fertiliser are the product type and the quantity of fertiliser applied. Low volumes of fertiliser are generally left on the leaf to be absorbed through the stomata. The product type and quantity have a direct relationship with highly soluble fertiliser – having a greater burn potential and a higher volume which increase the burn potential. Other factors that may affect the need to irrigate are the weather conditions. Hot weather also increases the burn potential.

q q

2.25 Is it common practice to add other chemicals, eg wetting agents to fertiliser applications? How do you feel about this practice? Why?As a general rule, adding any chemicals or wetting agent with fertilisers must be considered carefully. You should consult the label and industry literature. If in doubt, apply separately.There are some chemicals that are mixed with fertiliser such as paclobutrazol (growth regulator) that are needed to encourage growth. You can also add sulphate of ammonia to a Roundup® mix to help chemical action.

q q

2.26 Explain how to calibrate a fertiliser spreader.To calibrate a fertiliser spreader, the following steps should be

taken. Ensure even coverage by applying to concrete surface and

analysing evenness of prills on surface. Set the outlet to a desired setting.

Mark out a 10 m x 10 m square. Weigh a known volume of fertiliser and add to fertiliser

spreader. Apply the fertiliser to the 10 m x 10 m grid, walking at the

intended speed and not fluctuating throughout the whole fertilising event. Ensure that an even swath is maintained (the ‘fan’ of the prills meets where the operator last walked), allowing for adequate overlap.

Weigh the amount of fertiliser remaining in the spreader after the 10 m x 10 grid has been covered once.

This will indicate how much fertiliser is applied to 100 m2. Multiply weight by 100 to calculate the required volume of fertiliser for one (1) hectare.

*If the amount applied exceeds the desired rate of application, repeat the process, closing down the outlet to a smaller setting.

q q





2.27 What can happen if you over-apply fertilisers?Over-applying fertilisers has the potential to firstly contaminate the environment through leaching and run-off, and secondly, result in economic loss due to excessive application. Fertiliser is applied to increase growth. With increased growth come the increased costs of maintenance (mowing, renovation) and buying the fertiliser.

q q

2.28 Is it critical to apply fertiliser in an even manner? Why?The aim of fertiliser applications to turf is to get an even coverage, promoting even growth and uniform surface.

q q

2.29 Can you fix an uneven application of fertiliser?Before attempting to fix an uneven application of fertiliser, you need to do some investigation and establish what caused the anomalies. This can be as varied as an anti-wetting thatch causing water to pool through to a selection of a large prill that has a poor coverage.

q q

2.30 Fertiliser is often applied on Perth soils by the ‘little and often’ principle. Why do you think this is so?The need to regularly apply fertiliser in the Perth area is determined by the soil type. The soils around the Perth area are part of the Swan Coastal Plain, which is made up of a series of sand dunes. The sand is inert (has limited ability to retain nutrients) and nutrients are easily leached through irrigation and rainfall. To maintain a nutrient bank without environmental damage, fertiliser must be applied on a principle of ‘light and often’.

q q

2.31 What type of safety equipment is required for applying fertiliser?The safety equipment needed for the application of fertiliser relates to manual handling and application. The weight of bags should not exceed 25 kg. The amount that can be lifted safely varies depending on the physical capabilities of the operator. The PPE requirements for application vary with the type of the fertiliser. The MSDS should be consulted for appropriate safety requirements.

q q





2.32 Are climatic conditions a factor in fertiliser application? Why?Climatic conditions have a significant influence on the application of fertiliser. The timing of applications will depend on i) the season and ii) the immediate weather conditions either side of the application.The season will determine the growth rate at a particular time of year.Plant absorption of fertiliser is regulated by growth. If a plant is dormant and not growing, it cannot absorb nutrients and the fertiliser will be wasted.The weather on the days immediately before and after the application will determine the success of the application. Extremes of temperature will influence plant growth and nutrient uptake. Excessively high temperatures will increase the burn potential of the fertiliser. Heavy rainfall immediately after application will either leach nutrients past the root zone or cause run-off and pooling in low areas.

q q

2.33 The frequency of fertiliser application is determined by many factors. Can you name some of these factors?The factors which determine frequency of applications are: weather plant growth rate desired growth rate soil type grass type nutrient deficiencies fertiliser type (slow-release, organic).

q q

2.34 Why are more frequent applications required on sand profiles than in heavier soils?The difference in the frequency of applications in heavy and sand soils is the ability of the soil to retain nutrients. Sandy soils have a lower ability to store nutrients and therefore require smaller volumes of fertiliser per application, so applications will need to be closer together to maintain nutrients at the desired level.

q q

2.35 Should fertiliser applications be applied immediately before predicted rainfall? Why?Applying fertiliser before predicted rainfall is common in situations where irrigation is inefficient. The potential risk created is heavy rainfall immediately after the application which could result in either leaching of nutrients, or run-off and pooling in low areas.

q q




2.36–2.42 Environmental implications2.36 Eutrophication occurs in our waterways and creates algae blooms.

What two nutrients can be applied to increase eutrophication?The two nutrients that increase eutrophication are nitrogen and phosphorous.

q q

2.37 If you are applying fertilisers near waterways, what precautions should you take?When applying fertilisers near waterways, care must be taken not to pollute the waterway by maintaining a buffer zone and making sure that weather conditions are suitable for restricting the potential for contamination. A soil analysis should be conducted to understand deficiencies and particular notice should be taken of the PRI (phosphorous retention index – the potential of the soil to retain phosphorous).

q q

2.38 What effect does over-fertilising have on disease and pest incidence?The effect of over-fertilising, particularly with high rates of nitrogen, has the potential to increase the incidence of pest and disease. Nitrogen makes the plant more supple and turgid, allowing pests and diseases to penetrate the plant cells more easily.

q q

2.39 How can you gauge how your nutrient program is performing environmentally?To gauge the performance of a nutrient program, there must be measurements to assess. These indicators can be soil samples showing correction in deficiencies, reductions in chemical and fertiliser costs, and sampling of environmentally sensitive areas to ensure that levels have not been elevated through your practices. All these measurements require the development of a database against which to reference.

q q

2.40 How can incorrect nutrient choices affect the native Australian flora (plants)?The main nutrient of concern to native Australian flora is phosphorous. Native plants have evolved without phosphorous, as it is naturally low in our soils. Applying phosphorous near native bush can kill plants.

q q

2.41 Most fertilisers are forms of salt. If we continually over-fertilise our plants, what can happen to our soils?Prolonged over-use of salt-based fertilisers has the potential to raise salinity levels in the soil and kill vegetation, rendering the site useless for the growth of plants.

q q

2.42 Most plant nutrients are stored in their leaves. How can knowing this affect the way we deal with leaf removal from plants?The fact that plants store most of their nutrients in their leaves affects the decisions that are made in leaf removal. In situations where ball roll is not critical, leaf clippings can be returned to the soil and therefore reduce the need to fertilise. Secondly, leaf clippings that are retained in catchers are high in nutrients and can be composted and used to fertilise other areas.

q q




2.43–2.65 Monitoring plant health

2.43 What tests should be done to monitor levels of nutrients?The tests that should be carried out to monitor levels of nutrients are: leaf tissue analysis soil water.A combination of all three gives an indication of what the plant is taking up and what is available as a nutrient source from the soil and water.

q q

2.44 Which parts of the plant should you monitor to gauge plant health?The parts of the plant that should be monitored for plant health are the leaves and the roots, although the whole plant should be given a thorough examination.

q q

2.45 What are some of the things you are looking for when you check plant parts?The following assessments should be made when checking plants: roots – root length, root colour (white fleshy roots indicate

healthy growth), root density, abnormalities, ie pest attack leaves – leaf colour (chlorosis or yellowing), leaf density,

health of older vs younger leaves.*All parts of the plant should be inspected for abnormalities and pest damage.

q q

2.46 What factors affect plant health?The factors that affect plant growth are numerous and they encompass the whole operation of grounds maintenance. Some of the aspects include irrigation, fertilisers, mowing, soil type, shade, wear areas, grass type, seasonal variations and chemical applications.

q q

2.47 How does soil pH affect plant growth?Soil pH affects the activity of soil microbes and plant uptake of nutrients. Firstly, the microbes are essential for the decomposition of organic matter and the release of nutrients into a form that can be taken up by the plant. Secondly, the pH affects the chemistry of the soil. A high pH can make certain elements insoluble in water or, at a low pH, the nutrients can be toxic. These factors are present at pH levels outside of 6–7.

q q

2.48 Does plant chlorosis (yellowing) always indicate nutrient deficiency? Explain.Plant chlorosis can be caused by a number of circumstances. It can be caused by pest attack, lack of oxygen, chemical burn, toxicity (over-supply of nutrient) and water stress. It is necessary to do some investigative work before concluding that the chlorosis is the result of nutrient deficiency.

q q





2.49 How often should soil tests and tissue tests be conducted?Soil tests and leaf tissue analysis testing should be carried out on a needs basis. If you are a new manager of grounds and are not satisfied with the previous testing, annual testing will be required for the first three years and then every second or third year thereafter. Testing may be required if a manipulation to the nutrient program is to be monitored.

q q

2.50 What is meant by the term ‘representative sample’?A representative sample is the method used to give an average indication of the soil type for laboratory testing. This involves taking random samples over an area and discarding any samples that are different from the main soil type.

q q

2.51 Would you sample different areas every year or season? Explain your answer.In a nutrient-monitoring program, it is best to sample in the same place at the same time of year. If different areas are sampled from the previous year, there may be differences in soil type and the areas may have had different fertiliser treatments in the past.

q q

2.52 Is root depth important for plant health? Why? Root depth is important as it determines the volume of soil from which the plant is able to extract nutrients and water. For drought tolerance, it is preferable to have healthy roots as deep as possible into the soil. This is because soils dry from the top down, therefore, the deeper the roots, the longer they will be able to survive periods between watering.

q q

2.53 If the soil pH is high, what can you use to reduce it?High soil pH can be reduced gradually by adding sulphur. This can be supplied as elemental sulphur (<1.5 kg per 100 m2) or by using a sulphur-based fertiliser such as potassium sulphate.

q q

2.54 If the soil pH is low, what can you use to increase it?Low soil pH can be increased by adding lime. Lime acts much more quickly than sulphur. The type of lime is critical as hydrated, burnt or slaked lime acts too quickly and causes damage to soil microbe populations, making the soil sterile. Only agricultural lime should be used at guideline rates of 10 kg per 100 m2.

q q

2.55 If the plant is being mown or trimmed, what does monitoring leaf growth help you to understand?The monitoring of the leaf clipping removal helps to determine the growth rate of the plant. This can help to determine the periods between fertiliser applications.

q q





2.56 How could you monitor how far your irrigation water infiltrates into the soil per application? Why is this monitoring important for nutrient applications?The best method of monitoring the depth to which water infiltrates is to dig a hole and see to what depth it is moist. This should be done at known intervals after irrigation. For example, after one hour the water might penetrate 20 mm; after 10 hours it might penetrate 150 mm and after 24 hours, it might penetrate 200 mm. It is important to monitor the depth to which the water penetrates for two reasons – firstly, to make sure irrigation after fertilising keeps the nutrient where the majority of the root volume is and secondly, to ensure that irrigation does not penetrate past the root zone where it cannot be accessed by the plant. This water is wasted and increases the likelihood of leaching of nutrients.

q q

2.57 How does soil drainage affect plant health?The relationship between soil drainage and plant health is the amount of water and air within the soil. If the soil is free draining and has little ability to retain moisture then the plant can easily become drought-stressed, or the frequency of irrigation will need to be increased to maintain plant health. Conversely, if the soil drainage is very slow, there is the potential for the plant to become waterlogged and be killed through a lack of oxygen (anaerobic).

q q

2.58 Name some of the information you would find in a soil test result.You would find the following information in a soil test: pH EC (electrical conductivity) CEC (cation exchange capacity), total exchangeable (TE)

bases organic carbon PRI (phosphorous retention index) nutrients (nitrate, ammonia, phosphorous, potassium, sulphur,

calcium, magnesium, sodium).

q q

2.59 What does the term PRI mean?PRI (phosphorous retention index) is used to determine the amount of phosphorous a soil can retain. The amount of phosphorous retained is a relationship between CEC and the amount of soluble phosphorous in the soil.

q q

2.60 How does soil PRI affect fertiliser applications?In a practical sense, PRI can be used to determine the amount of phosphorous that can be applied so that it does not leach into the environment.

q q





2.61 Fertiliser applications normally take a few days to activate (or kick in). Why is this so?The time before fertiliser applications take a visible effect is determined by the rate at which nutrients are converted into forms that plants can absorb (microbial activity) and the metabolic rate of the plant (growth rate).

q q

2.62 How can you monitor how much water your irrigation system applies?You can use catch cups. The amount of water caught by the cups is measured in millimetres. The following equation is used to determine the run time for a desired amount of replenishment at a desired percentage of evaporation (100% for bent, between 60%–80% for warm-season grass): Run time (minutes) = TT (minutes) x 10 (desired % epan in mm)

ADW (mm amount in catch cup)

q q

2.63 What cultural practices (practices over which you have control, for example, mowing) affect nutrient availability for plants?The availability of nutrients can be affected by the following cultural practices: mowing (returning grass clippings) irrigation (adequate water for plant growth) renovation (nutrients are released during the introduction of

air to the profile).

q q

2.64 If you started a new job as a supervisor, how would you determine which nutrients to apply?To determine the nutrient requirements at a new site, it would be necessary to consult soil, leaf and water sample results and records of past fertiliser applications. The applications would then be determined by the preference for growth rate.

q q

2.65 The monitoring of storage facilities and fertiliser supplies is important. Give reasons why this statement is true.The monitoring of the storage facility and keeping accurate records of fertiliser supplies is important to ensure that: the correct amount of fertiliser has been applied the fertiliser is not damaged (water, UV) the fertiliser is not stolen for private use or for the purpose of

causing destruction.

q q




2.66–2.106 General questions

2.66 At what time of the year would you recommend applications of organic fertilisers such as manure?Organic fertilisers should be applied in the warmer months – September through to March. This ensures that the fertilisers will be broken down quickly as the warmer soil temperatures encourage microbial activity.

q q

2.67 Your next-door neighbour asks you what the best fertiliser for their lawn is. What information do you need to answer that question correctly?To help your neighbour with fertiliser selection, you would need to ask a series of questions. Some of the information you need is: the location – which will give you an indication of the potential

soil type, probable pH and some other location-specific knowledge that you would have gained from living in the area

the soil type – colour; whether it is free draining; whether fill was used to build

the grass type irrigation – how the lawn is watered currently.Depending on the answers received, additional questions may be required.

q q

2.68 Do organic fertilisers contain nutrients?Organic fertilisers do contain nutrients. The percentage of nutrients in organic fertilisers will vary depending on type, eg chicken or cow manure, and the source (different animals or plants contain varying amounts of nutrient depending on what they are fed).

q q

2.69 What is a fertiliser’s nutrient ratio?A ratio of nutrient is similar to the percentage. It is commonly used to express the relationship between the amounts of N, P and K. A ratio that is often used in turf is 8:2:4, where a plant needs twice as much nitrogen as potassium, and twice as much potassium as phosphorous to sustain healthy growth.

q q

2.70 If a fertiliser bag states an NPK ratio of 12:4:6, what does that indicate?A fertiliser bag with a NPK ratio of 12:4:6 indicates that there is 12% nitrogen, 4% phosphorous and 6% potassium.

q q

2.71 Why is the ratio important when purchasing fertiliser?The ratio is important as it allows the manager to compare the prices of fertiliser depending on actual nutrient. A situation may occur where the maximum amount of phosphorous is applied, and the potassium and nitrogen may need to be topped up with other sources.

q q





2.72 What is nutrient leaching?Nutrient leaching is when a soil is unable to store all the nutrients supplied. Excess nutrients then move past the root zone and into water bodies such as aquifers. The nutrients that are leached then create environmental issues called eutrophication.

q q

2.73 Nutrient applications should supply only what the plant needs. Would you agree with this statement? Why?Nutrient applications should be applied only in amounts that the plant can absorb. Excessive amounts can cause environmental damage and excessive growth. This extra growth requires extra maintenance.

q q

2.74 Why does fertiliser have less effect on most plants during the winter months?The soil microbes responsible for making the fertiliser available to the plants are less active in colder months.

q q

2.75 Is it a good idea to fertilise warm-season turf grasses such as buffalo, couch and kikuyu during the winter? Why?It could create a problem with winter weeds which actively grow in the colder months. Adding nutrients will increase the growth of these weeds.

q q

2.76 In good climatic growing conditions, how can you control growth of turf and therefore reduce mowing procedures?In good growing conditions it is possible to regulate the growth by adjusting the nutrition program and applying nitrogen at a rate that produces acceptable growth. Another method that is employed to regulate growth is the use of chemicals called growth regulators or retardants. These chemicals have had reasonable success and should only be applied to established, healthy grass.

q q

2.77 How long do slow-release or controlled-release fertilisers last in the soil?The length of time a slow-release fertiliser will last in the soil will depend on several factors: the type of slow-release (polymer-coated, methylene ureas) the type of soil the ground temperature.Taking all these factors into consideration, the longest one application would last in the light, sandy soils similar to those found around the Perth metropolitan area would be six (6) weeks.

q q

2.78 Is it a good idea to use fresh manures (straight from the farm) on new plants? Why?Fresh manures tend to be high in nitrogen and increase the potential for burn. It is not recommended to apply them directly to new plants.

q q





2.79 How do you think fertiliser practices can be improved to reduce their impact on the environment?Fertiliser practices can be improved by: increasing the efficiency and accuracy of application monitoring nutrient applications for growth response on the

particular area understanding nutrient requirements of plants maintaining accurate records that document the exact

processes of fertilising so that modifications can be made if necessary.

q q

2.80 What bearing does a plant species have on nutrient requirements? Provide examples.A plant species has a significant bearing on nutrient requirements. For example, in alkaline soils where iron and manganese are not available to the plant, and the nutrient needs to be applied in foliar form, when compared with warm-season grasses, cool-season grasses require one twentieth of the amount.

q q

2.81 How does having a site plan with drainage flows help when monitoring the environmental impact of nutrient applications?A site plan that indicates the drainage flow aids the monitoring of the environmental impacts of nutrient applications by showing the low points where excessive nutrients are likely to accumulate.

q q

2.82 Many places are now being asked by environmental agencies to complete nutrient and irrigation management plans (NIMPs). Why do you think irrigation is linked to nutrient programming?A NIMP program is designed to monitor the amount of fertiliser and nutrient applied. There are two aspects that link nutrient and irrigation. Firstly, water is the greatest source of nutrient and secondly, the amount of water applied will determine where the nutrient will remain in the soil profile. An example of nutrient supply from water is effluent, where varying rates of nutrients are found. This must be incorporated into fertiliser applications.

q q

2.83 What type of waste is generated by horticultural activities? Include sporting facilities in your answer.The waste that is created during horticulture activities includes: green waste from grass clippings and pruning containers (fuel, chemical, fertiliser etc) rubbish collection fuels and oils.

q q





2.84 How should this waste be disposed of?The waste should be disposed of according to its type. Oils and fuels have an organisation that collects used oil from

sites. Green waste can be collected or decomposed into compost

for use in gardens. Lawn clippings are a source of nutrients that break down quickly. These can be scattered, as long as they are not dumped in the same spot, as nutrient loading can occur.

Some organisations may have a skip bin arrangement that may stipulate the type of waste that can be placed in the particular bins.

q q

2.85 How can incorrect waste disposal impact on the local flora and fauna?Incorrect waste disposal can have an impact on the native flora and fauna by releasing significant amounts of nutrient into the environment. Phosphorous loading is a major factor that will have an impact on the native flora. Incorrect rubbish disposal of products such as plastics has the potential to injure fauna.

q q

2.86 What environmental impacts can overuse of water can cause?The overuse of water has several environmental impacts. Our water supply is limited. There is the potential for leaching of nutrients into

groundwater. There is an extra cost in running the irrigation system for

longer. This includes the cost of water, electricity, and any additional repairs and maintenance of equipment.

q q

2.87 How can you reduce overuse of precious water resources? Provide examples.The overuse of water can be reduced by: developing and monitoring an irrigation scheduling and

maintenance program – this will involve assessing the irrigation system efficiency from pumps through to emitters, and organising a maintenance schedule

conducting catch cup tests to check how much water is being applied

adjusting run times of sprinklers regularly to suit the time of year and percentage of evaporation.

q q





2.88 Green waste is always an ongoing issue in horticulture. Do you know of any methods to reduce the impact of green waste on the environment?Methods that may be implemented to reduce the amount of green waste include: worm farms piling green waste and adding a nitrogen fertiliser to increase

the breakdown period to create mulch chipping green waste and using as mulch.Most of the reduction techniques involve recycling and relying on microfauna to break down the organic matter.

q q

2.89 What impact do the equipment and machinery used in horticulture have on the environment?The impact on the environment caused by equipment and machinery used in horticulture is as follows. noise pollution air pollution resources involved in operating machines (fuel, oil, filters,

hydraulic oil).

q q

2.90 How can the impact of machinery and equipment on the environment be reduced?The impact can be reduced by: using canola-based hydraulic oil reducing fertiliser inputs and therefore reducing the amount of

mowing using electric mowers regular maintenance on machines to maintain efficiency implementing a changeover period to keep machinery

updated.

q q

2.91 If fertiliser is stored incorrectly, what might the environmental impacts be?If fertiliser is stored incorrectly, there is the potential for it to enter the environment or become damaged and be non-viable for the intended process. Fertiliser can come in several forms and each has the potential to enter the environment through mishandling. The fertiliser can leak and leach into groundwater or run off into stormwater drains.

q q

2.92 New laws governing biodiversity and security are going to be implemented. These laws include statements on fertiliser storage. Why have fertiliser storage and safety become issues?Fertiliser storage has become a major biodiversity and security concern because fertiliser is a source of explosive, destructive devices. The storage of items such as ammonium nitrate is of particular concern and a permit may be required for its purchase.

q q





2.93 What checks can be carried out on an irrigation system to ensure accurate use of water resources?The checks that need to be carried out on an irrigation system to ensure accurate use of water resources involve the following: assessing the irrigation system’s efficiency from pumps

through to emitters organising a maintenance schedule conducting a catch cup test to check how much water is

applied adjusting run times of sprinklers regularly to suit the time of

year and percentage of evaporation.

q q

2.94 Name three (3) fertilisers than can supply nitrogen to a plant.The different types of fertiliser that can supply nitrogen are: ammonium nitrate sulphate of ammonia urea potassium nitrate, calcium nitrate, DAP (diammonium

phosphate) and MAP (mono ammonium phosphate).

q q

2.95 Name three (3) fertilisers that can supply phosphorous to a plant.The different types of fertiliser that can supply phosphorous are: super phosphate DAP (diammonium phosphate) MAP (mono ammonium phosphate) phosphoric gypsum.

q q

2.96 If the pH was 5.5, would you use sulphate of ammonia as your nitrogen source? Why?If the pH is low, it would not be advisable to apply sulphate-based fertiliser as this will continue to lower the pH.

q q

2.97 How can you supply calcium to a plant?You can supply calcium to a plant through: lime gypsum calcium nitrate.There are also some liquid sources available.

q q

2.98 Would you apply micro nutrients to a plant every time you fertilised it? Give reasons for your answer.Micro nutrients are needed only in small amounts; therefore you would apply them only at certain times of the year. This may be at renovation or other specified time. They are not needed in the same quantities as the fertiliser (macro nutrients) and do not need to be applied as frequently.

q q





2.99 What nutrients does a complete fertiliser contain as a minimum (even though it may also have other nutrients)?A complete fertiliser has N, P and K as a minimum. It may also have the other macros of sulphur and calcium.

q q

2.100 What do you understand by the term ‘fertigation’?Fertigation is used to define the process of applying fertiliser through the irrigation. The fertiliser is in a liquid form which is diffused into the irrigation lines and applied with water through the sprinkler heads.

q q

2.101 Where would you recommend the use of fertigation?The use of fertigation is usually restricted to orchards and vineyards, where the irrigation delivers a known quantity to the base of the plant. In an overhead sprinkler system, the uniformity is decreased and the application of fertiliser becomes uneven. It has, however, been used successfully as a wetting agent, improving the effectiveness of watering.

q q

2.102 What do you understand by the terms ‘anion’ and ‘cation’?‘Anion’ and ‘cation’ refer to the basic nutrients absorbed by plants. Cations are positive ions, eg calcium, and anions are negative ions, eg phosphate.

q q

2.103 What types of records should be kept for chemical and fertiliser applications?The types of records that should be kept for fertiliser and chemical applications are as follows: stock inventory (received and used) application information (time, date, area, product, amount,

operator) aim and result.

q q

2.104 How can you tell if the fertiliser program you are using is improving the health of your plants?Daily monitoring is the most effective way of checking to see if the fertiliser program is improving plant health. This includes monitoring the response to drought, disease resistance, wear resistance, colour and production of a healthy plant to produce the required outcome, eg playing surface. This can be verified by laboratory testing to find out whether the nutrient levels are at the desired levels.

q q





2.105 Have you ever calculated how much actual nutrient is being applied as opposed to how much fertiliser is being applied? How do you do this?To calculate the amount of nutrient in a fertiliser, you need the following equations:

Rate of nutrient (kg/ha) = Rate of fertiliser x % nutrient in fertiliser100

Rate of fertiliser (kg/ha) = Rate of nutrient x 100 % of nutrient in fertiliser

q q

2.106 When you are first establishing a young plant, how would you recommend nutrient applications be applied? Why?Establishing new plants requires a ‘light and often’ way of thinking. This is due to their small, developing root system and their reduced ability to absorb nutrients. As the plants develop, the fertiliser applications will become spread further and further apart until the plants are fully established.

q q





Never



q q q

○ fertiliser knowledge and application techniques? q q q

○ understanding the environmental implications of nutrient application?

q q q

○ the importance of plant nutrient requirements? q q q

○ awareness of legal requirements in chemical applications?

q q q

describe the process undertaken when given a task to perform, for example, logical sequence of events?

q q q

explain the importance of safe operating procedures in fertiliser applications? q q q


q q q


q q q

describe alternative acceptable techniques for plant nutrient supply? q q q






Date of assessment



Record of interview

Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Date











Interview question bank for Skill Set 3 – Operation of machinery involved in horticulture; application of OHS policies and proceduresDid the candidate satisfactorily answer the following questions? Yes No

3.1–3.61 OHS and machinery

3.1 What is a hazard?A hazard is something that has the potential to cause injury. q q

3.2 Identify five (5) hazards in your workplace. Suggest the risk level of each hazard.Hazards are numerous and are rated according to their potential for injury. The system used to categorise the potential is as follows:1. highly likely2. likely 3. unlikely.

q q

3.3 Explain the hierarchy of risk control. Provide an example from your workplace.The hierarchy of control is used in risk control. The following steps are used:1. elimination2. substitution3. engineering4. administration5. PPE. Controls for hazards should be assessed with the above points in mind. This process is designed to minimise potential for injury.

q q

3.4 Noise is a type of hazard. Can you name four (4) other types of hazard?Different types of hazards include: manual lifting trip hazards overuse injuries electrical fire heat (burn) machinery.

q q

3.5 Have you completed hazard reports/risk assessments and notified your employer? If so, provide details.Hazard reports/risk assessments should be a part of all workplaces. There should be measures in place to report injuries, accidents, near-misses and potential injuries. Workplace safety is the responsibility of all employees.

q q





3.6 Have you completed incident/accident reports and notified your employer? If so, provide details.Incident/accident reports are an important tool in monitoring the occurrence and frequency of injuries. If there is a pattern or a significant injury, then measures will need to be put in place to eliminate or reduce the likelihood of the incident recurring.

q q

3.7 Does your workplace have an OHS policy? Is there a program to put the policy into practice? Give an explanation.OHS policies must encompass the whole organisation and aim to provide a safe working environment. The policy will outline procedures for emergency, best work practices, reporting incidences, evacuation and hazardous substances.

q q

3.8 What control measures for workplace risks have been documented for employees?These may include fire drills through to education about manual lifting techniques. The process will involve an assessment of work practices and the identification of possible hazards, the likelihood of the event occurring and the best strategy to reduce the risk. This will involve a collaborative approach between staff and management.

q q

3.9 Are employees consulted on OHS matters in your workplace? How does this occur?Employees should be consulted through the OHS process as they are the ones carrying out the tasks on a frequent basis and are in the best position to identify risk. This can be an informal conversation with management, filling out accident/incident reports, staff meetings and specialised OHS meetings.

q q

3.10 Is OHS information readily available to employees, for example codes of practice, and MSDSs in your workplace? Give an explanation.The candidate must give information about what occurs or highlight shortcomings with a solution to rectify the problem.

q q

3.11 Describe how you would explain to a new employee the dangers and hazards of a particular task.Explaining the dangers and hazards of a particular task should be included in the induction and/or training process. This will involve showing the new employee the equipment/task, giving full details of how it works and what to watch for, then a demonstration of how to do the task in the safest way possible.

q q

3.12 What procedures are in place for employees to report hazards?The processes that should be in place to report hazards involve a written explanation which details the sequence of events that led to the accident. This document will be a point of reference for any investigations and will be used in assessing the procedure and implementing changes.

q q





3.13 What do you understand by the term ‘duty of care’?‘Duty of care’ is used in reference to defining who is immediately responsible for the safety of those on a work site. This involves all parties – employers, employees, visitors and contractors.

q q

3.14 As an employee, what are your responsibilities under ‘duty of care’ in the workplace?As an employee, it is your responsibility to provide a safe working environment for yourself and everyone else entering the work site.

q q

3.15 Describe what procedures are currently in place in your workplace for fire and other emergencies.The fire and emergency procedure must address: evacuation points head counts the delegation of responsibility for control measures test evacuations location of extinguishing equipment emergency contacts.

q q

3.16 What first aid equipment and procedures are in place in your workplace?The first aid policy will outline: the education of staff the location of first aid stations contact numbers how often first aid equipment should be checked.First aid equipment should be sufficient to provide essential first aid before professional help arrives.

q q

3.17 How is PPE stored and maintained? Is PPE readily available? Provide comments.PPE should be provided to individuals and maintained by the individual. It should be supplied to every employee to carry out the required job. There should be designated areas within the workplace for employees to store equipment.

q q

3.18 At which point do new employees have OHS policies and procedures explained to them in your workplace?The OHS policy and procedure should be explained during the induction process, which should be carried out at the start of employment or on arrival at the work site.

q q





3.19 When a contractor comes onto your site, whose responsibility is it to inform the contractor of OHS procedures? What type of information would need to be relayed?The responsibility for informing the contractor of the OHS procedures lies with the manager of the site where the contractor will be working. The information relayed should be the same as the information used to induct a new employee.

q q

3.20 What is a hazardous substances register?It is a list of all the dangerous chemicals on site. q q

3.21 Are you aware of, and can you explain, the emergency procedure for your workplace in the event of a fire?The emergency procedure should include: evacuation points muster points persons responsible for staff and head counts the process for identifying the necessary authorities.

q q

3.22 What is involved in the employee induction procedure?The employee induction should be a checklist that is developed to inform the employee of all the OHS procedures, location of services (toilets, car parks, phones) and the layout of the premises in case of emergencies.

q q

3.23 Describe the training you received before you operated a piece of equipment for the first time. (The candidate is to select the equipment.)The training received before operating a piece of equipment should involve the operator gaining an understanding of the machine and what it does. This should involve: reading the operator’s manual location of all serviceable points the functions of the equipment a demonstration of safe operation.There should be time for supervision and opportunity to ask questions.

q q

3.24 Explain your responsibilities in the workplace.Responses will vary. The candidate is to explain their responsibilities.

q q





3.25 Name two (2) codes of practice relevant to your workplace.The codes of practice relevant to the workplace are: respect for people integrity respect for the law diligence economy and efficiency.

q q

3.26 Identify a hazard in your workplace. Assess its level of risk. Suggest a control or change that could be made.Give examples for two of the following. The assessor is to choose items relevant to the candidate’s workplace: handling potting media use of electrical hand tools use of noisy machinery summer sun heat stress handling hazardous substances (pesticides) handling large containerised plants or bulk materials handling drums (fuels/lubricants).Responses will vary. The candidate is to discuss hazard, level of risk and control.

q q

3.27 Name some of the common warning signs in your workplace.Warning signs may include: earmuffs safety glasses danger hazardous substances keep clear traffic direction paths first aid fire extinguishers exits muster points hand wash safety shower.

q q





3.28 What are the different fire extinguishers in your workplace? Where are they located?Different fire extinguishers have different ratings for certain types of fires. The classes are based on Australian Standard® AS2444: Class A – wood, plastic, paper Class B – flammable liquids Class E – energised electrical Class F – cooking oils and fats.

q q

3.29 Describe how regularly you contribute to, and participate in, keeping your workplace healthy and safe.Contributing to workplace housekeeping and safety can be as simple as sweeping the floor or instructing other staff about possible hazards. This may be scheduled work or spontaneous conversation, warning others of issues or problems.

q q

3.30 Give an example of a risk control measure that has recently been identified in your workplace.Risk control measures should incorporate the hierarchy of control in deciding the best solution:1. elimination2. substitution3. engineering4. administration5. PPE.

q q

3.31 If you have OHS representatives and an OHS committee in your workplace, describe how they function.The OHS representative should be responsible for a specified or particular area and have contact with staff, access to accident reports and be qualified in first aid – or have access to someone who is. The OHS committee convenes to suggest the allocation of funds and what needs particular attention. The OHS representative is responsible for raising any issues that may have come up in their specific area.

q q

3.32 When conducting pre-start checks on equipment and machinery, what OHS issues should be considered?OHS considerations for pre-start checks should provide a safe process for checks to take place. The issues that require consideration are: staff education use of correct tools avoiding working around hot machinery providing a level concrete floor on which to conduct

maintenance checks.

q q





3.33 What hazards are associated with hydraulically driven equipment? What precautions should be taken before working on hydraulics? (Include reference to PPE.)Hazards involved with hydraulically driven equipment are the potential for injury from hot oil at extreme pressure. When testing for hydraulic leaks, it is important not to use your hands as the oil can penetrate the skin causing an embolism. The correct method is to use cardboard and pass by hoses to find leaks. Gloves and safety glasses should always be worn to stop the oil from coming into contact with skin and eyes.

q q

3.34 What hazard is associated with machines which use blades to cut, grind, mulch or similar?A hazard associated with machines that use blades to cut, grind or mulch is the potential to cause injury to limbs. These pieces of equipment rotate at high speed. A small lapse in concentration can result in severe injury to fingers, toes, arms and legs.

q q

3.35 What is the first safety precaution you should take before you start work on belts or blades?You must make sure that the belts or blades cannot rotate while you are working. This means that you may have to remove ignition sources such as keys and spark plug leads.

q q

3.36 What hazards are associated with spraying equipment? How do you control the risks?The hazards involved with spraying equipment can result from the pump and from contamination from chemicals that have been used in the tank. Pumps can be PTO driven (which have their own inherent risks) or combustion driven. The hazard of coming into contact with chemicals means that suitable PPE should be worn.

q q

3.37 Describe the hazards associated with power take-off (PTO) shafts. What are the OHS procedures for controlling the risks?The PTO shaft is the driving mechanism of tractors for the use of attachments such as pumps, rotary hoes, corers and brushes. The PTO spins at high speed and has the potential to pull operators into the rotating shaft. You must always make sure that the tractor is turned off before you attempt any work around the shaft. Avoid loose clothing. Ensure all guards are in place and educate all staff in the risks involved.

q q





3.38 What are the safety procedures for handling three-point linkage equipment?Three-point linkage equipment has the potential to injure operators and bystanders by trapping them with the tractor. If a second person is attaching equipment, ensure clear communication and do not allow anyone to enter until the driver of the tractor indicates that the tractor won’t be moved. Generally, three-point linkage equipment is heavy and can cause injury if you attempt to manually shift it. Use mechanical aids or the tractor to position the equipment so that attachment is easy.

q q

3.39 Describe the safety precautions for working on and fuelling petrol and/or diesel motors or machines.The safety precautions for refuelling involve removing ignition sources and reducing operator contact with fumes and fuel, and contact with the skin. You must do the following. Ensure that machines are allowed to cool before refuelling,

thereby reducing the heat of the machine. Ensure that machines are not overfilled. Wear gloves. Do not stand directly above the filling point.

q q

3.40 Describe the hazards associated with the handling and maintenance of starting batteries for machinery and vehicles. How would you recommend that the hazards be controlled?The hazards associated with batteries are the burn potential from acids and the risk of mild electric shock. Always wear safety glasses and gloves. Ensure all tools are plastic insulated to reduce the possibility of electrocution.

q q

3.41 What hazards are associated with both air-cooled and liquid-cooled cooling systems?A hazard associated with air-cooled and liquid-cooled cooling systems includes overheating of the machine – this has the potential to cause fires. It is important to make sure that pre-start checks and maintenance do not allow the machine to overheat. Liquid coolants and antifreeze are dangerous chemicals and should be handled with care.

q q

3.42 From your own experience, what hazards are associated with raising (jacking) a machine/piece of equipment/vehicle off the ground in order to maintain or repair it? What procedures would you recommend?When raising and working on machinery, it is essential to take precautions to minimise the possibility of the machine moving or falling. The following steps should be taken. Do not rely on jacks alone when repairing machines. Use Australian Standard® lift aids. Ensure that the park break is on at all times while work is

being carried out.

q q





3.43 What hazards are associated with the handling of fuels and lubricants?The hazards associated with fuels and lubricants include the flammable nature of these materials and the potential to harm through accidental contamination. In general, these substances are purchased in large quantities. Care should be taken to reduce the incidence of manual lifting injuries.

q q

3.44 Choose four (4) machines and pieces of equipment you regularly operate. Describe the specific hazards and methods used to control the hazards. (Include reference to PPE.)The candidate should make reference to a process employed to reduce the potential for injury – for example pre-start checks, not allowing operation of faulty machines, operator training and ensuring PPE is always worn during operation.

q q

3.45 Give details of your experience of operating ride-on vehicles.Responses will vary. Discuss any experience of operating ride-on vehicles the candidate has had.

q q

3.46 What would be the first precautionary action you would take if you wanted to familiarise yourself with any piece of equipment/machine or ride-on vehicle?Your first point of reference should be the owner’s manual. This will give you information about hazards and the correct method of operation.

q q

3.47 Describe the procedure to follow if a fuel spill occurred on a concrete floor.The procedure for fuel spills on concrete floors is as follows.1. Stop source from leaking, eg stand container.2. Contain the spill using absorbent snake or sand.3. Cover with absorbent lime or kitty litter and allow to extract

fuel.4. Shovel waste into sealable bags and dispose of

appropriately.

q q

3.48 Describe the safety precautions to consider when you are operating electrical motors or equipment, eg mowers, drills.You need to make sure that the cord is in good working order (no compromise to integrity of plastic wrap) and avoid making contact with the cord during operation.

q q





3.49 Describe the hazards associated with cleaning machines/equipment and ride-on vehicles, including environmental hazards. One hazard associated with cleaning machines includes the possibility of injuring the operator as he/she attempts to clean rotating parts and hot machinery parts. The other concern is the environmental issues of the water run-off being contaminated with fuel and oil residue, and green waste. If the waste is not contained and allowed to wash down drains, it will leach and contaminate the environment.

q q

3.50 Describe the importance of guarding moving parts on machines.Guards are one of the most important safety features on machines with moving parts. These guards are the only barrier between the operator and the moving parts.

q q

3.51 Describe how you would secure and transport a variety of drums and boxes on the back of a ride-on vehicle or trailer.The security of drums and boxes should be conducted in a manner that holds the container in the intended spot and ensures that it does not move during transport. This can be done with ropes or straps.

q q

3.52 Describe the pre-start checks required on small petrol engine mowers.Pre-start checks for small petrol engine mowers involve: checking fuel and oil checking air filter and cleaning if necessary visual inspection (belts, cables, rollers, bearings) checking blades (sharp, spinning freely).

q q

3.53 Describe potentially dangerous health hazards associated with working on machines in a garage, workshop or a mechanic’s pit.One of the potential dangers of working in confined spaces such as garages, workshops and mechanics’ pits is the build-up of carbon monoxide in the air from exhaust fumes.

q q

3.54 How would you reduce the risks associated with fumes when you are working in an enclosed site such as a garage?To reduce the risk of carbon monoxide poisoning in confined spaces, you need to increase ventilation. This would involve: opening doors increasing cross-flow ventilation installing vents installing extractor fans.

q q

3.55 In what situations are ‘danger’ and ‘out of service’ tags used?These tags are used when equipment is faulty and not fit for operation. Authorised personnel must fix the equipment and the tag can then be removed.

q q





3.56 What information should be written on an ‘out of service’ tag?The following information should appear on an ‘out of service’ tag: date name of the person who put the tag on damage or what needs to be repaired.This can be removed only by this person or other authorised personnel.

q q

3.57 Describe the hazards of using workshop hand tools and equipment.Hazards commonly associated with hand tools relate to direct injury to the user. This can be a repetitive use injury, injuring of fingers (direct blow, tools slipping) or muscle strains from overexertion.

q q

3.58 What does manual handling (manutension) include? Details the steps required for safe manual handling.Manual handling involves the use of the body to push, pull, move, hold, restrain, carry, empty, lower or lift any person, animal or object.When lifting, the following points should be followed. Test the weight. Decide whether you need help to lift. Bend your knees. Keep your back straight and your arms close to your body.*The philosophy behind manual handling is to prevent workplace injury. You can do this by reducing double-handling, reducing overall movements or reducing distances.

q q

3.59 Describe any adjustments you have completed on a belt-driven cutter deck on a mower or an edger blade.The adjustment of belt-driven machinery involves: checking the belts for any wear (fraying, split belts) adjusting belts to the correct tension.You should be able to find this information in the operator’s manual.

q q

3.60 What are the potential dangers associated with loose clothing and/or long hair in relation to machinery and equipment?Loose clothing/long hair has the potential to become tangled up in moving parts. Clothing should be close fitting. Hair should be worn up and tied close to the head.

q q

3.61 What are the hazards associated with using compressed air?Compressed air has the potential to force an air bubble into the bloodstream. More than 10 mL of air can cause the heart to fail.

q q





3.62–3.99 Machinery/equipment operation, maintenance and repair

For the following set of questions, it would be helpful if the candidate were to look at the pieces of machinery/equipment as he/she answers questions. Some of the explanations may be a visual assessment.

3.62 Describe the principles of operation of a four-stroke engine.The operating principles of a four-stroke engine are as follows.1. On the first stroke, the import valve opens. Fuel is drawn into

the piston cylinder as the piston moves to the bottom.2. In the second stroke, the piston moves up and, at the top of

the stroke, the spark plug ignites the fuel.3. The piston is then forced back to the bottom by the expansion

of the burning fuel (third stroke).4. On the fourth stroke, the exhaust port opens and the piston

forces exhaust fumes out of the port as it moves back up the cylinder.

q q

3.63 Describe the principles of operation of a diesel engine.The operating principles of a diesel engine are as follows.Fuel is drawn into the cylinder and, instead of being ignited by a spark, explodes spontaneously as a result of tight compression. As a result, diesel engines do not have spark plugs.This is why glow plugs are needed to warm diesel engines before starting, as the cylinders need to be warm before ignition through compression can be achieved.

q q

3.64 Describe the principles of operation of a two-stroke engine.The operating principles of a two-stroke engine are as follows.1. On the downward stroke, fuel, air and oil are drawn into the

combustion chamber from the crankcase via the transfer port – the oil in the mix lubricates the moving parts.

2. As the piston moves towards the top of the cylinder, it covers the exhaust port and compresses the fuel mixture which is then ignited by a spark plug. Just before ignition, the inlet port to the crankcase is exposed to allow fresh fuel in so that the cycle can begin again – with the explosion forcing the piston back down the cylinder, exposing the exhaust port where the burnt gases are expelled.

q q





For the following set of questions, it would be helpful if the candidate were to look at the pieces of machinery/equipment as he/she answers questions. Some of the explanations may be a visual assessment.

3.62 Describe the principles of operation of a four-stroke engine.The operating principles of a four-stroke engine are as follows.1. On the first stroke, the import valve opens. Fuel is drawn into the

piston cylinder as the piston moves to the bottom.2. In the second stroke, the piston moves up and, at the top of the

stroke, the spark plug ignites the fuel.3. The piston is then forced back to the bottom by the expansion of

the burning fuel (third stroke).4. On the fourth stroke, the exhaust port opens and the piston

forces exhaust fumes out of the port as it moves back up the cylinder.

q q

3.63 Describe the principles of operation of a diesel engine.The operating principles of a diesel engine are as follows.Fuel is drawn into the cylinder and, instead of being ignited by a spark, explodes spontaneously as a result of tight compression. As a result, diesel engines do not have spark plugs.This is why glow plugs are needed to warm diesel engines before starting, as the cylinders need to be warm before ignition through compression can be achieved.

q q

3.64 Describe the principles of operation of a two-stroke engine.The operating principles of a two-stroke engine are as follows.1. On the downward stroke, fuel, air and oil are drawn into the

combustion chamber from the crankcase via the transfer port – the oil in the mix lubricates the moving parts.

2. As the piston moves towards the top of the cylinder, it covers the exhaust port and compresses the fuel mixture which is then ignited by a spark plug. Just before ignition, the inlet port to the crankcase is exposed to allow fresh fuel in so that the cycle can begin again – with the explosion forcing the piston back down the cylinder, exposing the exhaust port where the burnt gases are expelled.

q q





3.65 Describe the advantages and disadvantages of petrol and diesel engines.The advantages and disadvantages of the petrol and diesel engines are as follows.

Diesel engines – Advantages Petrol engines – Advantages

robust and longer life span lighter

able to produce more torque at lower revs

able to produce higher revs, providing speed to drive parts

no ignition system components such as coils and spark plugs

cleaner burning engine

uses cruder oil requiring less processing and refining

Diesel engines – Disadvantages Petrol engines – Disadvantages

louder operation shorter life span

revs at low speeds and so limited in speed to drive parts

requires complex high-tension electrical ignition system

q q

3.66 Describe the daily maintenance/pre-start and shut-down procedures for a particular machine.Daily maintenance pre-start checks are as follows: oil fuel coolant level air filters tyre pressure belts (no damage to external features) cut-out switches working leaks as driving out.Shut-down procedure is as follows. Clean down machine. Fuel to reduce water condensation inside tank. Allow to dry. Allow machine to idle down before turning off. Turn fuel off. Store in designated spot.

q q

3.67 Describe the difference between preventative maintenance and breakdown maintenance.Preventative maintenance is designed to prevent breakdowns from happening and to reduce downtime. Breakdown maintenance is when the machine is not operational and must be fixed before the machine can be used again.

q q





3.68 Give examples of two (2) different occasions where adjustments to equipment/machinery are likely to be made.Adjustments are made to the moving parts of machinery, eg cutting units and belts.

q q

3.69 When do you generally perform daily maintenance on equipment/machinery? Why?Daily maintenance should be carried out at the start of the day, before machines are used, to reduce the likelihood of machines breaking down during use.

q q

3.70 What determines how often machinery and equipment in horticulture is serviced?There are two particular factors that determine service intervals: the hours the machine has operated (corresponding with the

operator’s manual) the conditions under which the machine is operated – dry,

dusty conditions will require more frequent service intervals.

q q

3.71 How do you go about scheduling maintenance to equipment/machinery? What are your key considerations?Scheduling maintenance will be determined by the owner’s manual and the weekly job scheduling. Key considerations are: the time of year (busy time in summer, slow time in winter) for

large jobs the number of hours the machines have been in operation. Weekly maintenance of cutting heads may be done on a quiet day when the workload is reduced.

q q

3.72 What maintenance records need to be kept in relation to machinery and equipment?The records for machinery and equipment that need to be kept are the service intervals and the work that was carried out, the fuel consumption and any extra work that may have been carried out.

q q

3.73 How do you determine the effectiveness of your machinery/equipment maintenance program?The effectiveness of machinery/equipment maintenance programs can be monitored by the cost and the amount of downtime. Machines that are well kept tend to last longer, consume less fuel and require less maintenance to keep them working.

q q

3.74 Detail some servicing, eg oil change, of machinery you have conducted.The candidate is to provide details of servicing of machinery.

q q





3.75 What adjustments need to be made to a line trimmer (whipper snipper) harness for it to operate safely? Adjustments made to line trimmer harnesses are to ensure that the harness is at the position best suited for the operator. This means that the harness has equal weight distribution over both shoulders and that the clip position is at hip height, ensuring that the operator’s arms are not extended too far. The head of the line trimmer (when clipped in) should sit just above the ground without the operator touching the handle in the final position.

q q

3.76 Detail the PPE you need when you are operating a line trimmer. face shield earmuffs long pants long-sleeved shirt gloves hat steel cap boots

q q

3.77 Why are most fashion sunglasses not suitable as safety glasses?Safety glasses are designed not to shatter when an object strikes the glass. Fashion sunglasses are not tested for this purpose and, if used as safety glasses, may cause severe injury to the operator if they shatter.

q q

3.78 When you remove a blade from a domestic rotary mower, why is it important to remove the spark plug?It is important to remove the spark plug so the machine cannot start. The blades are driven directly by the engine. Rotating the blades causes the piston to move up and down and has the potential to start the mower. Turning the blades has the same effect as pulling the starter cord.

q q

3.79 Describe the start-up procedure for a small petrol engine machine.The start-up procedure for a small petrol engine is as follows. Turn fuel on. Set throttle to 1/3. Close the choke. Pull the starter cord until the machine fires. Turn the choke off and pull until the machine starts running. Set at preferred operating speed.

q q

3.80 Describe the procedure you follow to lubricate a particular machine, piece of equipment or vehicle. What is the frequency of the task?The lubrication of a machine usually involves greasing the moving parts. Grease nipples should be cleaned with compressed air before the grease nozzle is attached. Pump once or twice and move to the next point.

q q





3.81 Why should engine oil be changed regularly?Engine oil needs to be changed regularly as it has a certain lifespan. After it has been used for a time, the oil loses its viscosity and becomes less effective at lubricating cylinder walls. It also gets dirty from the heat and from mixing with the combustion fumes.

q q

3.82 Describe how to change and fit a new oil filter.To fit a new oil filter, the following steps must be taken.1. Run the engine for two (2) minutes to warm the oil.2. Park the machine on level ground.3. Place the drip tray under the drain/sump plug.4. Remove the drain plug and allow all the oil to drain.5. Remove the filter using a pipe wrench.6. Put the drain plug back.7. Smear grease over sealing O-ring to aid in seal.8. Screw new filter on till firm, ie hand tight.9. Remove the filler cap and pour the oil slowly into the engine.10. Check the oil level constantly on the dipstick. When the level is

just below the desired level, allow all the oil to drain into the sump and check again. Overfilling can cause damage to the seals.

q q

3.83 Describe the safe operating procedures for using a ride-on vehicle on slopes.The method for testing driving on slopes is if you can drive safely up the slope, you can drive down and across.

q q

3.84 Describe how you would maintain battery terminals.If battery terminals become covered in contaminant: remove the leads scrape off the residue clean terminals with a wire brush.Hot water can be poured onto the terminals to loosen the residue.

q q

3.85 Describe the operating procedure for a walk-behind cylinder mower (post/ pre-start).For start-up procedure, see question 3.79. Once the machine has started, the operating procedure is simple.Set the throttle at a comfortable speed. (This will determine the walking speed.) Once on the area to be mowed, engage the cutting reel then slowly engage the drive mechanism. (This will help to prevent the machine from jumping forward.) Mow the area.

q q





3.86 Describe the process of replacing a diesel fuel filter and ‘bleeding’ the fuel system. Give an example.To replace a fuel filter, the following steps need to be followed.1. Turn off the fuel valve.2. Unscrew the drain plug on the fuel bowl and catch the drained

fuel.3. Remove the fuel sediment bowl containing the fuel filter.4. Clean the fuel bowl and then replace the filter.5. Open the fuel valve.6. If there is no automatic fuel pump, find a hand pump and pump

until the fuel fills the bowl.7. To start the machine, you must either ‘crack’ (slightly open) the

bleed screw (see the operator’s manual for location), or unscrew the top nut on the first cylinder.

8. Turn the machine over until it starts. Leave the bleed point open until no more air is visible in the line.

9. Tighten the bleed point and the machine should continue to run.

q q

3.87 When would you program major maintenance on mowing equipment in Perth? Give reasons for your answer.Major maintenance on mowing equipment should be carried out in the winter months. This is due to the reduced growth rate of the grass and the reduced need for the machinery to cut grass. Other times that may be considered are the weeks following renovation, when the machines have been severely blunted from contact with sand.

q q

3.88 How would you check for a hydraulic oil leak?Wearing protective gloves, use a piece of cardboard and pass it by the suspected leak. Hydraulic oil leaks should never be checked with the hand as the oil is hot and at high pressure and can penetrate the skin, entering the bloodstream. The oil is difficult to remove and amputation of a limb often results.

q q

3.89 What regular adjustments need to be made on a cylinder mower? the reel-to-bedknife contact the height-of-cut adjustment using the rollers

q q

3.90 What pre-start checks would be required on an electric bowling green mower? the cord for frays, cuts or any exposed wires the height of cut and the reel-to-bedknife bearings in rollers pins and power socket before plugging the mower into the socket

q q

3.91 How would you maintain PTO shafts, including universal joints?You have to make sure that all grease points are lubricated frequently. Lubricate the shaft with grease and make sure that it glides freely. Do not allow the PTO shaft to make contact with sand.

q q





3.92 What PPE is required when operating a power edger?PPE includes: face shield or safety goggles steel cap boots long pants long-sleeved shirt hat earmuffs gloves.

q q

3.93 What are four (4) key issues to consider when maintaining chain drives?The key issues for maintaining chain drives are as follows: keeping rotating parts lubricated ensuring ignition source of machine is removed ensuring chain is tensioned to recommendations ensuring chain links are not stretched making sure teeth on drive are not worn.

q q

3.94 Name some of the safety switches and features built into a ride-on mower. safety cut-out switch under the seat high temperature cut-out reel cut-out, linked to the seat switch park brake switch which allows the mower to run without the

operator

q q

3.95 What checks should you make on the site before mowing or line trimming an area?You must check for any debris that could obstruct mowing.

q q

3.96 What type of obstructions (hazards) might you have to deal with when cutting an area around a clubhouse?When cutting an area where there is significantly more human activity (as around a clubhouse), you will come across hazards such as people, small debris (coins, golf sprigs), garden beds and other obstructions.

q q

3.97 What should you do if the machine you are operating starts to make unusual sounds or vibrations?You should shut down the machine immediately and investigate. It may be something that can be fixed on the spot or it might need mechanical assistance.

q q





3.98 Think of a petrol-motor-driven machine you have used often. If the machine had to be serviced after every 25 hours of use, how often would this occur? Base your answer on a summertime-use pattern at your workplace.)To determine how often a machine might need to be serviced, the candidate must inform the assessor of the amount of time it usually takes to mow an area with that particular machine. For example, it may take four (4) hours to mow an area and this occurs six (6) times a week. Therefore, the machine would need to be serviced every week.

q q

3.99 What items or fluids would be required to complete a basic service on a petrol four-stroke mower? oil (correct grade for specific machine) coolant (if necessary) unleaded fuel or warm soapy water (clean air filter) hydraulic oil

q q

3.100–3.117 Operating specialised machinery and equipment

3.100 List the industry-specific machinery and equipment you have operated.This list should include machines such as ride-on mowers, corers, pedestrian mowers, chainsaws, tractors and utility vehicles.

q q

3.101 From the list above, detail the safe operating procedure for at least two (2) machines.The safe operating procedure will involve PPE, driving on slopes, machinery inductions, reference to the owner’s manual, safety mechanisms of machine, correct operating procedure and knowing what to do if something goes wrong.

q q

3.102 Detail the maintenance requirements for two (2) specialised machines.These will involve general engine servicing and adjustment of the specialised attachments. This may be adjusting the reel-to-bedknife or the height of cut, or replacing tines, belts and blades.

q q





3.103 Were any of the machines you operated hydraulically driven? If so, how did they differ from a gear/belt-driven machine in operation?The hydraulically driven machines use a pump to supply oil under pressure to moving parts and the oil circulates back to the pump. Gear/belt-driven machines use direct drive from the motor and are often guarded in order to reduce the incidence of injury to the operator. These belts or gears are items that wear and need to be replaced.

q q

3.104 What type of renovation equipment have you operated?This could include any of the following: corer drill machine (cricket wickets and bowling greens) verti-drain vertimower/scarifier/grooming heads top dresser turf cutter.

q q

3.105 Are you able to explain the safe operating procedures of a machine to a new employee? If you have already done this, give examples.Safe operating procedures involve: PPE driving on slopes machinery inductions reference to owner’s manual safety mechanisms of machine correct operating procedure knowing what to do if something goes wrong.

q q

3.106 Have you ever operated a diesel-powered machine and it has run out of fuel? Do you know what to do in this situation? Give an explanation in your answer.The following steps should be taken after the machine has been refilled.1. If there is no automatic fuel pump, find the hand pump, and

pump until the fuel fills the bowl.2. To start the machine, you must either ‘crack’ (slightly open)

the bleed screw (see operator’s manual for location) or unscrew the top nut on the first cylinder.

3. Turn the machine over until it starts. Leave the bleed point open until no more air is visible in the line.

4. Tighten the bleed point and the machine should continue to run.

q q





3.107 What environmental issues are involved when using powered machines and equipment?The environmental issues are: exhaust fumes noise pollution use of non-renewable resources (fuel, oil, plastics) disposal of waste.

q q

3.108 What are the benefits of keeping machinery and equipment in a clean, well-maintained condition?The benefits are that: staff take greater care with machinery there is less down time there is better resale value there is a reduction in repair costs there is an overall impression of a professional working unit.

q q





3.109 Explain how a vertimower should be operated (including post and pre-start checks and the actual operation of the machine).Daily maintenance pre-start checks include the following: oil fuel air filters tyre pressure visual inspection (belts, no damage to external features) cut-out switches working all blades not bent and right type for job leaks as the vertimower is being moved from the shed.The start-up procedure for small petrol motors is as follows. Turn the fuel on. Set the throttle to 1/3. Close the choke. Pull the starter cord until the machine fires. Turn the choke off and pull until the machine starts running. Set at the preferred operating speed.For safe operating procedure: Check that the site is clear of debris. Mark out services. Check the depth of cut and set to desired depth. Mark the area to be renovated. Renovate the area.

Shut-down procedure is as follows. Allow the machine to idle down before turning off. Clean down the machine. Top up with fuel to reduce water condensation inside the tank. Allow to dry. Turn the fuel off. Store in the designated spot.

q q

3.110 Have you operated an aeration machine in your workplace or elsewhere in the past? If so, what are the extra maintenance requirements?The extra maintenance required is as follows: the replacement of tines greasing joints checking drive mechanism, eg belts, chains, PTO shaft,

gears, drive arms.

q q





3.111 If an electric machine or piece of equipment fails to operate, what could be the cause?Failure to operate could be due to: the machine switch at the power outlet the mains power source (tripped RCD, broken fuse).

q q

3.112 If a diesel machine or piece of equipment fails to operate, what could be the reason?There could be a number of reasons depending on the type of machine. Check the troubleshooting guide if the machine does not even turn over (safety switches, etc). If the machine turns over but does not start, make sure that the glow plugs have been on for a period of time, then check the fuel and filters.

q q

3.113 If a petrol machine or piece of equipment fails to operate, what could be the reason?If a petrol machine fails to operate, it could be for a number of reasons depending on the type of machine. Check the troubleshooting guide if the machine does not even turn over (safety switches, etc). If the machine turns over but does not start, check the spark plugs, fuel and filters.

q q

3.114 If an out-front rotary ride-on mower has its rollover protection structure (ROPS) removed, should you operate it? Explain your answer.ROPS come as standard on all ride-on equipment. They are designed to protect the operator in the event of a rollover. Operating out-front ride-ons involves driving under trees and ROPS can often get tangled in branches. They should not be modified. Consult the dealer for options.

q q

3.115 Electric or power hedging equipment causes quite a number of accidents each year. What PPE would you recommend when operating hedging equipment?The PPE required for hedging is similar to that for operating chainsaws: face shield safety glasses hat gloves (with nylon inserts to prevent hand injuries) long pants long-sleeved shirt chainsaw chaps (nylon, Teflon®) steel cap boots.

q q





3.116 When turning a walk-behind cylinder mower, what technique should be used to reduce risk to the operator?To reduce the potential for injury, it is important not to ‘fight’ the machine. Cylinder mowers are heavy and should only be guided by the operator. The machine handle should be kept close to the body, and the machine should be slightly angled in the opposite direction to the next cut. The mower should then be spun around to face the next cut.

q q

3.117 Describe the procedure for emptying catchers on a ride-on cylinder mower.It is important to make sure that the catchers do not overfill as they put weight on the unit and decrease the height of cut. When emptying – if there is no designated spot – find an area in the rough and fan the catcher over the ground.

q q



Assessment judgement for Skill Set 3Candidate’s nameDuring the interview, did the candidate: Always Sometime

sNever



q q q

○ machinery/equipment selection and preparation for use? q q q

○ the safe operation of machinery/equipment including specialist machinery?

q q q○ awareness of logistical planning,

scheduling and workplace work program?

q q q


q q q

explain the importance of safe operating procedures in a range of machinery and equipment?

q q q

select and identify the correct tools/equipment and materials for the tasks? q q q


q q q

demonstrate good understanding of policies and procedures including implementation methods?

q q q

demonstrate ability to communicate information to other staff members and supervisors?

q q q

demonstrate understanding of a wide range of machinery and equipment including servicing requirements?

q q q





Date of assessment





Record of interview

Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Date










Interview question bank for Skill Set 4 – Irrigation installation, operation, maintenance and troubleshootingDid the candidate satisfactorily answer the following questions? Yes No

4.1–4.24 Irrigation components

4.1 Name three (3) types of irrigation pipe. drip (sub-surface) spray (gear drives, pipes, impact sprinklers) flood capillary

q q

The series of questions which follows will test the candidate’s knowledge of irrigation fittings. The assessor may choose to bring some fittings for the candidate to identify or use pictures of the particular irrigation fittings found in the workplace. The candidate is to identify the part and explain how it is used in irrigation. These fittings include both PVC fittings and poly fittings.

4.2 PVC couplingused to join two pipes of the same size q q

4.3 PVC slip fix couplingused for repairing broken pipes q q

4.4 poly articulated riserallows for easy adjustment of head to grade to prevent heads or pipes from breaking when run over by equipment

q q

4.5 90 degree PVC elbowused for a 90° change of direction in a pipeline q q

4.6 45 degree PVC elbowused for minor changes of direction in a pipeline q q

4.7 electric solenoid valveAn electric solenoid coil is basically a simple electromechanical unit used to control the opening and closing of a valve. Energising the coil creates a magnetic field which lifts the shaft and seat of the valve off its orifice. When de-energised, a small spring pushes the shaft and seat down to close the valve. Response time is a split second.

q q

4.8 Milne couplingThis coupling compresses a rubber o-ring which forms a seal on the pipe. It is useful for joining PVC, galvanised or other pipe materials where glued fittings cannot be used.

q q

4.9 air valveAir valves allow any air to escape from the line. They are also essential in drip line arrangements to reduce the amount of sediment sucked into the line.

q q

4.10 MP poly elbow 90 degreesMI elbow 13 mm x ½” 19 mm x ½” 25 x ½”Poly x 1/2" male elbow used to provide water to a pop-up spray or riser with a spray outlet on top.

q q


http://www.irrigationwarehouse.com.au/prod1554.htm




4.11 reducing T piece PVCused to connect a smaller diameter pipe along the length of a pipeline

q q

4.12 valve socket PVCThe side without the thread fits over an equivalent-sized pipe (see VTOA). It is typically used to connect PVC pipe to a valve.

q q

4.13 faucet elbow PVCused to connect a sprinkler at the end of a pipeline q q

4.14 gate valveAlso known as a sluice valve, it is a valve that opens by lifting a round or rectangular gate/wedge out of the path of the fluid.

q q

4.15 ball valveA ball valve is a valve that opens and closes by turning a handle attached to a ball inside the valve. The ball has a hole, or port, through the middle so that when the port is in line with both ends of the valve, flow will occur. When the valve is closed, the hole is perpendicular to the ends of the valve and flow is blocked.

q q

4.16 reducing bush or reducing couplingused to reduce the size of a fitting q q

4.17 What type of thread does a PVC fitting called a ‘valve’ have?male q q

4.18 What type of thread does a PVC fitting called a ‘faucet’ have?female q q

4.19 PVC pipe and fittings are made to a certain class (PN). If a pipe has a class (PN) of 12, what is its maximum recommended operating pressure?Class 12 (PN) PVC pipe has a pressure rating of 1200 kpa.

q q

4.20 What other information will be found written on the pipe?the date of manufacture and the pipe size q q

4.21 In which sizes is PVC irrigation pipe available?Pipe sizes for PVC are 25, 40, 50, 80, 100, 150, 200, 300 mm. Sizes 65 mm and 32 mm are not regularly used.

q q

4.22 How many PVC pipe sizes have you used?Candidate is to discuss pipe sizes and types. q q

4.23 What other type of pipe is used in irrigation?Types of pipe used in irrigation include high-density and low-density polyethylene. Brass pipe may be found in plumbing situations.

q q





4.24 If you had a broken 50 mm pipe in a straight line, what fittings would you need to carry out a repair?The best fitting would be a slip fix.

q q

4.25–4.49 Irrigation operation and maintenance

4.25 Explain what items need to be set on an irrigation controller. day, date, time run time start time watering intervals

q q

4.26 What types of sprinklers have you used? gear drives impacts micro sprays pop-ups rotators

q q

4.27 How can you work out the amount of water you are applying in each irrigation cycle?The best way to assess how much water is being applied in each cycle is by catching the water in catch cups.

q q

4.28 How often should you check your irrigation system?The irrigation system should be monitored daily during the peak season as one or two days without water can cause significant loss of grass.

q q

4.29 What would you check on gear drive sprinklers?The main daily check on gear drive sprinklers is to ensure that they are rotating and that the spray is not distorted.

q q

4.30 Explain how to adjust articulated risers and why they are used.Articulated risers are used to be flexible in installation, trafficking and changing heights as grass thatches up. To install an articulated riser properly, glue the faucet fitting horizontal with the ground. The articulated riser should have one 90 elbow at the PVC faucet end and two more 90 elbows at the sprinkler end. Screw the sprinkler on and set at the desired height.

q q





4.31 Why should you get your pumps flow-tested each year? What can the flow test indicate?The flow rate of pumps should be tested on an annual basis to determine if they are running efficiently. If the flow rates are down, the pump may need to be pulled apart and assessed for damage. A change in flow can also indicate a lowering of the water table below the pump height.

q q

4.32 How do weather conditions affect irrigation programming?Weather conditions play a significant role in irrigation programming. As the weather heats up without significant rainfall, the need to irrigate will increase and vice versa. Cool weather will reduce the need for watering.

q q

4.33 How do soil conditions affect your irrigation programming?Soil conditions are one of the greatest factors in determining irrigation programming. Sandy soils will require light, frequent watering and clay soils will be able to hold moisture for longer periods of time.

q q

4.34 Why do sprinkler nozzles require regular servicing?Sprinkler nozzles are a wear item and over time the uniformity of the sprinkler will decrease. The sediment found in the water abrades the plastic nozzle, making it larger.

q q

4.35 What servicing is required on drip irrigation systems? cleaning inline filter cleaning emitters checking valves (solenoid, pressure regulation valves,

vacuum breakers, flush valves) periodic manual flushing of system

q q

4.36 Many people base their irrigation on historical timeframes, for example water for 45 minutes during November. Is this a good practice? Give reasons for your answer.Length of time should not be the main focus when recommending irrigation water scheduling. Each system is different, with varying precipitation rates. The correct terminology is to configure systems on mm per hour and calculate this from a catch cup test.

q q

4.37 What problems can over-watering cause?Over-watering causes several problems with turf. The root system will replicate watering practice, for example

over-watering creates shallow roots, and extending watering intervals will cause roots to search deeper into the soil profile.

Over-watering will produce a weak plant which is susceptible to drought stress.

Other associated problems relate to the moist environment being a perfect breeding ground for pathogens and turf insects.

q q





4.38 How does capillary irrigation (often used in nursery situations) water the plant?Capillary irrigation relies on gravity to distribute the water and then water is drawn up into the soil profile of the pots through the capillary action of the soil. This is due to the surface tension between particles being greater than gravity.

q q

4.39 Where is most of the irrigation water in Perth drawn from?Most of the water for irrigation in Perth is drawn from bores. q q

4.40 What is a water licence?A water licence is an allocation of water to irrigate a particular area. It is usually associated with bores. An allocation is given depending on the area and crop type grown.

q q

4.41 What sort of maintenance is required on pumps?The type of pump will determine the maintenance that needs to be carried out. The types of pumps mainly used in Perth are submersible and turbine. Maintenance on pumps involves monthly greasing, flow rate check and pressure check. Major maintenance involves cleaning inlet screens and sending pump off to have impellors repaired and refitted. Some pump systems may have filters and control boards that require frequent maintenance for the pump to operate efficiently.The water quality will determine how often and the amount of maintenance to be carried out.

q q

4.42 What types of filters can you name? disk sand filter, screen or mesh polymer

q q

4.43 Why are filters required in irrigation systems?Filters are required to stop solid matter from entering the irrigation system. The filter should be placed at the beginning of the line to prevent clogging in the smaller orifices, eg valves and emitters.

q q

4.44 How often should filters be serviced?The frequency of servicing is determined by the water quality and the amount of use. This should be programmed into regular maintenance.

q q

4.45 How would you clean a blocked external drip emitter?It should be first rinsed in water and then, if still blocked, air should be blown through the emitter.

q q





4.46 How are internal drip systems (where the emitters are located inside the pipe) kept clean?Internal drip systems rely on a system which includes an inline filter, vacuum breaker and flush valve. Some systems may have a herbicide that is slowly released to stop roots from growing inside the pipe.

q q

4.47 Detail the irrigation maintenance you have completed in your current or previous employment.Candidate is to discuss irrigation maintenance carried out.

q q

4.48 What is a pitot tube? Have you ever used one?A pitot tube is a small hollow tube that attaches to a pressure gauge. The tube is inserted into a sprinkler to test the operating pressure. If the gauge indicates low pressure, there are generally blockages in the sprinkler.

q q

4.49 If sprinklers are located in turf areas, what additional maintenance will be required?One of the critical maintenance jobs on sprinklers located in turf is making sure that the perimeter is clean and that the sprinklers are level with the turf. If too high, the sprinkler top will be mown off. If too low, trip hazards and changes in uniformity are created.

q q

4.50–4.87 Irrigation installation

4.50 What do you understand by the term ‘parts take off’?The term ‘parts take off’ refers to the reticulation equipment needed to construct a system from a plan drawn on site plans.

q q

4.51 What irrigation installations have you completed?The candidate is to discuss irrigation installations completed. q q

4.52 Can you explain how to wire up electric solenoids to a controller?To wire electric solenoids to a controller, there must be a common wire (generally black) that must link to all solenoids and then back to the controller. There must be an active wire that links between the controller and to one solenoid only. Therefore, each solenoid has a different coloured wire. This provides the charge to form the magnetic field in the solenoid. It does not matter which way the solenoid is wired. In the controller the black wire must go into the screw marked ‘C’ for common. The coloured wires must screw individually into a station which will be marked with numbers that correspond to the numbers for programming.

q q

4.53 What is a ‘master valve’? Where should it be installed?A ‘master valve’ is a valve that is installed at the beginning of a system which opens with every solenoid. The ‘master valve’ is positioned to stop water flowing through the system when it is not active.

q q





4.54 Explain the term ‘hydrozoning’ in relation to irrigation installations.The term ‘hydrozoning’ is used to describe how irrigation systems should be designed. Stations should be designed so that plants with the same watering requirements are watered at the same time, with the same type of sprinkler and with a matched precipitation rate.

q q

4.55 Have you ever had problems, or would you have problems, compiling a parts list from an irrigation plan?A plan may need to be supplied to the candidate to see if parts requirements can be detailed.

q q

4.56 Why is hydrozoning important?Hydrozoning is important to ensure that water is not wasted. Stations must have matched precipitation rate of sprinklers.

q q

4.57 What is the ‘main line’ in an irrigation system?The term ‘main line’ refers to the direct line from the pump that extends to the remainder of the reticulation. The main line is the largest diameter pipe size extending out from the pump. Solenoid valves are T-jointed at 90 to the main line and control the flow of water to the sprinklers.

q q

4.58 What are the ‘lateral lines’ in an irrigation system?The ‘lateral lines’ are the lines that ‘T’ off at 90 to the main line. Lateral lines carry water from the main line to the sprinklers.

q q

4.59 What do you understand by the term ‘head-to-head’ coverage?The term ‘head-to-head’ is used to describe a watering pattern where the throw from one sprinkler covers all the way to the next sprinkler head and vice versa. This is the pattern used to design new sprinkler systems.

q q

4.60 Why is head-to-head coverage important in irrigation installation?‘Head-to-head’ coverage is essential to the uniformity of the sprinkler system. The quantity of water reaching the ground is not even over the distance of the throw of the sprinkler and the overlap is essential to uniformity (as occurs on a flat fan arrangement on chemical spraying equipment).

q q

4.61 How many valves does one station on an irrigation system generally control?One station on an irrigation control generally operates one valve. This may vary for valves in head systems.

q q

4.62 What are the two main patterns for sprinkler location in irrigation installations?The two main patterns for sprinkler locations in irrigation systems are triangular and square. This still corresponds to the head-to-head coverage.

q q





4.63 What fittings would you require to install a 25 mm threaded solenoid valve to a 50 mm main line with 25 mm laterals? (pipe after the valve on discharge side)To install a 25 mm valve to a 50 mm main line would require the following parts: 1 x 50 mm to 25 mm reducing T-piece 2 x valve take off adapters 1 x threaded solenoid valve 25 mm pipe.

q q

4.64 Where on an irrigation system should the air valve(s) be installed?Air valves are placed at high points and allow the gradual escape of built-up gases.

q q

4.65 After all pipes, valves and sprinklers are installed, how would you commission the irrigation system? (domestic pop-up system)To commission a system, the following must be carried out. Ensure all sprinkler heads are left with the flush fittings. Test stations with ‘manual’ setting on the controller. Test that each solenoid turns on. As each station runs, check the end of each line to ensure

water is running clean. After each station has run through, fit the sprinkler heads

(emitters) and ensure that they are pointing in the correct direction.

Run a test cycle for five minutes on each station and check the spray patterns of sprinklers (if any blockages, clean after test run).

The system is only commissioned once all sprinklers are adjusted, spray is unaffected and the controller has been set to the desired watering regime.

q q

4.66 Describe how to join and install fittings on low-density poly pipe.Low-density fittings use barbs which are firmly pushed into the pipe. On high pressure systems, fittings will require ratchet clamps to ensure water pressure will not blow the fittings off.

q q

4.67 Describe how to join and install fittings on PVC pipe.To install and join fittings on PVC pipe, the following must be carried out. The two joining ends must be wiped clean with a rag. Use priming agent on both insertion points. Apply solvent cement (glue) with a brush on the inside of the

fitting then glue the outside of the pipe. Push the pipe firmly into the fitting. Hold together until set then wipe away excess solvent with a

rag.

q q





4.68 Where should the wires be installed in relation to the pipe in the trench and why?The wiring for solenoid valves should be taped to the bottom of the pipe (underneath) so that a shovel cannot cut through the wire if the reticulation needs to be repaired.

q q

4.69 Describe the process of digging an irrigation trench by hand. Consider OHS issues before you answer.It involves using a spade or similar tool and the legs rather than the back and arms. Select the correct tools for excavation, eg long-handled

trenching shovel and PPE. Use paint to mark out the trench. Putting your foot on the side of the shovel, use the weight of

your body to force the blade of the shovel into the soil. Bend your knees and rotate your waist, swinging the shovel to

the same side of trench that you are standing on. Take small amounts (5 cm) and continue until the desired

depth is reached.

q q

4.70 When using poly pipe in garden beds, why is it a good idea to bury the pipe even if it is only under the mulch?Burying poly pipe in the soil below the mulch protects it in case the mulch is disturbed or a shovel is used to dig in the garden.

q q

4.71 What is the process for installing sub-surface drip irrigation?To install sub-surface drip line irrigation, the following steps should be taken.1. Dig the header (pressure end) and the footer (drain end).2. Attach the inline filter and the pressure regulation valve.3. Place the low-density poly pipe of equal lengths in the header

and the footer.4. Fit the manual flush tap on the end of the header.5. Fit the flush valve at the low point on the footer.6. Fit the vacuum breaker at the high point of the system

(usually on the footer).7. Run the drip line between the header and the footer.8. Place the jabs in the header and the footer, and join the drip

line.9. Commission the system.

q q

4.72 How can you irrigate a garden with low-pressure sprinklers, if you have a high-pressure system?To irrigate with low-pressure sprinklers from a high-pressure system, you require a pressure regulation valve. The valve must be rated to not only reduce the pressure to the desired level but also to handle the flow coming into the valve (usually measured in litres/hour).

q q





4.73 If your system uses a pump start relay to start the pump when the controller turns on, where would this relay be wired on the controller?Pump-start systems must have the relay wired into the master solenoid position on the controller. This will activate the pump every time a station is required.

q q

4.74 What safety switches/features do most pump systems have installed and why?The safety switches/features of pump systems are: high-pressure and low-pressure cut outs – designed to reduce

the damage to the irrigation system float switches – to turn pump off when water supply is low flow switches – fitted to supply/delivery side to detect water

flow to pump. The switch turns off to prevent damage.

q q

4.75 Have you ever been involved in or witnessed an installation of a new bore?A new bore installation involves the drilling of an exploratory hole to find suitable aquifers for irrigation. The bore is tested for flow and quality. A casing is then slid down inside the drilled hole, which has a screen on the bottom to reduce the amount of sediment entering the pump. A submersible pump is then attached to the desired pipe size and lowered down to position.

q q

4.76 What does the term ‘static water level’ (SWL) refer to in bores?‘Static water level’ (SWL) refers to the height of the water table of the aquifer when the pump is inactive.

q q

4.77 What does the term ‘draw down’ refer to in bores?‘Draw down’ refers to the distance that the water drops from the static water level to the position that it drops to when the pump is operational. The larger the draw down, the smaller the aquifer.

q q

4.78 What is friction loss in irrigation systems?Friction loss describes the pressure lost as water flows through the irrigation system. Every part of the system is responsible for some pressure loss due to friction between the water and the walls of the irrigation system.

q q

4.79 How would you install a valve box in a turf situation?To install a valve box, the first step is to select the appropriate box for the job. It must be of sufficient size to cover all the valves. The depth of the pipe will determine the requirements of the other parts. The determining factors to ensure successful completion of the installation of the valve box are that no soil enter the valve box set-up and that the valve box be level with the surface.

q q





4.80 What are your options for joining wires in an irrigation system? Which option would you recommend?There are several methods for joining wires – from using silicon gel caps to soldering wires together. Silicon gels are the most popular choice as they reduce moisture intrusion to exposed wire. As long as there is no potential for water entry and corrosion then the join should be sufficient.

q q

4.81 How are rubber ring joint pipes installed?Rubber ring joint pipes are installed by inserting the straight pipe end into the bell end and twisting. There is no need for glue and the fittings remain in position through pressure.

q q

4.82 Why is compaction of soil around pipes, valves, valve boxes etc important in the installation of irrigation?The need for compaction of soil (clean fill) in trenches is important to keep the fittings in place and also to reduce subsidence over time. Sand will compact 10% and clay 30%. If the soil is compacted in layers of 100–150 mm then subsidence will be substantial. If the trench is only compacted once the trench has been entirely filled, over time the soil will sink, leaving an unsightly hole resulting in an OHS issue.

q q

4.83 How would you recommend commissioning a new micro spray irrigation system?To commission a system. the following must be carried out. Ensure all sprinkler heads are left with the flush fittings. Test stations with ‘manual’ setting on the controller. Test that each solenoid turns on. As each station runs, check the end of each line to ensure

water is running clean. After each station has run through, fit the sprinkler heads

(emitters) and ensure that they are pointing in the correct direction.

Run a test cycle for five minutes on each station and check the spray patterns of sprinklers (if any blockages, clean after test run).

The system is only commissioned once all sprinklers are adjusted, spray is unaffected and the controller has been set to the desired watering regime.

q q

4.84 Where would you install filtration on a drip irrigation system?Filtration in drip irrigation should be installed directly after the solenoid valve or at the beginning of the system.

q q

4.85 What ways are there to cut 50 mm PVC pipe?Ways to cut 50 mm pipe include using a hacksaw or a tenon saw.

q q





4.86 In what two types does high-density poly pipe come?High-density poly pipe comes in inside and outside diameter sizes. q q

4.87 If, when installing irrigation, you come across a bright yellow PVC pipe in the trench, what have you located?Bright yellow PVC pipe indicates gas and should be avoided.

q q

4.88–4.112 Troubleshooting irrigation

4.88 If you suspect an electrical problem in the system, where would you start your troubleshooting? What order would you follow?To troubleshoot electrical faults, you should follow these steps using a multimeter.1. Check the transformer (240V to 12V).2. Turn on each station and check the power to all stations.3. Check the resistance in the circuit from the controller to the

solenoid.4. Check the solenoid.

q q

4.89 What could cause an electric solenoid valve to get stuck in the ‘on’ position? a blockage in the valve a cracked diaphragm the hole in the diaphragm being blocked and water

pressure not being able to equal out.

q q

4.90 What could cause an electric solenoid valve to fail to operate? no power to the solenoid a blockage in the diaphragm a faulty coil a blockage in the outlet of the solenoid

q q

4.91 What could cause pumps to fail?Pumps not working can signal a problem either on the supply side, the pressure side or internal damage to the pump. Pumps can fail to operate on the supply side because safety measures such as flow switches and/or float switches kick in, due to the lack of water flow to the pump. The pressure side can be affected by high-pressure and low-pressure cut-outs. These can be the result of a break and open flow of water in the system (low-pressure cut-out); a restricted flow caused by blocked filters; or oversupply of water to a small station (high-pressure cut-out). The internal degradation is diagnosed by eliminating aforementioned problems and testing flow rates.

q q

4.92 If a drip system fails to operate, what could be the cause?If a drip irrigation system fails to operate, check all the valves (solenoid, pressure regulator, flush and vacuum breaker) and clean the filter.

q q





4.93 If a pop-up spray comes up but fails to spray, what is likely to be the problem?If a pop-up spray comes up but fails to spray, the sprinkler emitter is blocked and needs to be cleaned.

q q

4.94 What might be the problem if a gear drive sprinkler is operating but at reduced output?A gear drive that is operational but at reduced output is due to a blockage in the filter. Remove the filter, clean it and test again.

q q

4.95 A gear drive sprinkler is operating on a turf area and the spray appears to be breaking up severely near the head. What could be the problem?A gear drive that is operational with a distorted spray coming from the head has a damaged nozzle. Check for debris blocking the nozzle and if this does not fix it, replace the nozzle.

q q

4.96 A leak appears near a large tree. What could be the problem?A leak near a large tree is usually an indication that the roots have broken a pipe.

q q

4.97 What options are available to find a wire underground?Either by digging or using a wire finder – look at maps and any recent work where wires may have been broken

q q

4.98 Why is ‘twitching and taping’ not the best option for joining wires?‘Twitching and taping’ is not the best option for joining wires because of the potential for water to enter the joins causing the copper to deteriorate.

q q

4.99 A park shows dry patches between sprinkler heads. What could be the cause?Dry patches between sprinklers are the result of poor head-to-head coverage. These dry patches can be made worse by strong winds during irrigation.

q q

4.100 A 13 mm poly line runs through a garden for a distance of 150 m. Micro sprays have been installed at 1.5 m intervals but the end section is not performing well. What is the most likely cause?The likely cause is a lack of overall flow to supply emitter demands. The length will need to be reduced to two (2) stations.

q q

4.101 Why is increasing water velocity rarely a fix for lack of water pressure?Increasing the water velocity will only cause extra friction on the walls of the pipe and increase wear on the pumps. The problems attributed to a lack of pressure are related to flow.

q q

4.102 How can you check spray output pressures while the sprinklers are running?By using a pitot tube

q q





4.103 In terms of irrigation, what is the difference between pressure and flow?Pressure is the force that the water is under. Flow is the volume of water flowing through the pipes.

q q

4.104 What is a compression coupling? Why is it useful at times?Compression coupling is used to join two pipes that are in a straight line. It is useful when water will not drain and glue cannot be used.

q q

4.105 What should irrigation programming be based on?Irrigation programming should be based on the volume your system can deliver in a certain time. The other factors such as weather, soil type, grass type and water quality are considered after the amount delivered to the ground is quantified.

q q

4.106 Irrigation application is measured in what metric standard?The standard measurement for irrigation application is the millimetre (mm).

q q

4.107 Pop-up nozzles have numbers on the top, for example 12, 12 and 15. What is the relevance of these numbers? Why are they important in irrigation maintenance activities?The number represents a certain nozzle size. When a system is designed properly, sprinklers that have arcs will have smaller nozzle sizes depending on the arc thrown.

q q

4.108 What items need programming on an irrigation controller? time date day start time run time watering days

q q

4.109 What is ‘Epan’?‘Epan’ is the measurement of evaporation. The ‘E’ stands for evaporation and ‘pan’ is a standard black pan that has a quantity of water from which water evaporates and a measurement is taken.

q q

4.110 It is recommended that systems are installed with matched precipitation rates. What do you understand by this statement?This refers to the amount of water applied to the ground by a sprinkler. This should be the same for all sprinklers in that station.

q q

4.111 Where on a controller is a master valve wired?A master valve is wired to the master valve or pump-start position.

q q





4.112 Name five (5) different valves used in irrigation.The different types of valves used in irrigation are: ball valve gate valve electric solenoid valve air release valve pressure regulation valve flush valve vacuum breaker hydraulic solenoid valve.

q q





Never



q q q

○ irrigation knowledge and maintenance techniques? q q q

○ understanding of different types of irrigation systems? q q q

○ ability to program maintenance and application of irrigation system?

q q q


q q q

explain the process of maintenance checks on a system? q q q


q q q


q q q

demonstrate adequate knowledge in fault finding, troubleshooting components, repair techniques and parts required?

q q q

The candidate’s underpinning knowledge is: satisfactory q not yet satisfactory

qAssessor’s comments on judgement made





Date of assessment






Record of interview

Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Date











Interview question bank for Skill Set 5 – Establishing turf surfaces; preparing turf surfaces for play; communication of requirements to both staff and clientsDid the candidate satisfactorily answer the following questions? Yes No

5.1–5.25 Establishing turf

5.1 What areas of turf have you established?The candidate is to state areas they have established. q q

5.2 Have you established turf from seed, stolons and sod?The candidate is to provide information. q q

5.3 Detail the procedures involved in preparing a site for turf establishment.1. Select the site.2. Test the soil.3. Find the services (power, reticulation etc).4. Clear the vegetation. 5. Control the weeds.6. Cultivate with rotary hoe.7. Add the amendments (lime, organics etc).8. Roughly level the surface.9. Consolidate.10. Install the irrigation.11. Finely level the surface to finish.

q q

5.4 List four (4) cool-season grasses. rye bent fescue Kentucky Blue poa

q q

5.5 List four (4) warm-season grasses. couch kikuyu buffalo Queensland Blue carpet grass Durban grass

q q

5.6 When is the best time to plant cool-season grasses in Perth?autumn – this allows the grass to establish itself over the cooler months

q q

5.7 What basic soil tests would you conduct before you planted turf?pH, EC and texture q q





5.8 How long would a couch grass take to establish itself from stolons if it were planted in mid-December in Perth?Six (6) to eight (8) weeks, providing there are no constraints such as water and nutrients.

q q

5.9 What are the most critical factors, once turf is planted either from seed, stolons or sod?Keeping turf moist, not flooded and not letting it dry out.

q q

5.10 Should you apply nitrogen fertiliser to soil before planting? Give reasons for your answer.Nitrogen should not be applied before planting because it is mobile in the soil and is easily leached. The leaching factor is accentuated by the watering requirements of new turf and the nitrogen is rapidly moved through the soil profile.

q q

5.11 Describe what happens to a grass seed once it is planted.The seed coat will break down in water and the seed will throw a root (radicle) to anchor the plant. Then the first leaf (plumule) will emerge to allow the plant to photosynthesise and create its own food source.

q q

5.12 Can you explain what a stolon planting would look like 7–10 days post-planting?It should have new white roots emerging from the node.

q q

5.13 What effect will low pH have on turf establishment?Low pH will affect the uptake of some nutrients such as calcium and phosphorous. Toxicities such as aluminium, manganese and sulphur may also occur.

q q

5.14 If a basic soil test showed a pH of 4.5, how would you raise the level?Lime would be required to raise the pH. The amount required would depend on the buffering capacity of the soil.

q q

5.15 What type of soil amendments may be needed before planting? lime sulphur gypsum wetting agent organics

q q

5.16 What would have a bearing on the type of weed control selected before planting takes place?The type of weed control selected before planting would be determined by the amount of time before the planting occurs. Any chemicals that have a residual control will inhibit the growth of turf.

q q





5.17 Describe the process of stolonising. What problems could occur?The stolonising process involves the following steps. All preparation is carried out in the same way as sods and

seed. Stolons are selected (weed and disease free). Stolons are spread evenly over the surface. Stolons are run into the ground (using disc roller, solid tines

etc). A light roller is run over the ground after the disc roller to

smooth the surface and ensure that the stolons make sufficient contact with the ground.

Stolons are irrigated to keep them moist.*The main problem with stolonising is that the stolons are allowed to dry out. This can be made worse by poor soil contact of stolons, exposing them to the air.

q q

5.18 Would you recommend nutrient applications post-planting? Give reasons for your answer.Nutrient applications post-planting should not occur for at least two weeks. The plant has enough energy stored to produce new leaf and roots. Nutrients should not be applied until plant growth has emerged and then the principle is ‘light and often’, eg weekly or fortnightly.

q q

5.19 When would you recommend nutrient applications post-planting? Give reasons for your answer.Nutrient applications post-planting should not occur for at least two weeks. The plant has enough energy stored to produce new leaf and roots. Nutrients should not be applied until plant growth has emerged and then the principle is ‘light and often’, eg weekly or fortnightly.

q q

5.20 What would determine when the first mowing should take place after planting?The first mowing will be determined by the growth of the plant. Too much sand will cause damage to machinery. At the same time, mowing must take place as soon as possible to aid the tillering and prostrate growth. The rule of thumb for mowing turf is never to remove more than one third of the leaf.

q q

5.21 How often would newly planted turf grass need to be watered?The amount of water to be applied to newly planted turf will be determined by the weather and the application rate of the irrigation system. Enough water should be applied to keep the grass moist until new growth is present. Watering frequency can then be reduced and the run time increased to make the root system chase the water further into the soil profile.

q q





5.22 How much leaf should be removed when you are cutting new turf grown from seed for the first time?The rule of thumb for cutting new seed for the first time is never to remove more than one third of the leaf.

q q

5.23 Why should debris and rubble be removed to a reasonable depth before planting takes place?The removal of rubble and debris before planting is essential to reduce the likelihood of damage to machinery (mowers, coring and renovation gear) and to allow grass roots to grow uninhibited.

q q

5.24 What do you understand by the term ‘vegetative propagation’?Vegetative propagation is the method of establishing a new plant from the cuttings of an existing plant. Vegetative methods in turf include sodding, stolonising and turf doctoring. These methods produce a plant that is identical to the parent plant.

q q

5.25 Which turf grasses can be successfully established only by vegetative means?The majority of turf grasses can be established by vegetative means. The only grasses that rely on vegetative propagation for replication of the parent plant are hybrids and varieties where the seed is not viable or will produce a plant that reverts to the original plant.

q q

5.26–5.42 Renovating turf

5.26 What is thatch?The accumulation of dead and decaying organic matter above the soil surface

q q

5.27 What are the disadvantages of thatch in the turf profile?Thatch in a turf profile has the disadvantages of: reducing water infiltration reducing nutrient movement becoming anti-wetting after being allowed to dry out harbouring disease and pests affecting the surface where ball roll is of concern.

q q

5.28 What can require the frequency of renovation to be increased?The frequency of renovation can be increased by excessive applications of nitrogen. This increases the growth rate and therefore requires more effort to remove the accumulation of organic matter.

q q





5.29 What are the procedures involved in turf renovation?The procedures involved in renovation are: Decide on the type of renovation necessary. The cost is then

determined by the depth of organic matter and the amount of compaction.

Calculate the equipment requirements, and the labour and top-dressing requirements, if necessary.

Locate the services and mark. Perform the renovation. Clean up.

5.30 What are the benefits of aeration to turf quality?Aeration allows gaseous exchange and water penetration. This alleviates the problems associated with compaction.

q q

5.31 What are the benefits of verti-cutting (scarifying) to turf quality?Verti-cutting is the process used to remove thatch and the upper portion of mat. It helps to remove the accumulating organic matter and therefore has the benefit of allowing water and nutrients to penetrate. It also has a small aeration factor. This allows for the levelling and smoothing of some surfaces.

q q

5.32 What are the benefits to turf of top-dressing?Top-dressing was originally used purely as a levelling tool. It is now successfully incorporated into a thatch management strategy, as the new sand encourages microbial activity and the breakdown of organic matter.

q q

5.33 What tests could be carried out to assess the type of aeration needed for a turf area?The type of aeration equipment needed for a turf area is determined by the depth of the organic matter. A corer will penetrate to 150 mm and a verti-drain can penetrate to 300 mm. The speed and cost for both of these machines vary with the verti-drain being slower and therefore more expensive.

q q

5.34 What is the difference between a hollow tine aeration machine and a verti-drain?The corer removes thatch and mat by punching out a core, whereas the verti-drain is fitted with solid tines that penetrate and then have a kicking action that breaks the soil profile open (hollow tines can be fitted to the verti-drain).

q q

5.35 When would you recommend renovating cool-season grasses?Cool-season grasses should be renovated when they are growing the most. The time of year that this occurs in the Perth metropolitan area is September through to November and then March to April.

q q





5.36 When would you recommend renovating warm-season grasses?Warm-season grasses should be renovated when they are growing the most. The time of year that this occurs in the Perth metropolitan area is October to March. Allowances must be made if extreme weather is forecast.

q q

5.37 Why do many people apply organic fertilisers to turf at renovation times?Adding organic fertilisers at renovation ensures that they are incorporated into the soil profile. The fertilisers are usually large in particle size and do not break down quickly enough to be applied to the surface.

q q

5.38 How long should a couch grass take to recover from a renovation in summertime?about two (2) weeks

q q

5.39 What OHS hazards are involved in the renovation of turf areas? sun exposure machinery use high-speed spinning, turning drive mechanisms

q q

5.40 How can you reduce the OHS risks associated with the renovation of turf areas?The following steps can be put into place to reduce the risk of injury during renovation. Wear appropriate PPE. Conduct correct pre-start checks. Follow safe operating procedures. Keep machinery in good working order. Keep bystanders clear.

q q

5.41 Detail any environmental risks associated with turf renovations.The environmental risks associated with renovation are: use of fuels and oils disposing of green waste fumes from combustion engines compaction from heavy machinery.

5.42 Mention any environmental benefits of turf renovations. Renovating allows for greater movement of water and

nutrients, resulting in the use of fewer resources. Green waste can be composted and re-used as nutrient.




5.43–5.72 Preparing turf surfaces for play

5.43 What types of mowers have you used?The candidate is to detail mowers used. q q

5.44 Detail the turf playing surfaces you have prepared for play.The playing surfaces that may have been prepared by the candidate include: golf tennis bowls soccer racecourses ovals (cricket, footy, rugby, parks).

q q

5.45 What marking-out procedures have you completed? golf – tees, GUR (ground under repair), water hazards, out of

bounds bowls – rinks, mat line tennis – court outline (service box etc) soccer – pitch outline (goal squares etc) racecourse – track realignment (inside barrier), training areas ovals – boundaries, pitches (cricket)

q q

5.46 What tools and equipment did you use in marking-out processes?The candidate is to define tools used, eg paint, pegs, frames, hammers, rails, stringlines.

q q

5.47 Are you familiar with the ‘cyclic’ system on golf courses? Can you explain how it works?The cyclic system refers to the pin and tee placement. Regular tee and pin movement distributes wear. It is important that course length is consistent so if the pin is repositioned to the front of the green, the tee should be moved back to compensate.

q q

5.48 Can you explain the process of marking out a bowling green? The green is divided into sections called rinks. The rinks are

between 4.3 m and 5.8 m wide. The rinks are numbered in order, with the centre of each rink marked on the bank at each end by a vertical peg that has the rink number on it. The prepared surface of the green extends for a minimum of 0.6 m beyond the side boundary.

The four corners of the rinks are marked by white or brightly coloured vertical boundary pegs and located at least 600 mm from the side ditch.

The centre line of each rink is defined by a line on the green for a minimum distance of 4 m starting 2 m from each ditch.

q q





5.49 Can you demonstrate how to create a right angle using the 3, 4, 5 method?To create a right angle, pegs should be placed 4 m apart in a straight line then at a 45angle to one of the 4 m pegs. Measure 5 m and make an arc, pulling firmly to ensure that the 5 m is accurate. Then from the other peg that marks the 4 m line at 45 to the peg, measure 3 m and mark an arc. This should transect the 5 m arc line. It should create a right angle at this intersection.

q q

5.50 In which sports would this method be used?soccer, tennis, cricket, hockey, football – basically anywhere a square or rectangle is needed

q q

5.51 Have you ever used a turf roller? What are the benefits of a turf roller to playing surfaces?Turf rollers are used to smooth a surface. This is done by compacting the soil and rolling the grass flat. In the case of bowls or golf greens where the ball is in close contact with the grass, the smoother the surface, the more easily the ball will roll. In the case of a cricket wicket, the roller makes the surface firmer and more compact, increasing the bounce.

q q

5.52 Explain the dimensions of a tennis court from a scale drawing.The candidate can suggest an approximate scale for the diagram. q q

5.53 How does mowing affect playing surfaces?Mowing the playing surface has the effect of removing leaf, causing the plant to have a more prostrate growth habit. As the mower passes over, the grass is forced to lie flat. This can help in the case of striping for showcase events but it can also create ‘grain’ in greens that can affect ball roll.

q q

5.54 Where would you find information on the dimensions for playing fields?The dimensions of sporting fields are available from sporting organisations and also from the Department of Sport and Recreation.

q q

5.55 What is most critical in cricket wicket preparations?The most critical part of wicket preparation is the wetting-up before rolling commences.

q q

5.56 Why are cricket wickets rotated from week to week?To distribute wear and allow wickets to recover from rolling and drying out.

q q

5.57 Why are golf holes moved regularly?To distribute wear and change the difficulty of the hole. q q





5.58 Where on a soccer field does the turf receive the most wear and tear? How can this be reduced?Wear and tear is concentrated around the goalmouth – the area where play is directed during both training and matches.This can be reduced by changing the position of the goals for training and, as soccer is a winter sport where warm-season grasses have reduced growth, high-wear areas can be over-sown with rye grass.

q q

5.59 How do curators and greenkeepers create the striping on fields and greens?The striping on fields is the result of the grass being cut repeatedly in the same direction, laying the grass over. The mower cuts one direction, turns and returns alongside the last passing cut.

q q

5.60 What do you understand by the term ‘double cut’?‘Double cut’ is used to describe the process of cutting greens twice, either back up and down the same cut or cut in two different directions. It is done to create a smoother surface and faster ball roll.

q q

5.61 If there was a chance of rain before play day, what would cricket wicket curators do to protect the pitch?If rain was expected before play on a cricket pitch, the curator would place a layer of hessian on the grass surface to reduce ‘sweating’ and then put a tarpaulin over the top to keep rain out.

q q

5.62 What do you understand by the term ‘clock-face method’ in relation to cutting directions?The ‘clock-face method’ is used to describe the process of distributing wear and reducing the grain in greens. A cut of 12 to 6 means that the mower should cut straight up and down the green in the direction of play and so on.

q q

5.63 Why do turf managers constantly change the direction of cutting on turf areas?Changing direction reduces the amount of ‘grain’ in the grass sward and produces a smoother surface for ball roll sports. The methods of changing direction of cut on turf are by the clock-face method, half and half (the mower travels the entire perimeter and cuts in from this point until a middle point is reached) and by scroll cutting (cutting in a circular motion with tight circles).

q q

5.64 What is grain in a turf surface? How can it affect ball roll?The grain in a turf surface refers to when a grass lies over, due to repeated mowing in the same direction. There is a natural tendency for grass to follow the light and lie in a certain direction. The grain affects ball roll speed. As a ball rolls against the grain, it will be slowed and a putt with the grain will have no resistance and roll faster.

q q





5.65 How does mowing frequency affect turf surfaces?The mowing frequency affects turf surfaces dramatically as the more often a grass is mowed, the more lateral growth and the ‘tighter’ the sward becomes.

q q

5.66 How is green speed measured on golf greens?Green speed on golf greens is measured with a stimpmeter. A golf ball is placed in a groove cut in a piece of angle iron. At a certain angle, the ball releases, runs down the shaft, and the distance between the resting place of the ball and the end of the stimpmeter is measured. This process is repeated in the opposite direction and averaged to give a measurement in feet.

q q

5.67 How is green speed measured on bowling greens?Speed on bowling greens is measured in seconds. A ball is rolled down a ramp that has a set angle. A stopwatch is used to time how long the bowl rolls for until it comes to a complete stop. The longer the ball rolls, the faster the green.

q q

5.68 A golf green mower will have its height set in millimetres. How do bowling greenkeepers set their mowers?The way in which a height of cut is measured on a bowling green mower is by using cents. For example, ‘10 cents’ equates roughly to 1.8 mm.

q q

5.69 What do golf tees use to indicate tee-off positions? What is important in setting these up? Golf tee markers are used to indicate the position from which golfers are supposed to tee off. It is important that the tee markers are pointing in the direction of play. If they do not, golfers can be penalised and the positioning may misguide their shots.

q q

5.70 What height of cut range would you recommend for a rugby field and why?A rugby field should be cut at a height of 20 mm to 30 mm. This will allow for cushioning of the players as they fall on the turf, and give the grass greater resilience to the twisting and turning nature of the sport.

q q

5.71 What height of cut range would you recommend for a soccer/hockey pitch and why?The range of height of cut on hockey fields would be around 10 mm, due to the game being a sport where the ball is in close contact with the surface. Soccer grounds would be cut at 10 mm to 15 mm as ball roll is not as affected by longer grass and the players require some cushioning if they fall into the turf.

q q





5.72 What height of cut range would you recommend for a horse racetrack and why?The height of cut for horse racetracks is 75 mm to 100 mm. This height is required to cushion the hoof as it strikes the turf during racing. The horse distributes seven (7) times its body weight through the leg with every stride.

q q

5.73–5.89 Workplace communication

5.73 What forms of communication are used in your workplace? written oral verbal signage

q q

5.74 Have you participated in a workplace meeting? How did you participate?The candidate to stipulate meetings they have been involved in, eg OHS, pay revision, apprentice sign-up.

q q

5.75 What written communication tools do you use?Written communication may include filling in pay sheets, writing reports, filling out accident/incident reports, writing on whiteboard etc.

q q

5.76 What should you do if you are unsure of an instruction?You should ask for it to be repeated or explained more clearly. If you are still not sure, ask for a demonstration of the instruction.

q q

5.77 Which job tasks would require a written instruction for safety purposes?A task such as applying chemicals and any job that deals with the public.

q q

5.78 What records do you need to keep at your workplace?Spray records, wages, machinery maintenance, water usage and fuel use.

q q

5.79 What is the recommended telephone answering technique for your organisation?The candidate to describe answering procedure. It should include the organisation and the name of person answering the phone.

q q

5.80 What forms of non-verbal communication are in place in your workplace?Non-verbal communication includes safety signage, sign language (tapping left wrist for time, tapping head for head back to shed etc) and written instruction.

q q




5.73–5.89 Workplace communication

5.81 Non-verbal forms of communication can be very effective. Why is this so?Non-verbal forms of communication can be very effective around loud machinery where a person’s voice cannot be heard.

q q

5.82 Communication requires at least two parties – the originator and the listener. What must each party do for effective communication to take place?Effective communication requires clear instruction from the originator. The listener must be attentive and clarify the point made or add further information and the role is reversed.

q q

5.83 Give an example of an open question.An open question is a one that allows the listener to give a longer answer with more information, and not just say ‘yes’ or ‘no’, eg What written communication tools do you use?

q q

5.84 Give an example of a closed question.A closed question is one which asks for only a one-word answer like a ‘yes’ or ‘no’, and does not seek any further clarification, eg Do you like applying chemicals?

q q

5.85 What does safety signage communicate?Safety signage communicates the required PPE for the designated area and potential dangers in the vicinity.

q q

5.86 What method of communication is the most effective in a noisy environment?sign language

q q

5.87 For effective verbal communication to take place, you need to understand the issue at hand. How can you make sure that you understand the issue?You can ask questions to clarify the point. The originator then explains the point again.

q q

5.88 Can body movements be an effective way of communicating? Give an example.Body movements such as hand signals to indicate when to turn off machines, tapping the left wrist (to indicate a watch) for knock-off and using smoking action to signal a ‘smoko’ can be effective ways of communicating.

q q

5.89 Why is good communication very important in a workplace?Good communication is important to ensure that employers and employees are happy with arrangements with each other. This allows any indiscretions to be resolved and clear communication of tasks ensures that they are carried out to the desired standard.

q q




5.90–5.107 Working effectively in the industry

5.90 What should be included in a general workplace induction? location of toilets evacuation points first aid station exits required PPE reporting procedure expectations while in that job role

q q

5.91 Why is workplace induction important?Workplace induction is important to inform new employees of the dangers of the workplace, what they should do in case of emergency and what they are expected to do while employed at the particular workplace.

q q

5.92 What should be included in a safety induction in a workplace? first aid fire extinguisher use and location PPE requirements muster points the procedures for reporting accidents and incidents safety officers a chain of command to whom to report issues

q q

5.93 What types of forms need to be completed when you are starting employment with a new organisation?The forms that need to be filled out at the start of employment are: tax declaration form bank details personal details including next of kin and emergency

contacts address superannuation fund details training record, if required.

q q

5.94 What is a company/organisation policy?A company/organisation policy is a document that states the intentions of the business, including mission statements etc.

q q

5.95 What is a company/organisation procedure?A company/organisation procedure outlines the process of how the policy is carried out. It can be described as an action plan.

q q





5.96 Can you relate some of the basic working conditions under which you are employed?Some of the basic work conditions under which greenkeepers are employed include daily and weekly working hours, penalty rates (overtime) and minimum wages.

q q

5.97 By which employment award/agreement are you covered?The award that covers greenkeepers is the bowls and golf award. The candidate may fall under the landscape or municipal award.

q q

5.98 Is it compulsory for you to become a member of the union that covers your work area?No. It is not compulsory to join a union that covers that area.

q q

5.99 What do you understand by the term ‘time off in lieu’?The term ‘time in lieu’ refers to overtime that may have been worked that can be taken as paid leave at a later date.

q q

5.100 If a member of your family dies, what provisions are there under your employment award/agreement for you to attend the funeral without loss of pay?The provisions that cover the attendance at a funeral for a family member without loss of pay come under bereavement leave.

q q

5.101 What are the minimum conditions under employment legislation?The minimum conditions of employment legislation cover all employees. It sets out the minimum pay and working conditions for anyone employed within Australia.

q q

5.102 Can the minimum conditions of employment be overridden by an award or agreement to the detriment of the employee?The minimum conditions of employment cannot be overridden to the detriment of the employee. Awards are difficult to change and the minimum conditions come under scrutiny more regularly and are changed more often.

q q

5.103 What type of hours timesheet do you fill out?The candidate is to outline the type of timesheet filled out. q q

5.104 What records of employment should you keep?start dates, hours worked per week, sick leave and superannuation

q q

5.105 Can you explain what a résumé/CV is? What information does it provide?A résumé/CV is a document which outlines a person’s employment history, personal details and education levels. It is used to assess prospective employees when they apply for a job.

q q





5.106 Do you have a current résumé/CV? How often do you update it?A current résumé/CV is important and should be updated every two (2) years.

q q

5.107 If you were asked to work on a Sunday, do you understand what payment you would be entitled to?If you were asked to work on a Sunday, the penalty rates are double time. There is usually a minimum number of hours to be worked (generally three hours at double time).

q q





Never



q q q

○ turf establishment and maintenance techniques? q q q

○ different types of turf renovations? q q q

○ the preparation of turf surfaces for play? q q q

demonstrate a variety of communication skills and their use in the workplace? q q q

understand working conditions, employment conditions, award/agreement conditions?

q q q


q q q

explain reasons for renovating turf areas? q q q select and identify the correct

tools/equipment and materials for the tasks?

q q q


q q q

demonstrate adequate knowledge in machinery and equipment operation, preparation, maintenance and storage?

q q q






Date of assessment





Record of interview

Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Date









Interview question bank for Skill Set 6 – Construction of turf playing areas; installation of drainage systems; coordination of work site activitiesDid the candidate satisfactorily answer the following questions? Yes No

6.1–6.24 Turf area construction

6.1 What construction works have you completed?The candidate is to state any construction work that has been completed.

q q

6.2 Detail the works processes that occurred.The candidate is to detail process of construction. q q

6.3 Explain how a perched water table is constructed.A perched water table construction is when a finer sand material is placed over a coarser material (gravel layer). The difference in surface tension between the two layers causes water to perch above the coarse layer.

q q

6.4 What OHS issues are involved in the construction of turf areas? How can the risks be reduced?OHS issues involved in construction include sun exposure, using large machinery, noise exposure and manual lifting. These can be reduced by wearing correct PPE, having designated safety zones away from large machinery, using correct lifting techniques and reducing manual lifting by using machines.

q q

6.5 Explain how to calculate the amount of sand required to construct a green with a profile depth of 300 mm over an area of 600 m².Use the following equation.

Amount of fill = 0.3 m x 600 = 180 m3 of sand required

q q

6.6 Explain the process of wetting up a dumpy level or a laser level.Use the following steps. Extend the tripod legs and push them firmly into the ground. Place the theodolite onto the tripod and screw together

securely. Using the three adjustment screws on the theodolite, level the

dumpy while looking at the level indicator bubble. Once level, adjust the lens and crosshairs to suit.

q q

6.7 How would you select a growing medium for an area of turf? List the factors you would take into account to make the decision.To select a growing medium for a turf area, you would need to take the following into account: texture (water-holding capacity and compaction) pH EC.

q q





6.8 What equipment would be required in turf area construction? a loader or bobcat shovels rakes irrigation equipment turf or seed bunker rake

q q

6.9 If you were constructing a new football oval in existing bushland, what government departments could affect your construction works?You would need to contact: the Water Corporation the Department of Environment and Conservation.

q q

6.10 How would the type of vegetation on the site impact on your plans?The type of vegetation may impact the site, as trees such as jarrah require a lot of work to remove, whereas banksia trees are more easily removed.

q q

6.11 From the plan supplied by your assessor, explain how you would set out the construction site.The candidate is to be given a site map with a construction job. They are to explain how the site should be set out. They are also to mark out access points, direction of traffic and location of works.

q q

6.12 From the same plan as above, indicate where the highest and lowest points are and the difference in elevation. The candidate is to show high points and low points on the contour map.

q q

6.13 Explain how you would construct a level site such as a golf tee or tennis court.To construct a level playing surface, you are required to: peg the area in a grid format use the dumpy level to set the desired height fill to peg height and compact in layers to reduce subsidence.

q q





6.14 Explain the order of events in constructing a new football oval in existing bushland, including the bush site to commencing grassing.The process of constructing an oval from bushland to grassing is as follows. Find and locate the services and install if necessary. Remove the vegetation. Survey the site. Level the site. Import any fill. Compact in layers. Add amendments. Rough level the site. Install the reticulation. Final the level. Plant using the desired method.

q q

6.15 What types of plans are involved in turf area construction?The types of plans involved in construction are a site plan, a topographic map and an ‘as constructed’ map (when finished).

q q

6.16 If using contractors during construction works, what OHS issues must they be aware of?Contractors on a construction site must follow the same OHS procedures as employees. They must be inducted and supervised in safe work practices.

q q

6.17 What can a topographic map indicate?the heights and slope of a site q q

6.18 What do you understand by the term ‘as constructed’ map?The ’as constructed’ map refers to the drawing of the final process once it has been completed. It includes all modifications that may have been made during the installation process.

q q

6.19 What are some environmental issues involved with constructing turf areas? use of chemical control of pests use of fertiliser noise and air pollution fuel usage erosion waste disposal

q q





6.20 If constructing a turf at a very windy site, what options are available to reduce loss due to wind erosion?The options for erosion control on a windy site include spray mulch and erosion mats.

q q

6.21 Explain the term ‘USGA greens construction method’.This method involves a gravel layer (with drainage installed) with an intermediate layer. The root zone mix is then placed on top of the intermediate layer. The design is a perched water table system and relies on the ‘bridging factor’ to stop finer particles migrating into the coarser material.

q q

6.22 Why do all layers in a perched water table green construction need to follow the same contours?The layers in a perched water table design must follow the same contours to make sure that the root zone does not become waterlogged (shallow sand root zone) or too dry (deep sand root zone). Whether the root zone is waterlogged or too dry is dependent on the height that the water perches within the growing media.

q q

6.23 Why is it not advisable to have too much fall across a turf area?It is advisable to minimise the fall across a turf area to prevent water from running too quickly across the surface, as it will not penetrate the surface. The second reason is the practicality of mowing the surface; areas on severe angles can be difficult to mow with ride-on machinery.

q q

6.24 One chemical has an LD 50 of 75 mg/kg and a second chemical has an LD 50 of 5000 mg/kg. Which is the less toxic (safer)?The chemical that is less toxic (safer) is the product with the higher LD 50 – in this case the second chemical with an LD 50 of 5000 mg/kg.

q q

6.25–6.56 Chemical application6.25 What information is needed to calibrate spraying equipment?

Total output of nozzles, swathe width and speed q q6.26 What checks should you carry out before you use a knapsack

sprayer?You should check the sprayer visually for damaged or frayed spray lines, clean filters, that the spray unit holds pressure, that no leaks are visible, and that the nozzle is spraying the correct pattern.

q q

6.27 What is the difference between a systemic herbicide such as glyphosate, for example Roundup® or Zero®, and a contact herbicide?The difference between a systemic and a contact herbicide is the way in which the chemical acts within the plant. A contact herbicide affects the cells that come into direct contact with the spray. A systemic herbicide is translocated through the vascular bundles to the other parts of the plant.

q q





6.28 Chemicals can be either root-absorbed or foliar-absorbed. How will this factor impact on application techniques for pest control?The way in which chemicals are taken into the plant directly affects the application techniques. A root-absorbed chemical will require a large spray droplet to increase contact with the soil – this will often require a large volume of water. A foliar spray will involve a smaller droplet in greater quantity to allow the spray to stay on the leaf of the plant.

q q

6.29 What is route management in relation to chemical applications? Why is it important?Route management is deciding the best way to spray, avoiding travelling over the same area twice, avoiding objects (bunkers) and reducing the amount of time in transport between spray sites.

q q

6.30 What are the best weather conditions for conducting spraying operations?Ideal conditions will vary depending on the chemical. In general, preferable conditions are light crosswinds that direct spray away from sensitive areas, approximately 80% relative humidity and non-extreme temperatures (approximately 20 C is suitable).

q q

6.31 Why are dyes sometimes added to spray mixes?Dyes are sometimes added to allow the operator to see where they have already sprayed.

q q

6.32 Define the term ‘spray drift’.Spray drift is when chemical droplets/particles or vapour remain in the air after application and move on to non-target areas.

q q

6.33 What type of spray equipment is available to reduce the risk of spray drift?Equipment available includes: shrouded booms nozzle types, eg air inclusion, low drift.

q q

6.34 If you are using a boom spray or application equipment with multiple nozzles, what is the percentage variance from the manufacturer’s outputs at which replacement is required?The variation that can occur with nozzles from the manufacturer’s specifications is 10%. The nozzle can already have a 5% variation from the factory during manufacture. As the nozzle wears, the spray pattern is distorted and results in more spray exiting from the centre of the nozzle.

q q

6.35 How do you clean a blocked nozzle safely?A blocked nozzle should be cleaned in water, blown out by compressed air or gently scrubbed with a soft toothbrush. Nothing should be inserted inside the nozzle as it can affect the spray pattern.

q q





6.36 What is a surfactant? Why is it added to spray mixes at times?A surfactant is used to reduce the surface tension of a liquid. Some chemicals are not soluble in water; therefore, a surfactant is used to help chemicals dissolve or move into solution.

q q

6.37 What does the term ‘secondary poisoning’ refer to?‘Secondary poisoning’ refers to the food chain where an animal is poisoned from consuming numerous smaller animals that have been poisoned. For example, a lake with tadpoles may have a small amount of chemical leak into the water body. It may not be enough to affect the tadpole but if a bird eats ten of these tadpoles, it has ten (10) times the amount of chemical and it may be affected.

q q

6.38 If two (2) or more chemicals were to be tank-mixed, how would you determine whether or not they were compatible?The first point of reference would be the MSDS. This has a section on compatibility of chemicals. Secondly, the chemicals can be mixed in a clean, clear jar and allowed to sit, while you watch to see if any chemical reactions are taking place.

q q

6.39 When you are applying chemicals for the control of soil-inhabiting pests, for example black beetle larvae, how should the chemical control be applied?Soil-inhibiting pests should be controlled when their life cycle brings them closest to the surface. The chemical should be applied with a large droplet size with a large volume of water (if possible). Quite often it is recommended that the chemical be washed in with irrigation.

q q

6.40 When you are applying chemicals for the control of leaf-feeding insects, how should the control be applied?The chemical should be applied with a small droplet size and allowed to sit on the leaf.

q q

6.41 Name three (3) methods of application for pesticides.Methods of applying pesticides include: boom spray rope wick applicator CDA (controlled droplet applicator) fumigation aerosol granular (baits, pellets).

q q





6.42 Certain formulations of chemicals, for example wettable powders, will settle out if left in a tank. How is this problem reduced with larger sprayers? How can it be reduced with knapsack sprayers?To reduce the potential for chemicals to settle out of solution, the best way is to shake or agitate the water constantly. Larger spray tanks are usually fitted with agitation. Ensure that agitation occurs throughout the application. In a knapsack situation the tank should be taken off and shaken regularly, and the volume should be reduced.

q q

6.43 What is a non-drip nozzle? Where is it positioned on a sprayer?A non-drip nozzle is a valve with a spring which is rated to a certain Kpa that has a rubber diaphragm on the end. When the pressure of the boom drops – as occurs when the boom is switched off – the spring pushes the diaphragm across and seals the nozzle, stopping any further liquid from passing. They are located on the side of the nozzle assembly.

q q

6.44 Name three (3) different types of spray nozzles.Different types of nozzles are: high and low air inclusion flat fan hollow cone low drift flood or fertiliser nozzles boomless nozzles agitation nozzles misting nozzles.

q q

6.45 A chemical label states that it requires 300 litres/hectares of water per application. How can you be sure that you are applying the correct rate of water?(Note: This is not a calculation exercise. The candidate need only explain what to do.)To ensure that the correct amount of water is applied, you can consult the specifications chart for the nozzle being used. You will need to know the pressure and ground speed that will be used during application.

q q

6.46 You begin your chemical control application and, after an hour or so, the wind picks up. What assessments should you make to decide whether or not to continue with the application?Firstly, you must assess whether the wind is so strong that it will become a safety hazard, affecting the uniformity of the spray and causing the drift to become a concern. You must always check weather conditions before beginning any spraying.

q q

6.47 What does the term ‘withholding period’ (WHP) mean?It refers to the time that is required on the label before any produce can be sold after application of a pesticide.

q q





6.48 Why should you always apply chemicals at the recommended label rates?It is a requirement by law to apply chemicals at the label rate. Failure to do so can result in prosecution. The label rate is a recommendation that has been determined from extensive testing of that product in the outlined situation. It is stated so that the potential for damage to the environment, the crop and the user is reduced. Using rates contrary to those stated on the label can increase the potential for resistance.

q q

6.49 Is the following statement true or false? You are getting good control from your fungicide applications so you should continue to use only that chemical. Give reasons for your answer.The greatest risk in using one chemical constantly to control a pest is the development of a resistant strain. This statement is particularly important in fungicide applications as resistance occurs very quickly, mainly due to the large genetic diversity of fungi and mode of action of the chemical. When controlling fungi, it is recommended to rotate the groups of chemicals.

q q

6.50 Define the term ‘re-entry period’ in relation to pesticide applications.The re-entry period defines the amount of time that must lapse from the time of application until people can enter the site without wearing PPE.

q q

6.51 What should an operator do before starting a spraying operation?The first step before beginning a spraying operation is to decide whether the application is necessary. If it is necessary, conduct all the necessary checks, eg weather, spray equipment, safety gear etc.

q q

6.52 What is chemical residue? Where can it accumulate?Chemical residue is the chemical that is left after water has evaporated or the tank has been emptied and which bonds to the lining of the tank and pipes. It remains in the soil for a period of time after the application.

q q

6.53 Detail the process of cleaning your equipment once you have completed a spraying operation.The process for cleaning your equipment occurs as follows. PPE is the last equipment to be taken off and cleaned. Rinse tank and apply the first rinsate over the sprayed area. Rinse and empty the tank twice more (rinsate to flow into

bunded collection area). Allow clean water to flow through the boom or hand gun. Hose down exterior of tank and vehicle. Clean PPE (remove gloves last).

q q





6.54 What does the term ‘rinsate’ refer to? How should it be disposed of?‘Rinsate’ refers to the water that has been used to rinse a container or tank that contained chemical. The initial rinse should be disposed of by spraying back over the area that has been sprayed already. The following two rinses can be emptied into a suitable wash-down facility. Rinsate from chemical containers should be returned to the tank before the spraying operation.

q q

6.55 How often should commercial tank cleaners be used on your spray equipment?The use of commercial tank cleaners will depend on the usage of the spray equipment. For frequent use – every six (6) months – and for infrequent use – every twelve (12) months. This may need to be done after using a particular spray which may have contaminated the tank and affected spray operations from then on.

q q

6.56 How should your spray application clothing be laundered? (Clothing is generally worn underneath spray suits, or if a suit is not worn, outline the style of clothing worn during spraying operations).Clothes should be laundered immediately after each use and washed separately from other normal washing. Clothing that may be worn when a spray suit is not necessary or beneath spray suits includes a long-sleeved shirt, trousers and a washable hat.

q q





6.57 Name the PPE required for chemical spraying.You should decide on what PPE is required after you have read the label. This will tell you exactly what you need to wear to apply that particular product. When applying chemicals, you would require the following PPE: impervious footwear spray suit or cotton overalls elbow length PVC gloves respirator safety glasses washable hat.

q q

6.58 What checks should be carried out on your respirator before you use it? Check straps and rubber of respirator for cracks and frays. Check all rubber valves are operational and in place. Hold the valves with fingers, and place mask over face and

breathe in to make sure a seal is maintained on the face. Check the cartridges by installing, place mask on face and

spray perfume or deodorant in front. If no scent is noticed, the mask is operational. If a scent is noticed, replace the cartridges and try again.

q q

6.59 Is it correct to share chemical spraying PPE? Give reasons for your answer.It is not correct to share PPE with anyone. The sharing of PPE is a potential health hazard as all equipment such as respirator, earmuffs and gloves are worn in close proximity to the operator. This can potentially transfer infections, etc. Secondly, if PPE is personalised, it is generally treated with greater care. This includes cleaning and storage. If you are using equipment that has been cleaned by another person, you are relying on them to clean the gear to a suitable standard.

q q

6.60 What maintenance is required for respirators?The maintenance required on a respirator is replacing valves periodically, replacing cartridges after every 16 hours of exposure to the air, and checking that straps are holding elasticity and are not frayed.

q q

6.61 How should your PPE be stored?PPE should be stored away from the chemical storage area in a cool, dry cupboard away from extremes of heat and cold.

q q

6.62 How can you tell if your respirator cartridges need to be replaced?Check the cartridges by installing them, place mask on face and spray perfume or deodorant in front. If no scent is noticed, the mask is operational. If scent is noticed, replace cartridges and try again.

q q




6.57–6.71 Personal protective equipment (PPE)6.63 Does a tractor’s air-conditioned cab act as a respirator?

The air-conditioned cab can act as a respirator as long as the intake filters are fitted with charcoal filters which are suitable for filtering pesticides. All windows must remain closed throughout the spraying operation.

q q

6.64 When should disposable spray overalls be replaced?Disposable overalls are a single-use item and should be disposed of immediately after use.

q q

6.65 Why is a hat an important part of spraying PPE?Hats are important in a spraying operation as they help to cover the forehead and head – two of the most absorbent areas of the body.

q q

6.66 What should you do if your PPE is damaged or not working? What shouldn’t you do?The operator is the most important part of any spraying operation. If the PPE is faulty, spraying should not proceed. Do not take the ‘she’ll be right attitude’ as your health is at stake.

q q

6.67 What equipment (other than PPE) is required for your personal protection near a chemical storage/mixing area?A storage or mixing area must have suitable shower and eyewash facilities in case of emergencies.

q q

6.68 What should be contained in a chemical spill kit? impervious rubber mat to cover drains absorbent ‘snake’ to contain spills lime or kitty litter (absorbent material to soak up spill) absorbent mats plastic bags to dispose of contaminated material shovels PPE

q q

6.69 What should you do if the label is missing from a chemical container?You should dispose of the chemical by calling ChemClear. Identify the container as ‘unknown’ and inform them that it is to be disposed of.

q q

6.70 A new staff member has been employed. What type of training do they require for chemical application?New staff should be trained to Level III in Prepare and apply chemicals and Transport and store chemicals.

q q

6.71 How do labels and MSDSs serve as protection to you as the operator?Labels and MSDS sheets serve as protection as they provide the operator with all the information required to safely apply that particular chemical. In the event of an accident, there is information that can assist the operator.

q q





6.72 Define IPM (integrated pest management).IPM is used to describe a management strategy that involves using a variety of methods to control a pest. The methods of control are: cultural biological physical chemical.

q q

6.73 What methods of pest control are involved in IPM?The methods of control are: cultural biological physical chemical.

q q

6.74 Give an example of pest control without chemical use.Examples of pest control must come from the biological, physical and cultural methods, eg hand weeding.

q q

6.75 Name any biological pest controls.Biological pest controls are any organism that is used to control another organism. Examples include the calesse virus, dipel, the male sterile fruit fly and the cane toad.

q q

6.76 Detail any IPM measures you have been involved with.The candidate must give details of two (2) or more control strategies they have implemented.

q q

6.77 Where does chemical control sit in relation to IPM techniques?Chemical control should be the last step implemented in an IPM management plan.

q q

6.78 Why is IPM very important in pest control?IPM is important in pest control, as the aim is to reduce the amount of chemical needed to control pests. This benefits the environment, reduces the potential risks associated with chemical use and reduces the likelihood of pest resistance to chemical control.

q q

6.79 What are the benefits of IPM?There is reduced impact on the environment, a reduction in the potential risks associated with chemical use and a reduction in the likelihood of pest resistance to chemical control.

q q

6.80 Give examples of the types of cultural controls that can affect pest management.The main cultural methods that affect pest management are irrigation, plant nutrition and renovation.

q q





6.81 Does enterprise management have an impact on IPM measures?Enterprise management will always have an effect on IPM as it influences the funding necessary to implement the strategies and methods.

q q

6.82 Is IPM a short-term or long-term management system? Give reasons for your answer.IPM is a long-term process. In general it takes five (5) years for a management technique to show benefits. The easy solution is to use chemical control as a quick solution to pest control.

q q

6.83 IPM should be part of all horticultural industries and should be promoted in the domestic market as well. What are the difficulties in making this a reality?The difficulties in promoting this throughout the horticulture industry are lack of education and time necessary for plans to show benefit. For example, if a change is made to the plant nutrition program, it may take several years of adjusting and manipulating to reduce the incidence of disease.

q q

6.84–6.106 Weed information6.84 Name the three (3) weed life cycles.

annual biannual perennial

q q

6.85 Name four (4) winter weeds in your area.Winter weeds are generally annual. Examples include cape weed, winter grass, cat’s ear, sour sob, bindii, clover, thistle and stinging nettle.

q q

6.86 Describe the main ways in which weeds spread.by seed and vegetatively (rhizomes and stolons) q q

6.87 Weeds that grow from a central point are classified as having a rosette growth habit. Name two (2) other weed growth habits which allow weeds to spread.Other growth habits are rhizomatous, stoloniferous and bunch type (tillering).

q q

6.88 Name two (2) non-selective herbicides.Examples of non-selective herbicides include glyphosate (Roundup®), paraquat and diquate (spray seed).

q q

6.89 When would be the most effective time of year for spraying clover?The most effective time of year to treat clover is autumn or the beginning of the winter growth cycle. Once clover is established, it is difficult to control due to the rhizome development.

q q




6.84–6.106 Weed information6.90 Why is it important to understand the life cycle of a weed in

determining control strategies?The life cycle is important to understand as it allows the implementation of strategies to first of all control the weed and secondly to reduce the likelihood of the plant reproducing.

q q

6.91 Is chemical control always the best option? Give examples in your answer.Chemical control is not always the best option. In a turf situation, if a healthy sward can be maintained, then the competition is greater and reduces the potential for weed invasion.

q q

6.92 If you have couch grass growing in nursery stock or in the open ground production area, is it be a good option to rotary hoe the area? Give reasons for your answer.Couch grass has both stolons and rhizomes for recovery. If the ground is disturbed (rotary hoed), with no competition the couch will quickly invade the nursery stock.

q q

6.93 Why is accurate weed identification important in the planning of your weed control options?Accurate weed identification allows the manager to assess the life cycle and growth habit. This helps in the constructing of a suitable management strategy for weed control. Inaccurate identification can be costly, if management techniques fail.

q q

6.94 IWM (integrated weed management) is the use of a variety of control measures. Suggest a variety of weed control measures, including ones that you have used.IWM involves the use of cultural, physical, biological and chemical management techniques. Examples include switching off irrigation at certain times of the year to drought weeds, reducing nitrogen inputs when Poa annua is prevalent, hand weeding localised weed infestations and planting grass buffers such as collars on greens.

q q

6.95 Detail the weed control methods with which you have been involved.Methods must include two or more management techniques for control. The objective and outcome must be clearly stated.

q q

6.96 Why is weed control a long-term process?Weed control is generally a long-term process as weeds are capable of numerous survival techniques such as prolific seed banks, below-ground growth mechanisms and natural genetic diversity. The rule of thumb is one year’s weed equals seven years’ seed.

q q

6.97 How can weeds be introduced into your site during general horticultural practices?Weeds can be introduced generally by poor hygiene, where seeds or plant material are carried in on machinery and/or shoes, or through the selection of poor planting material.

q q




6.84–6.106 Weed information6.98 What does it mean when a herbicide is said to be ‘selective’?

A ‘selective’ herbicide is able to control a particular weed species that is growing within another preferred species. An example would be a bindii growing in couch where a selective herbicide such as dicamba, MCPA or bromoxynil may be used to control the bindii weed without damaging the couch.

q q

6.99 Can you name any selective herbicides?Selective herbicides include broadleaf killers, fusillade (monocot control in dicots), MSMA, endathol, etc.

q q

6.100 What forms of weed control do not require chemicals?The forms of weed control that do not require chemical control are physical, biological and cultural.

q q

6.101 What is a contact herbicide?A contact herbicide kills only the cells with which the spray droplets come into direct contact. The spray is not translocated through the plant.

q q

6.102 Would a contact herbicide be effective on grasses that have rhizomes and stolons? Give reasons for your answer.A contact herbicide is generally not recommended for grasses with rhizome and stolon growth as it kills only the point of contact. The plant is able to recover from the application through the lateral growth.

q q

6.103 How would you define the term ‘weed’?The term ‘weed’ is usually defined as any plant growing where it is not wanted. The reasons for not wanting the plant can be varied – from economic loss in crops to aesthetics.

q q

6.104 What is a resistant weed?A resistant weed is usually a plant that has a genetic variation which enables it to survive a chemical treatment that previously controlled it.

q q

6.105 What are some causes of weed resistance? incorrect rates to label recommendation non-rotation of chemical groups or applying the same

chemical repeatedly applying chemicals too late in the growth cycle (timing) allowing populations to become large before controlling

q q




6.84–6.106 Weed information6.106 How can you reduce weed resistance?

You can reduce weed resistance by: rotating chemical groups controlling the plant early in the life cycle using a combination of post and pre emergent herbicide using an IPM strategy to reduce the chemical use controlling populations before they become too large to


q q

6.107–6.126 Pests and diseases

6.107 What factors encourage the development of diseases?The factors that encourage the development of diseases are known as the ‘disease triangle’. These factors are: susceptible host virulent pathogen favourable environmental conditions.

q q

6.108 Name three (3) plant diseases you have come across during your employment.The common diseases found in turf are dollar spot, brown patch, fusarium, pythium, helmo, take-all patch and anthracnose.

q q

6.109 What cultural controls can affect the development of diseases?Cultural controls include: modifying irrigation practices to reduce the amount of time the

leaf stays moist adjusting nutrition programs to encourage a strong, healthy

plant (high nitrogen makes plants soft and turgid, allowing diseases to penetrate more easily)

removing dew in the mornings renovating regularly to reduce thatch and mat build-up.

q q

6.110 Which microbes cause the majority of plant diseases?The microbes that cause the majority of plant disease are fungi. q q

6.111 Disease signs are the visible part of the pathogen. Describe two (2) disease signs you might see.Typical signs of pathogens are mycelium, slime or rust on the leaf.

q q

6.112 Disease symptoms are the effect that the pathogen has on the plant. What symptoms can you name?Symptoms usually occur as patterns. Examples include smoke rings, fairy rings, dollar spots, brown patches etc.

q q




6.107–6.126 Pests and diseases

6.113 Which parts of plants can diseases attack?Depending on the type of disease, they can attack both the leaves and the roots of plants.

q q

6.114 The disease triangle includes the host, the environment and the pathogen (the disease-causing agent). What is the significance of this triangle in the development of diseases?The disease triangle is important in the control of disease attacks, because if one of the three factors is removed, the pathogen cannot attack. This can be done by reducing the amount of time moisture is left on the surface, adjusting nutrition programs to strengthen the plant and make the cell wall stronger and not as easy to penetrate, or controlling the pathogen with the application of fungicide. Knowing the conditions necessary for the disease to attack allows the manager to predict when weather conditions will be favourable and when to be ready to take necessary action.

q q

6.115 What is the difference between a systemic fungicide and a contact fungicide?A systemic fungicide is translocated through the plant’s vascular system and affects the fungi that are in the plant already or fungi that may attack. A contact fungicide is left on the leaf and controls only the pathogen with which the spray comes into contact.

q q

6.116 Explain whether or not all fungal activity requires chemical treatment.It is not always necessary to control fungi. It depends on the economic ramifications for not controlling the fungi. This will be determined by the plant situation, eg green versus fairway where the green is a more critical playing surface, and the threshold level (the extent to which the outbreak can be tolerated).

q q

6.117 How can you reduce the incidence of fungal attack without using chemicals?To reduce the incidence of fungal attack without chemical control, you need to implement an IPM strategy. This includes physical, cultural and biological methods aimed at reducing one or more aspects of the disease triangle.

q q

6.118 Name three (3) insects which are pests in your workplace.Insects common to the Perth metropolitan area are black beetles, Argentine stem weevils, black-headed cockchafers, billbugs, mole crickets, cutworms, army worms and sod webworms.

q q

6.119 In which two (2) different ways do insects attack plants?The two different ways in which insects attack plants are by either chewing or sucking. This will be determined by the mouthparts of the insect. Chewing insects will have mandibles that have a pinching motion. Sucking insects have a proboscis that is inserted into the plant.

q q




6.107–6.126 Pests and diseases6.120 What fungicides have you applied? What safety precautions did

you take when you were applying them?The candidate must make reference to the label for the precautions taken.

q q

6.121 What insecticides have you applied?Depends on site. Candidate must identify insect that the spray is used to control.

q q

6.122 Is it a good idea to mix fungicide and insecticide in the same tank? Give reasons for your answer.Tank-mixing insecticides and fungicides depends on the type of insect, pathogen and whether the chemicals are contact or systemic. The chemicals must be both systemic and contact, and the insect and pathogen must be present at the same time and attack in a similar manner.

q q

6.123 What are the environmental risks involved in the use of fungicides and insecticides?The environmental risks involved with fungicides and insecticides are the potential to kill beneficial microfauna. The chemicals do not discriminate between particular pathogens or insects, and they can kill a wide range of organisms. They also have the potential to make a soil profile sterile.

q q

6.124 Pests can become resistant to fungicides and insecticides. How can your practices contribute to resistance development?The methods that can reduce resistance are: rotating chemical groups controlling the plant early in the life cycle using a combination of post and pre emergent herbicide using an IPM strategy to reduce the chemical use controlling populations before they become too large to


q q

6.125 What types of life cycles occur in insects?The types of life cycles that occur in insects are: partial metamorphosis complete metamorphosis.

q q

6.126 Why is it very important to understand life cycles in determining control methods?Understanding the life cycles allows the manager to decide the best management strategies. An example is the control of black beetle, where the larvae are the stage at which the beetles cause damage when they feed on the roots of plants. This is also the only time when the beetles are in close enough proximity to the surface to allow control with chemicals. By knowing the life cycle, the manager can apply chemicals in September and early October when the larval stage occurs.

q q




sNever

demonstrate reasonable knowledge and skill relating to:○ OHS and environmental

regulations/requirements, equipment, material and personal safety requirements?

q q q

○ construction and construction methods? q q q

○ different types of drainage systems? q q q

○ the programming of site works in a manner that demonstrates competence?

q q q

○ soil types and their properties? q q q describe the process undertaken when

given a task to perform, for example, logical sequence of events?

q q q

explain the implication of soil chemical properties on plant growth? q q q



q q q

exhibit sound understanding of levels, falls and equipment used to determine such? q q q

demonstrate understanding of perched water tables and their effect on turf surface construction?

q q q

demonstrate understanding of differing soil types, properties of such, uses of different soils and importance of correct selection?

q q q

clearly understand the processes involved in turf surface construction and the order of completion?

q q q





Candidate’s signatureDate of assessment



Record of interview

Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Date








Interview question bank for Skill Set 7 – Plant recognition; planting of trees and shrubs; OHS proceduresDid the candidate satisfactorily answer the following questions? Yes No

7.1–7.25 Recognising plants

7.1 Where do you find a ligule on turf grass?The ligule on a turf plant is at the junction of the leaf sheath and the leaf blade.

q q

7.2 How can you identify the difference between couch grass and rye grass?The easiest way to identify the difference between couch grass and rye grass is the growth habit. Rye grass has a bunch type growth, and couch has stolons and rhizomes. Rye grass also has a characteristic shiny underside to the leaf.

q q

7.3 What is a perennial plant?A plant that continues to grow/live for more than two years. q q

7.4 What is an annual plant?A plant that grows, sets seed and dies in one season. q q

7.5 What is a biennial plant?A plant that takes two years to complete its life cycle. q q

7.6 List three (3) different types of leaf arrangement.compound, pinnate, simple, alternate and whorled q q

7.7 What is a stolon?A stolon is the above-ground growth of a turf grass. It is made up of nodes and internodes. New roots and shoots emerge from the nodes.

q q

7.8 What is a rhizome?A rhizome is the underground growth of a turf grass. As a general rule, the rhizome must come to the surface to produce leaf material. Rhizomes have the same characteristics as stolons except that they are below the surface.

q q

7.9 Name a plant that grows from a bulb.onions, Guildford grass, orchids, gladioli and lilies q q





7.10 Name four (4) turf grasses including their botanical names.Cool-season turf grasses (common and botanical names) include: perennial rye grass (Lolium perenne) creeping bentgrass (Agrostis palustris) tall fescue (Festuca arundinacea) Kentucky Blue grass (Poa pratensis).Warm-season turf grasses (common and botanical names) include: couch (Cynodon dactylon) centipede grass (Eremochloa ophiuroides) kikuyu (Pennisetum clandestinum) buffalo (Stenotaphrum secundatum) Zoysia (Zoysia japonica) Durban (Dactyloctenium australe) seashore paspalum (Paspalum vaginatum) Queensland Blue couch (Digitaria didactyla).

q q

7.11 Define the term ‘inflorescence’.‘Inflorescence’ is the flowering of a plant from a stem. q q

7.12 Name three (3) trees, including their botanical names.There are too many common trees to list here. Assessors should use their own knowledge.

q q

7.13 Explain what you understand by the terms ‘genus’ and ‘species’.‘Genus’ and ‘species’ are the terms used in taxonomy to describe an organism. The genus is used to describe groups of similar organisms and species describes a particular group. The genus is always written with an initial capital letter. The species is written with an initial lower-case letter, eg Cynodon dactylon. Cynodon is the genus and dactylon the species. Both words are normally italicised.

q q

7.14 Why it is important to know the botanical names of plants?It is important to know the botanical names to avoid confusion when defining plants. Common names are often used to describe plants but there can be different names depending on where you are. For example, buffalo in Australia is referred to as Stenotaphrum secundatum whereas buffalo in America is referred to as Buchloe dactyloides, which are two very different plants.

q q

7.15 What features of a plant assist with identification?growth habit, leaf, sheath, collar, ligule, vernation, hairs, seed and flowering parts

q q

7.16 What parts of a plant leaf aid in identification?leaf, sheath, collar, ligule, vernation and hairs q q





7.17 What are tubers?Tubers are various types of modified plant structures that are enlarged to store nutrients.

q q

7.18 How do inflorescences of plants aid identification?Inflorescences help with plant identification by the shape, eg open panicle, the way the seed attaches, eg sessile, and the distance from the flag leaf to the seed.

q q

7.19 Name three (3) plant growth habits.creepers, ground covers, trees and shrubs q q

7.20 Name three (3) shrubs, including their botanical names.There are too many common shrubs to list here. Assessors should use their own knowledge.

q q

7.21 It is a good idea to use a key when identifying plants. Have you used a plant identification key? Can you explain how it works?The candidate is to explain how a key works.

q q

7.22 Where would you find an auricle on a grass plant?The auricle on a grass plant is found at the leaf blade/sheath junction. It is seen as two finger-like extensions which help the leaf to attach to the stem.

q q

7.23 What are some differences between monocotyledons and dicotyledons?

q q

7.24 What parts of the plant are involved in photosynthesis?The leaf is the main part of the plant involved in photosynthesis. q q

7.25 What purpose do the roots of a plant serve?The roots serve as anchorage, food storage, and uptake of nutrients and water.

q q


Monocotyledons (monocots)

Dicotyledons (dicots)

parallel vernation network veins

one leaf seed emergence two seed leaf emergence

fibrous root system tap root

leaf sheath woody stem

scattered vascular bundles vascular bundles outer cambium



7.26–7.44 Planting trees and shrubs

7.26 Give details of any tree or shrub planting you have done.The candidate is to describe any tree planting exercise. q q

7.27 How big should the planting hole be?The planting hole should be twice the size of the root bowl. q q

7.28 If a hole is dug by a mechanical auger, what issues can occur? How can you rectify them?If a mechanical auger is used, it can glaze the side of the hole and restrict plant roots from growing sideways. Once dug, the hole can be abraded with a shovel.

q q

7.29 How do you plant a bare-rooted tree?A bare-rooted tree should be harvested at dormancy and planted as soon as possible after removal. (Do not allow the roots to dry out.) Once planted, ensure that sufficient water is applied to eliminate any air pockets in the soil.

q q

7.30 What tools are required for planting trees and shrubs?shovels, rakes, knives, stakes, planting bags, stake ties, water and fertiliser

q q

7.31 What OHS issues are involved with planting trees and shrubs?sun exposure, manual lifting and handling fertiliser q q

7.32 What function does mulching serve?Mulching serves to reduce evaporation, weed emergence and erosion, and improve soil structure.

q q

7.33 Name four (4) different types of mulching materials.wood chips, pine bark, sphagnum moss, straw and compost q q

7.34 Detail how to stake a small tree.To stake a small tree, the ties should be placed on either side and attached to the tree three-quarters of the way up near a fork in the tree. The ties should hold the tree at right angles to the prevailing wind. Stakes should be removed within one year.

q q

7.35 What do you understand by the term ‘guying’?‘Guying’ is the term used to describe securing a tree with wires. q q

7.36 Why would you stake a new tree?You would stake a new tree if it is prone to falling over. This can be due to growing in a pot or competition causing the plant to grow upright. There are certain species that are susceptible to falling over.

q q

7.37 What are the advantages of mulching?It serves to reduce evaporation, reduce weed emergence, reduce erosion and improve soil structure. q q




7.26–7.44 Planting trees and shrubs

7.38 Detail the post-planting care required when planting trees and shrubs,Plants that have been recently planted require frequent watering –approximately every three days in summer (depending on the soil type).

q q

7.39 How should you plant a tree in heavy soil if the tree does not like wet feet?The plant must be planted on a mound such as a windrow. This will stop water puddling at the base of the plant.

q q

7.40 Why do you plant trees and shrubs below ground level in sand?To plant trees in sand, it is important that water is channelled to the base of the plant. A dish-shaped depression should be left around the base of the plant extending out 30 cm from the base.

q q

7.41 What environmental benefits are created by planting trees and shrubs?The environmental benefits to planting trees are creating an environment for native fauna, absorbing carbon dioxide and reducing localised temperature.

q q

7.42 When is the best time to plant trees and shrubs in Perth? Give reasons for your answer.The best time to plant trees and shrubs in Perth is after the first rains in autumn/winter. This allows the plant to become suited to the conditions before the heat of summer.

q q

7.43 Describe the procedure for removing plants from pots before planting.To remove plants from pots before planting, loosen the pot by squeezing the edges then tap the bottom to remove the plant. Do not pull the plant out by the stem, as this may damage the roots.

q q

7.44 Describe the procedure for removing plants from bags before planting.To remove plants from bags, ensure that the pot is close to the planting hole. Cut the bag with a knife on the side closest to the hole and slide the plant off. Re-measure the hole so that the tree is at the right depth. Lie the plant at a 45 angle and roll it into the hole.

q q



Assessment judgement for Skill Set 7Candidate’s nameDuring the interview, did the candidate: Always Sometimes Never demonstrate reasonable knowledge and

skill relating to:

o OHS and environmental regulations/requirements, equipment, material and personal safety requirements?

q q q

o plants and planting methods? q q qo different types of plants, planting

techniques, mulches and post-care procedures?

q q qo the ability to identify plants in a manner

that demonstrates competence? q q qo plant growth habits and reproduction

methods? q q q describe the process undertaken when

given a task to perform, for example, logical sequence of events?

q q q




q q q

exhibit sound understanding of plant botany? q q q

demonstrate understanding of correct planting techniques including OHS issues? q q q

demonstrate understanding of differing plant life cycles and their importance in plant maintenance?

q q q

clearly understand the processes involved in pre-plant, planting and post-plant care of trees and shrubs?

q q q





Date of assessment






Record of interview

Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Date









Interview question bank for Skill Set 8 – Operating chainsaws and tractors; undertaking machinery maintenanceDid the candidate satisfactorily answer the following questions? Yes No

8.1–8.41 Operating and maintaining chainsaws

8.1 What is a ‘kickback’? What part of the chainsaw is most likely to cause it?‘Kickback’ is when the tip of the saw is jammed and the force of the spinning chain causes the chainsaw bar to rapidly kick back toward the operator. The part of the saw likely to cause the kickback is the top quarter of the tip of the bar.

q q

8.2 Name the safety features on a chainsaw.chain guard, hand guard, chain break, throttle interlock, master control switch, anti-vibration mounts, chain catcher pin, decompression button

q q

8.3 What are the two (2) main handle locations for chainsaws?top handle and rear handle q q

8.4 What is a chain catcher pin? What does it do?The chain catcher pin is located at the base of the saw where the blade inserts to the machine. It is designed to catch the chain if it breaks, stopping the chain from spinning and reducing injury to the hand.

q q

8.5 Detail the maintenance required for a chain bar.1. Check that the bar is straight. 2. Check the hole for oil input. 3. Turn the bar over after every service.4. Clean the groove.5. Flat file the length of the bar. 6. Check the tip sprocket.

q q

8.6 How often should chainsaw maintenance occur?every time the saw is used q q





8.7 What PPE is recommended for chainsaw operation? helmet kickback purpose

ear protection includedfalling branches

Should fit snugly with back strap to stop it from falling off your head when you are leaning forward.

debris guardOften comes with the helmet but does not take the place of safety glasses.

safety glasses Must be shatterproof. earmuffs Rated to chainsaw dB (decibel) operating

range.Check chainsaw for dB rating at operator’s ear and at 7.5 m.

Keep clean – it is possible to buy a hygiene kit. chaps or pants two types – nylon and Kevlar®Nylon provides protection against jamming. If it gets nicked or the stitching splits, throw it away. Kevlar causes the chainsaw to bounce.Chainsaws cut into, grab and wrap around to the calf muscle. steel cap boots gloves preferably with nylon insert

q q

8.8 What is ‘limbing’?removing limbs from trees q q

8.9 What is ‘bucking’?cutting up large logs q q

8.10 Explain how the chain brake operates.Pushing the lever forward engages a metal strap that either pushes up on the inside or grabs the outside of the drive mechanism and stops the chain spinning.

q q

8.11 What is ‘pushback’ in relation to chainsaw use?‘Pushback’ occurs when cutting with the top side of the bar on the underside of a log. The force of the spinning chain causes the saw to ‘push back’.

q q

8.12 What is ‘pull in’ in relation to chainsaw use?‘Pull in’ occurs when using the underside of the bar on the top side of the log. The spinning action of the chain pulls the saw into the log

q q

8.13 Who should not be allowed to use chainsaws?anyone under the influence of drugs or alcohol, those who are vision impaired, children and those not adequately trained

q q





8.14 Should you work alone with a chainsaw? Why?No-one should work alone when using a chainsaw. Accidents happen quickly with chainsaws and have severe consequences. The injury could mean that the operator may not get the help needed.

q q

8.15 How fast should the chainsaw be operating before it enters the timber?It should be operating at full revs.

q q

8.16 Explain the sharpening technique for chainsaws.The following steps are required for sharpening a chainsaw. Secure the bar. Use the round file with the guide plate (ensuring that the

round file is the right size for the chain). Keep the file flat. File at 30 or 35 depending on the chain. Use smooth motions, applying consistent pressure when

pushing the file forward. Flat file the ‘raker’ or ‘depth gauge’ using a suitable guide

tool. Work through the chain until all points are sharpened. Turn the saw around and repeat the process.

q q

8.17 What are the OHS risks with using chainsaws?fatigue, trip hazards, environmental exposure, manual handling, chainsaw-related physical injury

q q

8.18 What are the environmental implications when using chainsaws?Environmental implications include the removal of vegetation that can remove CO2 from the atmosphere; using fuels and oils; noise pollution; habitat destruction.

q q

8.19 Are chainsaws recommended for use with any other materials?No. Chainsaws are specifically designed for cutting timber only. q q

8.20 What is the function of the depth gauges (sometimes referred to as ‘rakers’)?Depth gauges determine the depth at which the cutting point enters the timber.

q q

8.21 What is the function of the chain bar oil?Chain bar oil keeps the chain lubricated and reduces the transfer of heat from the friction point of contact to the saw.

q q

8.22 How does the chain bar oil lubricate the bar and chain?The oil-o-matic system is designed to gravity feed oil when the saw is spinning. Oil moves from the reservoir through the small inlet in the bar and onto the underside of the chain. The rotation of the chain then lubricates the entire bar.

q q





8.23 Explain the two (2) safe starting methods recommended by chainsaw manufacturers. leg lock method ground start

q q

8.24 Why is it not recommended to use old motor oil for chain bar lubrication?The oil is not viscous enough and will not feed onto the bar properly.

q q

8.25 What are the dangers of ‘drop starting’?Having one hand only on the saw means that there is potential for the saw to flick up into the body of the operator.

q q

8.26 Explain your experience in using chainsaws.The candidate to describe use. q q

8.27 What are two (2) types of chain drive sprockets used in chainsaws? spurr (small saw) floating rim (large saw)

q q

8.28 Explain how you would refuel a chainsaw safely.Allow machine to cool, lay on side and use correct size funnel to ensure there is no spill.

q q

8.29 Why is it not advisable to allow the chain to hit the ground when operating?The chain will be blunted by striking material that is not wood.

q q

8.30 What tools are required for chainsaw maintenance?screwdriver, flat file, round file, gauges, gloves, fuel, oil q q

8.31 Explain what is meant by the terms ‘compression’ and ‘tension’ in relation to chainsaw operations.Compression is the point in the timber where the cut will collapse to and tension is the point in the timber where the cut will release to.

q q

8.32 How can you reduce the risk of your chainsaw jamming in a log during cutting?Cut the compression side first and then release the tension side. Use a wedge if necessary.

q q

8.33 How can you tell if your chainsaw needs sharpening?Sharpening is necessary when the saw is not cutting with minimal operator force. Extra force means a blunt chain.

q q

8.34 What body position should you take when cutting a log on the ground?Body to the left side of the machine. Keep your head away from the line of cut.

q q





8.35 Why is a firm footing always important when using chainsaws?Firm footing is essential to make sure operator is in control of the chainsaw at all times. Loose footing can cause injury.

q q

8.36 Explain the function of a throttle interlock.A throttle interlock is a safety mechanism that ensures that the whole hand wraps around the rear of the chainsaw before the throttle can be squeezed.

q q

8.37 When should the chain brake be engaged during chainsaw operations?at all times when the chainsaw is not cutting

q q

8.38 How is the chain brake engaged?by pushing the front hand guard forward q q

8.39 What is a file guide? What is it used for?The file guide shows the angle at which the cutting tooth needs to be filed.

q q

8.40 Where is the most likely area of your body to be injured when using chainsaws?back of the hand, head, legs

q q

8.41 Chainsaws are two-stroke machines. What bearing does this fact have on the fuel used?Two-stroke machines require a mix of oil and fuel depending on the manufacturer’s specifications.

q q

8.42–8.60 Operating tractors

8.42 Explain your experience operating tractors.The candidate is to detail tractor use. q q

8.43 What are the OHS risks involved in operating tractors?manual handling, bystander safety, noise emissions, mounting and dismounting tractor, ROPS, correct use to limit driver error

q q

8.44 Detail the start-up procedure for a tractor you have operated.The candidate is to detail start-up procedure for a tractor. q q



8.45 Why should you not operate tractors at high speeds?Tractors do not have suspension. The weight of the tractor limits the braking ability and the high centre of gravity increases the potential for a ‘rollover’.

q q





8.46 Where on a tractor would you generally find the remote hydraulics? What are they used for?Remote hydraulics are found at the rear of the tractor and are used to assist in attaching three-point linkage equipment.

q q

8.47 When connecting PTO implements, what safety precautions must be taken?Ensure that the tractor is always turned off before touching PTO shaft.

q q

8.48 Explain the function of the turning brakes. When might you be required to use them?Turning brakes are used on slopes to allow the tractor to maintain a straight line.

q q

8.49 What do you understand by the term ‘rollover protection structure’ or ROPS?ROPS is designed to reduce driver injury in the event of a rollover. Seatbelts are essential for ROPS to work.

q q

8.50 Can a tractor legally operate without a ROPS?no q q

8.51 How many people are allowed on a tractor at any one time?one q q

8.52 Explain the method of attaching three-point linkage implements to a tractor.Reverse the tractor and attach one side. Pivot the other side then attach the centre point.

q q

8.53 What is the draft control on a tractor?Draft control allows the three-point linkage to remain at the same height when travelling over contours.

q q

8.54 What PPE should be worn when operating a tractor?gloves, eyewear and safety boots q q

8.55 What precautions should be taken when operating a tractor on or near slopes?Drive directly up and down the slope. Do not turn on the slope. Test before driving across the slope.

q q

8.56 What is a differential lock? When would it be used?The differential lock allows direct drive to both wheels. It should only be used in sandy or slippery conditions.

q q

8.57 When towing or dragging items, where should the hitch be on the tractor and why?The hitch should be out of the path of the tow bar radius when turning.

q q

8.58 When operating near overhead power lines, what precautions q q





must be taken?Ensure adequate clearance. If not, leave a buffer between powerlines and working area.

8.59 If a seatbelt is fitted to the tractor, what is your legal responsibility?to wear the seatbelt q q

8.60 Tractors are generally mounted from the left side. Why is this the case?because the control levers are usually placed on the right entry side

q q

8.61–8.64 Undertaking operational maintenance on machinery

8.61 Explain some operational maintenance tasks you have completed.checking oil, water, fuel, air filters etc q q

8.62 What do you understand by the term ‘operational maintenance’?Operational maintenance is what is required to keep a machine running.

q q

8.63 What are the environmental implications of operational maintenance on machinery?using fuels and oils, using cleaners such as degreasers

q q

8.64 What are the OHS implications of undertaking operational maintenance on machinery?eye safety, loud noise, dust inhalation

q q

8.65–8.75 Following OHS procedures

8.65 What are the risks involved in chainsaw operation?saw injury, fatigue, environmental exposure, bystander safety, incorrect operation

q q

8.66 What are the risks involved in tractor operation?rollover, incorrect operation, fatigue, environmental exposure, bystander safety

q q

8.67 What are the risks involved in undertaking operational maintenance on machinery?exposure to chemical, noise, eye safety, dust, manual handling injury

q q



8.68 What type of PPE is required to operate the previously mentioned q q





machinery? helmet debris guard safety glasses earmuffs chaps or pants steel cap boots gloves

8.69 What maintenance is required for personal protective equipment?clean PPE; replace broken PPE

8.70 Why is hearing protection important?The cilia (hairs) in the ear are not repairable if injured and hearing loss will result.

8.71 What standards do eye protections need to meet to be approved as safety glasses?AS (Australian Standard®)

8.72 How do you correctly fit ear plugs?Twist into long thin plug, insert and allow to expand.

8.73 If a steel cap safety boot has an exposed metal toe, is it safe to continue to wear the boots and why?No. The exposed steel cap can conduct electricity and can get caught on machinery.

8.74 How does chainsaw leg protection reduce risk of injury?When the chainsaw strikes the leg, it either deflects or tangles the cutters and reduces the impact to the flesh.

8.75 Why should machinery refuelling take place in a well-ventilated area?Fumes are a hazard and can catch fire. Allowing fumes to escape reduces the potential for fire and reduces the inhalation of dangerous fumes by the operator.




sNever

demonstrate reasonable knowledge and skill relating to:○ OHS and environmental

regulations/requirements, equipment, material and personal safety requirements?

q q q

○ chainsaw operation and maintenance? q q q

○ the maintenance of different types of operational machinery? q q q

○ the operation of tractors in a manner that demonstrates competence? q q q


q q q



q q q


q q q

exhibit sound understanding of plant botany? q q q

demonstrate understanding of correct planting techniques including OHS issues?

q q q

demonstrate understanding of differing plant life cycles and their importance in plant maintenance?

q q q

clearly understand the processes involved in pre-plant, planting and post-plant care of trees and shrubs?

q q q





Candidate’s signatureDate of assessment



Record of interview

Candidate’s name

Assessor’s name

Date







Interview question bank for Skill Set 9 – Maintaining properties and structures; providing basic first aidDid the candidate satisfactorily answer the following questions? Yes No

9.1–9.10 Maintaining properties and structures

9.1 Explain the different property and structure maintenance you have performed.Property is structure such as a building. Structure maintenance is chairs, gazebos etc.

q q

9.2 Explain the process for painting a surface.Ensure the surface is thoroughly scrubbed with strong cleaners. Allow to dry. Apply primer and then apply finishing coats.

q q

9.3 What tools would you require to repair a paved area?rubber mallet, spirit level, pegs, compactor, sand, water, screeding board

q q

9.4 How would you repair a gravel path that had become riddled with potholes?Fill with new gravel, level and compact.

q q

9.5 What OHS issues are involved with property and structure maintenance?manual handling, noise, dust, repetitive use injury

q q

9.6 What environmental issues are involved in property and structure maintenance?disposal of waste product, noise pollution, habitat destruction, compaction to soil

q q

9.7 What PPE is recommended when performing maintenance operations?safety glasses, earmuffs, steel cap boots, dust mask, gloves

q q

9.8 Explain what tasks you have performed relating to the protection of sites, planted areas, traffic management or wear distribution.The candidate is to list some tasks and the process followed.

q q

9.9 Explain why you believe that regular property and structure maintenance benefits a workplace. It improves aesthetics, gives a high level of professionalism, ensures high standard across all areas of turf maintenance, and reduces the cost of replacement.

q q

9.10 Explain what tools would be required to clean up graffiti on a brick wall.strong cleaning agent, scrubbing brush, water and gloves

q q




9.11–9.18 Providing basic first aid

9.11 What minor injuries have you had to treat?The candidate is to detail injuries such as cuts, sprains, bruises etc.

q q

9.12 Where and when did you complete your basic first aid training?The candidate is to define training. q q

9.13 What is the first thing you would do if you encountered someone with a lacerated finger (not requiring stitches)? Constrict the flow of blood by asking the person to apply pressure.

q q

9.14 What would you do if there appeared to be a broken bone in an accident?Attempt to support the arm with a splint or attach or sling appendage to the body to limit movement.

q q

9.15 List the items required in a basic first aid box at a workplace.The candidate is to list items. q q

9.16 How often should the contents of a first aid box be checked and replenished?every three to four months depending on staff numbers, nature of work and frequency of use

q q

9.17 Explain the process for treating a minor cut on the foot.Apply pressure, elevate the foot, allow to clot and cover with appropriate dressing.

q q

9.18 What would you do if a fellow employee accidentally splashed a chemical into their eyes?Wash the eye with clean, running water for at least 15 minutes.

q q




sNever


○ basic first aid training? q q q○ first aid stations, supplies,

locations and officers? q q q○ the different types of tools and

equipment used in property and structure maintenance?

q q q○ the conducting of basic

maintenance tasks in a competent manner?

q q q


q q q

explain the methods of work tasks? q q q select and identify the correct

tools/equipment and materials for the tasks?

q q q


q q q

exhibit sound understanding of basic structure repairs? q q q

demonstrate understanding of correct first aid techniques? q q q

demonstrate understanding of a number of property and structure maintenance procedures, for example painting?

q q q

clearly understand the processes involved in the treatment of minor injuries that may occur in the workplace?

q q q





Date of assessment

Mapping documents for Skill Sets 1–9



Mapping document for Skill Set 1Where the mapping indicates that components of a unit are not covered by this assessment tool, the assessor must assess these components using supplementary evidence and/or another assessment tool.



Skill Set 1 – Chemical applications to control weeds, pests, diseases and other plant disordersUnits of competencyRTC2706A Apply chemicals under supervisionRTC3704A Prepare and apply chemicalsRTC3705A Transport, handle and store chemicals

Units of competencyRTC3401A Control weedsRTC3404A Control plant pests, diseases and disorders

Element Performance Criteria Question Practical Tasks SupplementaryEvidence

RTC2706A Apply chemicals under supervision

Element 1 – Follow instructions to check and maintain application and personal protective equipment

1.1 Pre and post operational checks and maintenance on application equipment are carried out according to manufacturer’s specifications and enterprise procedures.

Q1.26 Skill Set (SS) 1, Activity (A) 2

1.2 Application and personal protective equipment are prepared and adjusted for use appropriate to the situation and in accordance with Occupational Health and Safety requirements.

Q1.4 SS1, A2

1.3 Instructions are followed to identify and maintain damaged, non-functioning or worn equipment.

Q1.27 SS1, A2

1.4 Occupational Health and Safety hazards are identified and reported to the supervisor.

Q1.27 SS1, A2

Element 2 – Use application and personal protective equipment

2.1 Chemical label is interpreted. Q1.2 SS1, A2

2.2 Application and personal protective equipment appropriate to the task are recognised and used, maintained and stored according to enterprise procedure and Occupational Health and Safety requirements.

Q1.5 SS1, A2

2.3 Measurement and decanting of substances comply with directions.

Q1.39 SS1, A2

2.4 Safe working practices relevant to the situation are followed.

Q1.19 SS1, A2

2.5 Procedures in the event of a chemical spill are identified and followed.

Q1.15 SS1, A5

Element 3 – Apply chemicals 3.1 Hazards are identified and associated risks recognised. Q1.53 SS1, A2







3.2 Requirements for application equipment to accurately and effectively apply the required dose of the chemical to the target are followed.

Q1.26 SS1, A2

3.3 Safe working practices relevant to the situation are followed.

Q1.47 SS1, A2

Element 4 – Follow instructions to empty and clean equipment and containers according to directions

4.1 Instructions for clean-up are identified. Q1.54 SS1, A2

4.2 Equipment and clean up methods using appropriate tools are followed.

Q1.54 SS1, A2

4.3 Instructions for disposal of containers and unused chemicals or biological agents are identified.

Q1.21 SS1, A2

Element 5 – Complete chemical records

5.1 Chemical inventory is recorded as instructed and as required by regulations.

Q1.8 SS1, A2

5.2 Chemical application details are reported as instructed and as required by regulations.

Q1.49 SS1, A2

Element 6 – Transport, handle and store chemicals according to instructions and legislative requirements

6.1 Transport, handling and storage requirements for chemicals used are recognised and followed.

Q1.24 SS1, A2

6.2 Requirements for storage of chemicals at the workplace are recognised and followed.

Q1.18 SS1, A2

Required knowledge Knowledge and understanding are essential to apply this standard in the workplace, to transfer the skills to other contexts and to deal with unplanned events. The knowledge requirements for this competency standard are listed below:

environmental effects of selected chemicals and how to Q1.1 SS1, A2






RTC2706A Apply chemicals under supervisionminimise damaging effects of chemicals

different broad chemical types, eg insecticides, herbicides and fungicides and their mode of action symbols on the label

Q1.1 SS1, A2

principles of integrated pest management (IPM) Q1.73

paths of entry of poisons into the body and methods of limiting exposure

Q1.7

methods of minimising risk during application Q1.14 SS1, A2

personal protective equipment and how, when and why it should be used and stored

Q1.4 SS1, A2

maintenance of personal protective equipment Q1.5 SS1, A2

Required knowledge (continued)

relevant state or territory legislation, regulations and codes of practice with regard to hazardous substances or the use of chemicals

Q1.17

OHS concerning personal safety and safety of others in the workplace

use of chemicals as one tool of pest management Q1.75

possible effects on health of bystanders/public in addition to applicators

Q1.19

weather conditions and means of assessing them in line with risks, and recognising when they become unsuitable for application to continue

Q1.31

correct wearing/fit of personal protective equipment. Q1.59 SS1, A2







Required skills To achieve the performance criteria, appropriate literacy and numeracy levels as well as some complementary skills are required. These include the ability to:

accurately interpret labels, record relevant information and measure application amounts

Q1.0 SS1, A2

work using a variety of chemical application tools and pieces of equipment that are suitable for the particular application task using safe and environmentally responsible work practices

Q1.22 SS1, A2

respond to emergencies and apply first aid in the event of pesticide poisoning.

Q1.12

Skill Set 1 – Chemical application to control weeds, pests, diseases and other plant disordersUnits of competencyRTC2706A Apply chemicals under supervisionRTC3704A Prepare and apply chemicalsRTC3705A Transport, handle and store chemicals




Element 1 – Determine the need for chemical use

1.1 Nature and level of the pest, weed infestation or disease as identified.








1.2 Need for action is assessed.

1.3 Assess the requirement for chemical use as an option within an integrated pest management strategy.

Q1.77 SS1, A2

1.4 Hazard and risk analysis of different chemical options is undertaken.

Q1.14 SS1, A2

1.5 Requirement for chemical application including coverage by appropriate insurance is identified and confirmed.

Q1.17 SS1, A2

Element 2 – Prepare appropriate chemical

2.1 Chemical label and material safety data sheets (MSDSs) are read and understood.

Q1.1 SS1, A2

2.2 Labels are checked to ensure chemicals meet user requirements and specifications.

Q1.2 SS1, A2

2.3 Chemicals are prepared from those registered for the intended purpose, and to suit the organisation's chemical use strategy.

2.4 Legislation and regulations concerning chemical use are identified and followed.

Q1.17 SS1, A2

2.5 Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) hazards and risks and risk control requirements associated with use of the chemicals are identified.

Element 3 – Prepare to use chemicals according to the label and MSDS

3.1 Personal protective equipment is selected and checked for use according to the product label and material safety data sheets.

Q1.58 SS1, A2







3.2 Requirements for pre and post-operative checks on equipment are followed.

Q1.27 SS1, A2

3.3 Damage, wear or malfunctions of any equipment is identified and reported or repaired.

3.4 Requirements for the selection, preparation and adjustment of application equipment and tools for the appropriate chemicals are followed.

Q1.27 SS1, A2

3.5 Mixing rates are defined and calculated. Q1.39 SS1, A2

3.6 Directions, standards and legislative requirements for mixing chemicals are followed.

Q1.17 SS1, A2

Element 4 – Apply chemicals 4.1 Meteorological conditions and forecasts are assessed prior to and during application.

Q1.47 SS1, A2

4.2 Hazards of particular chemicals are identified. Q1.1 SS1, A2

4.3 Risks to others and the environment are assessed and controlled.

Q1.1 SS1, A2

4.4 Application equipment calibration procedures are followed.

Q1.26 SS1, A2

4.5 Procedures and precautions for the use of the chemicals are interpreted from labels and accreditation requirements.

Q1.9 SS1, A2

4.6 Requirements for chemical handling and application are determined from directions, standards and legislative

Q1.17 SS1, A2







requirements.

4.7 Chemicals are applied safely and effectively according to directions.

Q1.41 SS1, A2

4.8 Chemical spills or accident procedures are followed. Q1.15 SS1, A5

4.9 First aid equipment is made available on site. SS1, A2

Element 5 – Clean up following chemical application

5.1 Tools or equipment required to clean up chemicals are selected.

Q1.69 SS1, A2

5.2 Requirements for cleaning equipment and sites are defined and followed according to directions and standards.

Q1.54 SS1, A2

5.3 Requirements for disposing of unused chemicals, empty containers or spilled material are defined from directions and standards.

Q1.21 SS1, A2

5.4 Procedures for reporting chemical spills are followed. Q1.15 SS1, A2

Element 6 – Record application details

6.1 Application of chemicals is recorded according to organisational procedures.

Q1.8 SS1, A2

6.2 Details of the specific chemical concerned are recorded correctly in the chemical inventory according to regulations.

Q1.8 SS1, A2

6.3 Inventory of personal protective equipment and application equipment is recorded.

Q1.62 SS1, A2







6.4 Procedures and requirements for reporting application details to senior management or client are followed.

6.5 Records of injury or poisoning associated with application of chemical are made and provided to the appropriate person.


chemical free options for pest control Q1.75 SS1, A2

use, maintenance and storage of equipment to prepare and apply chemicals

Q1.54 SS1, A2

OHS issues, legislative requirements and codes of practice relevant to chemical use and hazardous substances

use, maintenance and storage of personal protective equipment, including how, when and why it should be used

Q1.57 SS1, A2

licensing requirements and relevant state authorities Q1.17 SS1, A2


modes of chemical absorption and paths of entry associated with risks to bystanders/public and applicators

Q1.19 SS1, A2

environmental effects of chemicals Q1.22 SS1, A2

drift management Q1.33 SS1, A2

calibration and adjustment Q1.26 SS1, A2






RTC3704A Prepare and apply chemicals integrated pest management (IPM) and integrated

resistance management principlesQ1.73 SS1, A2

cost-effective use of chemicals

hazard identification, assessment and control, and emergency response

correct wearing/fit of personal protective equipment. Q1.59 SS1, A2


communicate orally and in writing Q1.9 SS1, A2

read and interpret labels Q1.9 SS1, A2

measure quantities, application rates and calibrate equipment

Q1.26 SS1, A2

report on and record activities Q1.8 SS1, A2

use safe and environmentally responsible work practices. Q1.22 SS1, A2







Element 1 – Transport and handle chemicals and biological agents

1.1 Transport methods according to label and material safety data sheets (MSDSs) are identified and confirmed to safely transport the chemical.

Q1.1

1.2 Risks involved in transport and handling are identified and minimised.

Q1.24

1.3 Personal protective equipment (PPE) is used to transport and handle chemicals where required.

Q1.4

1.4 Requirements for safe working procedures and legislation are recognised and followed during transport.

Q1.24

1.5 Procedures and risk control measures are in place and followed in the event of a spill or accident.


1.6 Reports of injury or poisoning associated with transport of chemicals are made to the manager.

Element 2 – Store chemicals in the workplace

2.1 Storage method selected is appropriate for the chemical concerned.

Q1.18

2.2 OHS hazards in the storage area are identified and risks controlled.

Q1.18

2.3 Storage method selected is appropriate to prevent contact with people or animals, and contamination of produce or the environment.

Q1.18

2.4 Requirements to maintain storage area in accordance with directions and standards related to chemicals are defined.

Q1.18







2.5 Safe working procedures for the storage of chemicals are defined.

Q1.18

Element 3 – Record storage details

3.1 Chemical store inventory is maintained. Q1.18

3.2 Requirements to maintain storage area in accordance with Occupational Health and Safety and enterprise requirements.

Q1.18

3.3 Records of injury or poisoning associated with transport and storage of chemicals are made and provided to the manager.


Australian Standards® Association (ASA) levels and standards

risks to the environment Q1.22

different methods of transport Q1.1

OHS risk management principles as they apply to hazardous substances


hazards and risks involved in the transport of the specific chemical concerned and related control measures

Q1.24

relevant OHS legislative requirements and codes of Q1.17






RTC3705A Transport, handle and store chemicalspractice with regard to hazardous substances and the use of chemicals

correct wearing/fit of personal protective equipment. Q1.59


Q1.

accurately read and interpret instructions for transporting and handling chemicals

Q1.1

accurately read and interpret instructions for action to be taken to control and minimise the effects of a spillage of chemicals

Q1.15 SS1, A5

communicate with others regarding transport and storage processes.

Q1.24






RTC3401A Control weedsElement 1 – Assess weed infestation

1.1 Scope and size of the infestation is assessed. Skill Set (SS) 2, Activity (A) 3

1.2 Weeds and beneficial organisms are identified and reported or recorded in field notes.

Q2.91 SS2, A3

1.3 Levels of weed infestations tolerated by the client, market or environment are identified from the integrated pest management (IPM) strategy.

Q2.70 SS2, A3

1.4 Infestation levels, about which plant health or growth objectives are compromised, are identified.

Q2.88 SS2, A3

1.5 Professional advice is obtained as required according to enterprise guidelines.

SS2, A3

Element 2 – Plan the implementation of control measures

2.1 Control measures suitable for the infestation are selected from integrated pest management strategy.

Q2.93 SS2, A3

2.2 Tools, equipment and machinery are selected from integrated pest management strategy.

Q2.26 SS2, A2

2.3 OHS hazards are identified, risks assessed, controls implemented and reported to the supervisor.

Q2.30

2.4 Suitable safety equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) are selected, used, maintained and stored.

Q2.55

2.5 Control measures selected need to be in full consideration of environmental implications.

Q2.89

Element 3 – Implement 3.1 Enterprise work team, contractors and integrated pest Q2.79 SS2, A3







control measures management product suppliers are coordinated in a sequential, timely and effective manner in consultation with the supervisor.

3.2 Control measures are implemented according to the integrated pest management standards or industry code of practice.

Q2.74 SS2, A3

3.3 Implementation of integrated pest management activities is undertaken according to OHS requirements.

Q2.74 SS2, A3

3.4 A clean and safe work area is maintained throughout and on completion of each work activity.

Q2.49

3.5 Records are maintained as required by legislation and enterprise guidelines.

Q2.8

Element 4 –Monitor control methods

4.1 Control methods are monitored to identify side effects to other plants, animals or external environment.

Q2.33 SS2, A4

4.2 Effectiveness of control methods are assessed in reference to specified industry and enterprise standards.

Q2.102 SS2, A4

4.3 Adjustments to integrated pest management control methods are implemented where necessary to meet enterprise specifications.

Q2.79 SS2, A3








weed recognition Q2.83 SS2, A3

economic, aesthetic or environmental thresholds for a range of weeds

Q2.82 SS2, A3

chemical, biological and cultural control methods of and treatments available to the enterprise within the parameters of an IPM program

Q2.70 SS2, A3

range and use of tools, equipment and machinery available to the enterprise for implementing control measures

Q2.26 SS2, A2

range of site monitoring and analysis techniques that may be used to implement an IPM program

Q2.26 SS2, A3

association of IPM methods with site limitations, environmental implications, end market and horticultural objectives for the site

Q2.71 SS2, A2

OHS issues and legislative requirements associated with hazardous substances, regulations and codes of practice

Q2.71

OHS responsibilities of employers and employees


Required skills To achieve the performance criteria, appropriate literacy and







numeracy levels as well as some complementary skills are required. These include the ability to:

recognise a range of weeds and beneficial organisms within a particular enterprise

Q2.83 SS2, A3

communicate with work team members, supervisors, contractors and consultants

utilise proforma reporting, analysis and work procedure documents

understand IPM symbols and information Q2.70 SS2, A3

interpret and apply IPM spatial and logistical specifications Q2.77 SS2, A3

correct fitting, cleaning and storage of personal protective equipment

Q2.56

interpret and apply test results and calculate the quantities and application rates of control materials

Q2.46 SS2, A1, 4

coordinate work group, contractors and own activities to sequentially and effectively complete IPM activities in a timely and cost-effective manner







Element 1 – Assess pests and disease infestation

1.1 Scope and size of the infestation is assessed. Skill Set (SS) 2, Activity (A) 3

1.2 Plant pests, diseases and disorders and beneficial organisms are identified and reported or recorded in field notes.

Q2.106

1.3 Levels of pest infestations tolerated by the client, market or environment are identified from the integrated pest management (IPM) strategy.

Q2.112

1.4 Infestation levels, above which plant health or growth objectives are compromised, are identified.

Q2.76

1.5 Professional advice is obtained as required according to enterprise guidelines.

Element 2 – Plan the implementation of control measures

2.1 Control measures suitable for the infestation are selected from integrated pest management strategy.

Q2.71 SS2, A3

2.2 Tools, equipment and machinery are selected for each work activity according to enterprise work procedures.

SS2, A2


Q2.49

2.4 Suitable safety equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) are selected, used, maintained and stored.

Q2.55







2.5 Control measures selected need to be in full consideration of OHS and environmental implications.

Q2.89

Element 3 – Implement control measures

3.1 Enterprise work team, contractors and integrated pest management product suppliers are coordinated in a sequential, timely and effective manner in consultation with the supervisor.

Q2.79

3.2 Control measures are implemented according to the integrated pest management standards or industry code of practice.

Q2.74SS2, A3

3.3 Implementation of integrated pest management activities is undertaken according to OHS requirements.

Q2.74 SS2, A3

3.4 A clean and safe work area is maintained throughout and on completion of each work activity.

Q2.49

3.5 Records are maintained as required by legislation and enterprise guidelines.

Q2.8

Element 4 – Monitor control methods

4.1 Control methods are monitored to identify side effects to other plants, animals or external environment.

Q2.33 SS2, A4

4.2 Effectiveness of control methods are assessed in reference to specified industry and enterprise standards.

SS2, A4

4.3 Adjustments to integrated pest management control methods are implemented where necessary to meet enterprise specifications.

Q2.79 SS2, A3

Required knowledge Knowledge and understanding are essential to apply this







standard in the workplace, to transfer the skills to other contexts and to deal with unplanned events. The knowledge requirements for this competency standard are listed below:

pest and disease recognition Q2.107, 2.116 SS2, A3

economic, aesthetic or environmental thresholds for a range of plant pests, diseases and disorders

Q2.112

chemical, biological and cultural control methods of and treatments available to the enterprise within the parameters of an IPM program

Q2.70

range and use of tools, equipment and machinery available to the enterprise for implementing control measures

Q2.26 SS2, A2


range of site monitoring and analysis techniques that may be used to implement an IPM program

Q2.71

OHS responsibilities of employers and employees

OHS procedures

OHS legislative requirements including hazardous substances regulations and codes of practice








RTC3404A Control plant pests, diseases and disorders recognise a range of weeds and beneficial organisms

within a particular enterpriseQ2.106 SS2, A3


interpret and apply the IPM program Q2.77


understand IPM symbols and information Q2.70

interpret and apply IPM spatial and logistical specifications Q2.77

Required skills (continued) interpret and apply test results and calculate the quantities and application rates of control materials

Q2.46 SS2, A3, 4

coordinate work group, contractors and own activities to sequentially and effectively complete IPM activities in a timely and cost-effective manner.




Skill Set 2 – Nutrient applications; monitoring of plant health; monitoring of site environment and impactsUnits of competencyRTF3012A Implement a plant nutrition programRTF3023A Monitor turf health

Units of competencyRTC2702A Observe environmental work practicesRTE3714A Maintain and monitor environmental work practices


RTF3012A Implement a plant nutrition program

Element 1 – Prepare for implementation of the plant nutrition program

1.1 Goals and target site for implementation of the plant nutrition program including soils, plant species and varieties are identified according to enterprise work procedures.

Q2.81 Skill Set (SS) 2, Activities (A) 2, 3

1.2 Materials for soil and plant treatments available to the enterprise are identified and the storage site or supplier details located.

Q2.13 SS2, A2, 3

1.3 Services are located using site plans and in consultation with the supervisor.


1.5 Suitable personal protective equipment (PPE) is selected, used and maintained.

Q2.31 SS2, A2, 3

Element 2 – Monitor soil pH 2.1 Soil pH in the implementation site is monitored in relation to plant nutrition and according to enterprise work procedures.

Q2.47 SS2, A2, 3

2.2 Products useful in changing soil pH are identified, compared, selected and sourced according to enterprise work procedures.

Q2.53 SS2, A2, 3

2.3 Product application methods are assessed according to Q2.53 SS2, A2, 3







product type, soils, enterprise work procedures, and in due consideration of the environmental implications.

Element 3 – Determine nutritional problems in plants

3.1 Common nutrient deficiency and toxicity problems in plants are identified using visual inspection.

Q2.6 SS2, A2, 3

3.2 The supervisor and/or nutritional specialist are consulted, as required, to determine causes of nutritional or toxicity problems.

3.3 Soil ameliorants to improve soil fertility are identified, compared, selected and sourced according to enterprise work procedures.

Q2.15 SS2, A2, 3

Element 4 – Prepare to use fertiliser

4.1 The fertiliser to be used is selected according to fertiliser type, soils, enterprise work procedures, and in due consideration of the environmental implications.

Q2.13 SS2, A2, 3

4.2 Fertiliser application methods are assessed according to fertiliser type, soils, enterprise work procedures, and in due consideration of the environmental implications.

Q2.19 SS2, A2, 3

4.3 Fertilisers are applied according to the plant growing cycle and the enterprise fertiliser calendar.

Q2.66 SS2, A2, 3

4.4 Fertilisers are handled and stored safely in a manner that minimises detrimental environmental impact, and according to enterprise work procedures.

Q2.91 SS2, A2, 3







Element 5 – Prepare application equipment

5.1 Tools, equipment and machinery are selected according to enterprise work procedures.

5.2 Pre-operational and safety checks are carried out on tools, equipment and machinery according to manufacturers specifications and enterprise work procedures.

5.3 Tools, equipment and machinery are calibrated and adjusted according to manufacturers’ guidelines and enterprise work procedures.

Q2.26 SS2, A2, 3

Element 6 – Apply specific products at appropriate rates

6.1 Specific products are selected based on their analysis to meet plant needs according to enterprise work procedures.

Q2.73 SS2, A2, 3

6.2 Product application rates are calculated to optimise plant benefit and minimise environmental impact according to manufacturers’ specifications and enterprise work procedures.

Q2.105 SS2, A2, 3

6.3 Specific products are applied at the correct rate, timing and method according to the product type and analysis, manufacturers specifications, enterprise work procedures, and in due consideration of the environmental implications.

Q2.74 SS2, A2, 3

6.4 Product applications are recorded according to enterprise work procedures.

Q2.103 SS2, A2, 3







6.5 Target plant response to the plant nutrition program, as well as any non-target effects such as environmental impact or pest responses are monitored, documented and reported to the supervisor according to enterprise work procedures.

Q2.104 SS2, A2, 3


the relationship between soil characteristics and the availability of nutrients, including macro and micro elements, to plants

Q2.5 SS2, A2, 3

nutrient cycling and its practical relevance to the specific plants and soils used in the enterprise

Q2.17 SS2, A2, 3

methods of nutrient uptake by plants Q2.16 SS2, A2, 3

nutrients required by plants grown within the enterprise and the affects of nutrient deficiency and toxicity on individual plant species and varieties, including visual symptoms

Q2.15 SS2, A2, 3

soil ameliorants commonly required to treat the soil problems experienced by the enterprise

Q2.9 SS2, A2, 3

the main simple and compound fertiliser products available to the enterprise including analysis, solubility, salt index, application rates and costs

Q2.10 SS2, A2, 3

Required knowledge the environmental implications for the external Q2.39 SS2, A2, 3







(continued) environment of soil ameliorant and fertiliser use, which may include over-spraying, run-off, nutrient overload, erosion, toxicity, noise and dust.


communicate with work team members, supervisors, contractors and suppliers, interpret manufacturers and plant nutrition program specifications, utilise proforma reporting, analysis and work procedure documents, and understand labels and symbols

estimate treatment and product requirements, material sizes and quantities, interpret specifications, and calculate areas, ratios, proportions and application rates

Q2.21 SS2, A2, 3

coordinate own activities with the requirements and schedules of the work group and contractors to sequentially and effectively implement the plant nutrition program in a timely and cost effective manner.







Element 1 – Prepare for monitoring activities

1.1 The turf site to be monitored, nature and regularity of monitoring, and time constraints for delivering reports are identified according to enterprise work procedures.


1.2 Plant tissue and soil analysis consultants are identified and their sampling specifications determined in consultation with the supervisor and/or consultants.

Q2.49 SS2, A3

1.3 Monitoring tools and equipment are selected according to enterprise work procedures.

1.4 Pre-operational and safety checks are carried out on tools and equipment according to manufacturers specifications and enterprise work procedures.



Element 2 – Collect soil and plant tissue samples

2.1 Samples for off-site testing are collected from a representative area and prepared, packaged, accurately labelled and dispatched according to consultants’ requirements and enterprise work procedures.

2.2 On-site soil tests are performed according to testing instrument instructions, industry codes of practice and enterprise work procedures.

Q2.53 SS2, A3






RTF3023A Monitor turf health2.3 Divots are replaced from soil sampling sites and waste

materials disposed of according to enterprise work procedures.

SS2, A3

2.4 Sampling tools and equipment are cleaned of all residue and returned to storage according to manufacturers' specifications and enterprise work procedures.

2.5 Results of analysis are recorded and compared with acceptable parameters according to researched and experiential awareness.

Q2.49 SS2, A3

2.6 Recommendations are determined for remedial action to address analytically identified deficiencies, and to meet target chemical balances according to researched and experiential awareness, and enterprise work procedures.

SS2, A3

Element 3 – Visually monitor turf health

3.1 Monitoring of turf health is undertaken according to OHS requirements.

3.2 Health indicators of the turf are assessed visually with reference to researched and experiential awareness, site conditions, seasonal conditions, and according to enterprise work procedures.

SS2, A3

3.3 Deficiencies in turf quality are identified visually with reference to researched and experiential awareness, site conditions, seasonal conditions, and according to enterprise work procedures.

SS2, A3

3.4 Reports and recommendations are made to the supervisor according to enterprise work procedures.

SS2, A3









practical understanding of soil and plant tissue analysis as a monitoring and turf management tool, the main elements of analysis, and their significance as indicators of nutritional deficiency and toxicity

Q2.34 SS2, A3

awareness of the role of trace elements and nutrients required by turf grass plants, and symptoms of toxicities and deficiencies

Q2.64 SS2, A3

turf grass diseases, including commonly occurring regional diseases, seasonality, history of site and visual disease symptoms

Q2.38 SS2, A3

main, simple and compound fertiliser products available to the enterprise including analysis, solubility, salt index, rates and cost

Q2.10 SS2, A3

rates and regularity of recommended fertiliser and pesticide application to achieve optimum plant health objectives, while minimising external environment impact through leaching, excessive spraying and overuse.

Q2.30 SS2, A3


communicate with work team members, supervisors and consultants

SS2, A3






RTF3023A Monitor turf health utilise proforma reporting, analysis and work procedure

documentsSS2, A3

measure materials and interpret specifications and analytical results

SS2, A3

coordinate work groups, consultants and own activities to sequentially and effectively complete monitoring in a timely and cost-effective manner.

SS2, A3


Element 1 – Follow environmental workplace practices

1.1 Workplace practices and work instructions relating to potential environmental impacts are recognised and followed, and clarification is sought where necessary.


1.2 Changes to work practices and procedures are responded to positively and promptly in accordance with enterprise requirements.

1.3 Relevant legislation, codes and national standards that impact on workplace environmental practices are recognised and followed.






RTC2702A Observe environmental work practicesElement 2 – Contribute to improved environmental work practices

2.1 Suggestions are made to designated personnel for improvements to workplace practices where possible.

2.2 Information is gathered and improvements are suggested to support the development of improved workplace approaches to environmental practices.

2.3 Environmental issues and their relationship to workplace practices are discussed in the workplace with colleagues and designated personnel.

2.4 Contributions to the review of environmental practices and policies are made within limits of responsibility.

Element 3 – Recognise and report on a potential environmental threat

3.1 Signs or symptoms of the potential environmental threat are recognised.

Q2.36

3.2 Information about or observations of a potential environmental threat are reported to supervisors and/or appropriate authorities.

3.3 Location and extent of the potential environmental threat is accurately recorded.

3.4 Reports on the potential environmental threat are completed according to enterprise guidelines.

Element 4 – Maintain environmental records

4.1 Environmental records are accurately prepared as required according to enterprise policies and procedures.

4.2 Environmental records are stored securely in a form accessible for reporting purposes.









relevant legislation from all levels of government on environmental issues

relevant environmental policies and workplace/industry practices and procedures

good practice approaches relevant to work area particularly in regard to minimising environment hazards and risks, and improving environmental performance

SS2, A4

environmental issues, especially in regard to water catchments, air, noise, ecosystems, habitat, efficient use of resources, sustainability and waste minimisation symptoms

SS2, A4

potential environmental threats and problems relevant to a given region and occupation

SS2, A4

general workplace practices and their potential impact on the environment.

SS2, A4


communicate with supervisors and workplace colleagues SS2, A4

recognise basic environmental hazards and threats SS2, A4

follow workplace directions and instructions SS2, A4






RTC2702A Observe environmental work practices keep simple records. SS2, A4


Element 1 – Maintain workplace environmental procedures

1.1 Workplace procedures and work instructions for integrated environmental work practices for own work area are recognised, followed and conveyed to team members.

Skill Set 2, Activity 4 for this unit of competency

1.2 Relevant legislation, codes and national standards that impact on workplace environmental practices are recognised, conveyed to team members and followed.







Element 2 – Recognise and report on potential environmental threats

2.1 Existing and potential environmental risks and hazards are identified, reported to designated personnel and dealt with.

2.2 Location and extent of the potential environmental threat are accurately recorded.

2.3 Reports on the potential environmental threat are completed according to enterprise guidelines.

Element 3 – Support continuous improvement of environmental work practices

3.1 Information is gathered and improvements are suggested to support the development of improved environmental workplace practices.

3.2 Environmental issues and their relationship to workplace practices are discussed in the workplace.

3.3 Changes to workplace approaches to environmental practices are responded to positively and promptly in accordance with enterprise requirements.

3.4 Individuals/teams are informed of the results of environmental improvements in the workplace.

3.5 Environmental training needs of the work team are identified, and training is sought where required.







Element 4 – Maintain environmental records

4.1 Environmental records are accurately and legibly maintained and stored securely in a form accessible for reporting purposes.

4.2 Internal and external reporting procedures are identified and maintained.


relevant legislation from all levels of government on environmental issues

relevant environmental policies and workplace/industry practices and procedures

good practice approaches relevant to work area particularly in regard to minimising environment hazards and risks, and improving environmental performance

environmental issues, especially in regard to water catchments, air, noise, ecosystems, habitat, efficient use of resources, sustainability and waste minimisation

potential environmental threats and problems relevant to a given region and occupation

general workplace practices and their potential impact on the environment.

Required skills To achieve the performance criteria, appropriate literacy and numeracy levels as well as some complementary skills are







required. These include the ability to:

communicate with supervisors and workplace colleagues

recognise environmental hazards and threats

act upon environmental hazards and threats by following enterprise procedures legislative requirements

instruct/advise others to follow enterprise procedures and legislative requirements

follow workplace directions and instructions

keep environmental records.




Skill Set 3 – Operation of machinery involved in horticulture; application of OHS policies and proceduresUnits of competencyRTC3310A Operate specialised machinery and equipmentRTE3713A Carry out workplace OHS proceduresRTE2308A Operate ride-on vehicles

Units of competencyRTC2307A Operate machinery and equipmentRTC2701A Follow OHS proceduresRTE3307A Coordinate machinery and equipment maintenance and repair


RTC3310A Operate specialised machinery and equipmentElement 1 – Select and prepare specialised machinery and equipment for use

1.1 Specialised machinery and equipment is selected and prepared to job requirements and confirmed against work plan.

Q3.100 Skill Set (SS) 3, Activity(A) 3

1.2 Routine pre-operational checks of specialised machinery and equipment are completed to manufacturers’ specifications and enterprise requirements.

Q3.101 SS3, A3

1.3 OHS hazards in the workplace are recognised, risk assessed and minimised according to enterprise requirements.

Q3.26 SS3, A3

Element 2 – Operate specialised machinery and equipment

2.1 Machinery and equipment is operated in a safe and controlled manner and monitored for performance and efficiency.

Q3.101 SS3, A3

2.2 Risks to self, others and the environment are anticipated and minimisation strategies implemented accordingly.

Q3.116 SS3, A3

2.3 Suitable personal protective clothing and equipment is selected, used, maintained and stored according to OHS requirements.

Q3.115 SS3, A3

2.4 Environmental implications associated with machinery operation are identified, assessed and reported to the supervisor.

Q3.107 SS3, A3






RTC3310A Operate specialised machinery and equipment

Element 3 – Complete and report on specialised machinery and equipment operation

3.1 Shut-down procedures for specialised machinery and equipment are completed to manufacturers’ specifications and enterprise requirements.

SS3, A3

3.2 Specialised machinery and equipment operational records are completed and maintained according to enterprise requirements.

Q3.72 SS3, A3

3.3 Malfunctions, faults, irregular performance and damage to specialised machinery and equipment are detailed and reported according to enterprise requirements.

Q3.97 SS3, A3

3.4 Specialised machinery and equipment is cleaned, secured and stored according to OHS and enterprise requirements.

SS3, A3


components, controls and features of specialised machinery and equipment and their functions

Q3.100 SS3, A3

risks associated with the operation of machinery and equipment in different weather and difficult terrain conditions

Q3.116 SS3, A3






RTC3310A Operate specialised machinery and equipmentRequired knowledge (continued)

relevant state/territory legislation, regulations and codes of practice with regard to workplace OHS, and the use and control of hazardous substances, chemical and biological agents

Q3.10 SS3, A3

relevant state/territory legislation, regulations and codes of practice with regard to licensing, roads and traffic requirements, and the use and control of specialised machinery and equipment

Q3.10 SS3, A3

environmental impacts and minimisation measures associated with the operation of specialised machinery and equipment

Q3.107 SS3, A3

personal protective equipment and when and how it should be used

Q3.115 SS3, A3

enterprise policies with regard to specialised machinery and equipment use, recording and reporting routines.

Q3.72 SS3, A3


operate specialised machinery and equipment in normal and adverse conditions to industry standards

Q3.100 SS3, A3

demonstrate emergency operating procedures in normal and adverse conditions

SS3, A3

Required skills (continued) attach and detach a range of three-point linkage implements, front-mounted and PTO-operated equipment

Q3.38 SS3, A3






RTC3310A Operate specialised machinery and equipment demonstrate safe and environmentally responsible

workplace practicesQ3.107 SS3, A3

obtain relevant licences and permits

interpret manufacturers’ specifications, work and maintenance plans, and MSDSs

Q3.10 SS3, A3

communicate faults, malfunctions and workplace hazards, report and maintain operational records

Q3.72 SS3, A3

measure and calculate volumes, load weights, consumption and servicing requirements.


Element 1 – Adapt OHS policies and procedures

1.1 Information regarding the organisation OHS policies and procedures is made readily accessible to all employees.


1.2 Employee responsibilities prescribed in OHS legislation, codes and national standards are identified and carried out.

Q3.9 SS3, A4

1.3 Employee responsibilities prescribed in enterprise OHS policies and procedures (including emergency procedures) are identified and carried out.

Q3.9 SS3, A4






RTE3713A Carry out workplace OHS proceduresElement 2 – Assist in workplace hazard identification and risk control

2.1 Information regarding hazard identification and risk control is provided and explained regularly.

Q3.5 SS3, A4

2.2 Hazards in the workplace are recognised and reported to designated personnel according to enterprise procedures.

Q3.5 SS3, A4

2.3 Assessment of risk associated with identified hazards is made in accordance with enterprise procedures.

Q3.5 SS3, A4

2.4 Workplace procedures and work instructions for controlling risks are followed accurately.

Q3.3 SS3, A4

2.5 Risks to fellow workers, other people and animals are recognised and action is taken to eliminate or reduce them.

Q3.3 SS3, A4

2.6 Safety training is undertaken or provided as necessary. Q3.23 SS3, A4

Element 3 – Observe safe practices during work operations

3.1 Work requiring personal protective equipment (PPE) is identified, used, maintained and stored according to enterprise procedures.

Q3.17 SS3, A4

3.2 Basic safety checks on all machinery and equipment are undertaken before operation according to enterprise procedures.

Q3.32 SS3, A4

3.3 Hazards associated with handling of hazardous substances are identified and notified, and risk assessed in accordance with enterprise procedures and OHS requirements.

Q3.26 SS3, A4







3.4 Noise hazards are identified and notified, and risk assessed in accordance with enterprise procedures and OHS requirements

Q3.26 SS3, A4

3.5 Manual handling risks are assessed prior to activity, and work carried out according to currently recommended safe practice.

Q3.26 SS3, A4

3.6 Information on OHS for specific work operations is accessed as required.

Q3.9 SS3, A4

Element 4 – Participate in arrangements for maintaining health and safety of all people in the workplace

4.1 Individuals have input into on going monitoring and reporting on all aspects of workplace safety.

Q3.9 SS3, A4

4.2 OHS issues are raised with designated personnel in accordance with enterprise procedures and relevant OHS legislation.

Q3.9 SS3, A4

4.3 Contributions to participative arrangements in the workplace are made within organisational procedures and scope of responsibilities and competencies.

Q3.3 SS3, A4

4.4 Suggestions are made to assist the development of effective solutions to control the level of risk with enterprise activities.

Q3.8 SS3, A4








employee and employer responsibilities under the OHS Act

Q3.9 SS3, A4

enterprise procedures relating to hazards, fires, emergencies, accidents, and risk control

Q3.26 SS3, A4

OHS signs and symbols relevant to area of work. Q3.27 SS3, A4


apply workplace procedures for hazard identification and risk control

Q3.26 SS3, A4

read safety warning signs Q3.27 SS3, A4

observe and direct others to follow safe working operations

participate in arrangements for maintaining the health and safety of all people in the workplace

Q3.3 SS3, A4

accurately record incidents in the work area in accordance with OHS legal requirements.






RTE2308A Operate ride-on vehiclesElement 1 – Prepare ride-on vehicle for operation

1.1 Existing and potential OHS hazards in the work area are identified and reported to the supervisor.


1.2 Routine checks and maintenance of ride-on vehicle are conducted prior to use according to manufacturers’ specifications and enterprise requirements.

Q3.46 SS3, A2

1.3 Attached equipment is identified and selected appropriate to work requirements, checked for safety, and set for operation.

Q3.46 SS3, A2

1.4 Ride-on vehicle and equipment faults or malfunctions are identified and reported for repair according to enterprise requirements.

SS3, A2

1.5 Appropriate licences for operation of vehicles are obtained where required.

Element 2 – Operate ride-on vehicle

2.1 Risks to self, others and the environment are recognised and avoided according to OHS and enterprise requirements.

Q3.45 SS3, A2

2.2 Suitable personal protective equipment is selected, used and maintained according to OHS and enterprise requirements.

Q3.17 SS3, A2

2.3 Ride-on vehicle is operated in a safe and controlled manner, and monitored for performance and efficiency.

Q3.46 SS3, A2

2.4 Hazards are identified, anticipated and controlled through the application of safe riding techniques.

Q3.46 SS3, A2

2.5 Environmental implications associated with ride-on SS3, A2






RTE2308A Operate ride-on vehiclesvehicle operation are recognised and positive enterprise environmental procedures applied where relevant.

Element 3 – Complete and check ride-on vehicle operation

3.1 Shut-down procedures are conducted according to manufacturers’ specifications and enterprise requirements.

Q3.66 SS3, A2

3.2 Malfunctions, faults, irregular performance or damage to ride-on vehicle is detailed and reported according to enterprise requirements.

Q3.97 SS3, A2

3.3 Ride-on vehicle is cleaned, secured and stored according to enterprise requirements.

Q3.49 SS3, A2

3.4 Ride-on vehicle operational reports are maintained to industry standards according to enterprise requirements.

Q3.72 SS3, A2


components, controls and features of ride-on vehicles and their functions

Q3.46 SS3, A2

range of ride-on-vehicles and attached equipment and functional applications

Q3.45 SS3, A2

operating principles and operating methods Q3.46 SS3, A2


load limits and the principles of weight distribution with regard to load shifting and vehicle movement

Q3.51 SS3, A2






RTE2308A Operate ride-on vehicles effects of adverse weather and terrain conditions on the

operation of ride-on vehiclesQ3.45 SS3, A2

OHS legislative requirements Q3.45 SS3, A2

codes of practice with regard to the use and control of hazardous substances

Q3.25 SS3, A2

environmental codes of practice with regard to machinery operation.

Q3.25 SS3, A2


steer, manoeuvre and position vehicles in a smooth and controlled manner

Q3.46 SS3, A2

apply hand-eye coordination Q3.46 SS3, A2

safely operate ride-on vehicles in adverse weather and difficult terrain conditions

Q3.41 SS3, A2

match and attach equipment appropriate to work requirements

Q3.46 SS3, A2

demonstrate safe and environmentally responsible workplace practices

Q3.24 SS3, A2

Required skills (continued) read and comprehend manufacturers’ specifications, work and maintenance plans, and MSDSs

Q3.10 SS3, A2

effectively communicate faults and hazards, interpret and Q3.12 SS3, A2






RTE2308A Operate ride-on vehiclesapply task instructions, report and maintain operational records.

RTC2307A Operate machinery and equipmentElement 1 – Prepare machinery and equipment for use

1.1 Machine and equipment is selected appropriate to job requirements and confirmed against a work plan.

Q3.44 Skill Set 3, Activity 1 for this unit of competency

1.2 Routine pre-operational checks of machinery and equipment are carried out to manufacturers’ specifications and enterprise requirements.

Q3.66

1.3 Equipment is securely attached and calibrated for operation to manufacturers’ specifications.

Q3.38

1.4 Faulty machinery and equipment is identified, safety tagged, and reported to supervisor according to enterprise requirements.

Q3.97

1.5 OHS hazards in workplace are identified, risk assessed and reported according to enterprise requirements.

Q3.30






RTC2307A Operate machinery and equipmentElement 2 – Operate machinery and equipment

2.1 Machinery and equipment is operated in a safe and controlled manner, and monitored for performance and efficiency.

Q3.105

2.2 Risk to self, others and the environment are recognised and minimised according to enterprise and OHS requirements.

Q3.37

2.3 Suitable personal protective clothing and equipment is selected, used, maintained and stored according to Occupational Health and safety requirements.

Q3.17

2.4 Environmental implications associated with machinery operation are identified, assessed and reported to the supervisor.

Q3.107

Element 3 – Check and complete machinery and equipment operation

3.1 Machinery and equipment shut-down procedures are carried out to manufacturers’ specifications and enterprise requirements.

Q3.66

3.2 Machinery and equipment operational records are maintained according to enterprise requirements.

Q3.101

3.3 Machinery and equipment damage, malfunctions or irregular performance are recorded and/or reported according to enterprise requirements.

Q3.97

3.4 Machinery and equipment is cleaned, secured and stored according to manufacturers’ specifications and enterprise requirements.

Q3.49






RTC2307A Operate machinery and equipmentRequired knowledge Knowledge and understanding are essential to apply this


manufacturers’ specifications for servicing of machinery and equipment

operating principles and operating methods for machinery and equipment

Q3.101

principles of weight distribution with regard to load shifting and machinery movement

Q3.51

procedures for cleaning, securing and storing machinery, equipment and materials

Q3.108

potential risks and hazards associated with the operation of machinery and equipment

Q3.26

legislation, regulations and codes of practice with regard to workplace OHS, and the use and control of hazardous substances

Q3.25

relevant state/territory legislation, regulations and codes of practice with regard to licensing, roads and traffic requirements

environmental impacts and minimisation measures associated with the operation of machinery and equipment.







RTC2307A Operate machinery and equipmentrequired. These include the ability to:

operate machinery and equipment to industry standards Q3.101


Q3.24

read and interpret manufacturers’ specifications, work and maintenance plans, and material safety data sheets

interpret and apply instructions, communicate with work team and supervisor, record and report equipment faults, workplace hazards, and accidents

measure and calculate volumes, consumption and servicing requirements.






RTC2701A Follow OHS proceduresElement 1 – Follow workplace procedures for hazard identification and risk control


Q3.1 Skill Set (SS) 3, Activities (A) 1, 2, 3


Q3.2 SS3, A1, 2, 3


Q3.8 SS3, A1, 2, 3

1.4 Workplace procedures for dealing with accidents, fire and emergencies are followed whenever necessary within the scope of responsibilities and competencies.

Q3.15 SS3, A1, 2, 3

1.5 Risks to fellow workers, other people and animals are recognised, and action is taken to eliminate or reduce them.

Q3.8 SS3, A1, 2, 3

1.6 Employee responsibilities prescribed in OHS legislation are recognised and carried out.

Q3.24 SS3, A1, 2, 3

1.7 Safety training is undertaken as directed. Q3.23 SS3, A1, 2, 3


2.1 Work for which protective clothing or equipment is required is identified and personal protection equipment is used, maintained and stored in accordance with enterprise procedures.

Q3.17 SS3, A1, 2, 3


Q3.32 SS3, A1, 2, 3

2.3 Hazards associated with handling of hazardous Q3.20 SS3, A1, 2, 3







substances are identified and notified, and risk assessed in accordance with enterprise procedures and OHS requirements.

2.4 Noise hazards are identified and notified, and risk assessed in accordance with enterprise procedures and OHS requirements.

Q3.4 SS3, A1, 2, 3

2.5 Manual handling job risks are assessed prior to activity and work carried out according to currently recommended safe practice.

Q3.58 SS3, A1, 2, 3

2.6 Information on OHS is accessed as required. Q3.10 SS3, A1, 2, 3



Q3.18 SS3, A1, 2, 3


Q3.31 SS3, A1, 2, 3


Q3.29 SS3, A1, 2, 3

3.4 Contributions are provided towards the development of effective solutions to control the level of risk associated with enterprise activities.

Q3.24 SS3, A1, 2, 3






RTC2701A Follow OHS proceduresRequired knowledge Knowledge and understanding are essential to apply this



Q3.24 SS3, A1, 2, 3

enterprise procedures relating to hazards, fires, emergencies, accidents, risk control

Q3.15 SS3, A1, 2, 3

OHS signs and symbols relevant to area of work. Q3.27 SS3, A1, 2, 3


follow workplace procedures for hazard identification and risk control

Q3.30 SS3, A1, 2, 3

read safety warning signs Q3.27 SS3, A1, 2, 3

observe safety during work operation Q3.24 SS3, A1, 2, 3

participate in arrangements for maintaining health and safety of all people in the workplace.

Q3.29 SS3, A1, 2, 3






RTE3307A Coordinate machinery and equipment maintenance and repairElement 1 – Prepare for maintenance and repair work

1.1 Requirements of the work responsibilities are clarified with the supervisor and according to enterprise guidelines.

Q4.72 Skill Set (SS) 4, Written Tasks (WT) 1, 2

1.2 Equipment and material resource requirements are identified according to the scope of the coordination work and the supervisor’s instructions.

Q4.70 SS4, WT1, 2

1.3 The priorities for maintenance and repair activities and time allocation is identified, documented and presented to the supervisor for verification.

Q4.71 SS4, WT1, 2

1.4 The environmental implications of the proposed maintenance and repair work are identified and the likely outcomes assessed and reported to the supervisor.

Q4.98 SS4, WT1, 2

1.5 OHS hazards are identified, risks assessed and reported to the supervisor.

Q4.26 SS4, WT1, 2

1.6 Personal protective equipment (PPE) is selected, used, maintained and stored according to the type of work site activities to be undertaken.

Q4.17, 2.64 SS4, WT1, 2

Element 2 – Maintain and repair machinery and equipment

2.1 Equipment/machinery is maintained and repaired as authorised by the supervisor and according to enterprise guidelines and work place priorities.

Q4.99 SS4, WT1, 2

2.2 Materials to assist in maintenance and repair work are purchased, stored and/or used as required.

SS4, WT1, 2

2.3 Delivery of materials to the site is organised according to workplace priorities.

SS4, WT1, 2

2.4 Machinery and equipment is organised to be on-site in Q4.68 SS4, WT1, 2







good order when they are required.

2.5 Maintenance and repairs requiring specialist attention and work are identified and organised according to enterprise guidelines.

Q4.69 SS4, WT1, 2

Element 3 – Coordinate and report on maintenance and repair activities

3.1 Resources are coordinated and timed to suit the maintenance and repair activities and priority of work.

Q4.70 SS4, WT1, 2

3.2 Operators are informed of appropriate use and their responsibilities in respect to operational maintenance requirements of machinery and equipment.

Q4.72 SS4, WT1, 2

3.3 Personnel, activities, timelines and materials usage are monitored and documented according to enterprise guidelines.

Q4.101 SS4, WT1, 2

3.4 Contingency situations are recognised and reported to the supervisor and corrective actions taken according to enterprise guidelines.

SS4, WT1, 2

3.5 A simple report is written to inform management of maintenance and repair activities undertaken and completed.

SS4, WT1, 2


work schedule programming Q4.71 SS4, WT1, 2

possible causes of disruption to work activities and their Q4.72 SS4, WT1, 2






RTE3307A Coordinate machinery and equipment maintenance and repaireffect on quality and time schedules

responsibilities and requirements for maintaining and repairing machinery and equipment

Q4.67 SS4, WT1, 2

the range, use and availability of materials, equipment and machinery that may be required for the project

SS4, WT1, 2

environmental awareness associated with undertaking maintenance and repair work on machinery and equipment to ensure the impact on the environment is minimal

Q4.98 SS4, WT1, 2

OHS issues, legislative requirements and codes of practice.

SS4, WT1, 2


read and interpret documentation associated with work site activities

SS4, WT1, 2

calculate material and resource requirements SS4, WT1, 2

Required skills (continued) coordinate a team to achieve optimum performance Q4.72 SS4, WT1, 2

communicate with personnel at all levels Q4.72 SS4, WT1, 2

document results clearly and concisely SS4, WT1, 2

perform an OHS risk assessment. SS4, WT1, 2




Skill Set 4 – Irrigation installation, operation, maintenance and troubleshootingUnits of competencyRTE3601A Install irrigation systemsRTE3605A Troubleshoot irrigation systemsRTE3611A Operate pressurised irrigation systems

Units of competencyRTE3612A Implement a maintenance program for an irrigation systemRTE2606A Maintain pressurised irrigation systems



Element 1 – Organise resources for installation work

1.1 Materials, tools, equipment and machinery are selected according to the irrigation system design requirements and enterprise work procedures.

Q4.51

1.2 The construction site for the irrigation system and construction method is identified according to the site and irrigation system plans and enterprise work procedures.

Q4.51

1.3 Parts and equipment delivered to site are checked according to system drawings and specifications.




1.6 Suitable safety and personal protective equipment (PPE) are selected, used and maintained.

1.7 Water supply is checked to ensure that it is compatible with system specifications.

Q4.39







Element 2 – Set out and prepare site

2.1 Measurement and marking out of irrigation lines are consistent with the plan.

Q4.62

2.2 Trenches where constructed are at the specified depth without damage to services, facilities, features and established plants.

Q4.69

2.3 Equipment operation and work practices conform to enterprise and legislative OHS requirements.

Q4.69

2.4 Regulations and legislation relevant to the situation are observed.

Q4.40

2.5 Work practices reflect sustainable horticulture principles and respond to local community requirements.

Element 3 – Install irrigation components

3.1 Plan is interpreted and where applicable, contractors are supervised and work is monitored to conform to the plan.

Q4.62

3.2 Components are assembled and connected according to the plan, joints are completed and tested according to manufacturers’ specifications.

Q4.63

3.3 Fittings and valves are fitted and adjusted to the requirements of the installation plan, and all joints are secured according to enterprise guidelines.

Q4.61

3.4 A clean and safe work area is maintained while installation work is carried out.

3.5 Tools appropriate to the task being undertaken are chosen and used according to guidelines and safe







working practices are employed.

Element 4 – Complete installation work

4.1 Earthworks are finished off to plan specifications and enterprise work procedures.

Q4.82

4.2 The system configuration and capacity matches the installation plan.

4.3 The site is restored and waste material is removed from the site and disposed of in an environmentally aware and safe manner according to enterprise work procedures.

4.4 Tools, equipment and machinery are cleaned, maintained and stored according to enterprise work procedures.

Element 5 – Commission irrigation system

5.1 Start-up sequence is in accordance with operations manual.

Q4.65

5.2 System is flushed as required.

5.3 Operating faults are identified and corrective actions taken according to the operations manual.

5.4 Testing and monitoring equipment are calibrated to manufacturers’ specifications.

5.5 Work outcomes are recorded or reported to the supervisor according to enterprise work procedures.

Required knowledge Knowledge and understanding are essential to apply this standard in the workplace, to transfer the skills to other contexts and to deal with unplanned events. The knowledge







requirements for this competency standard are listed below:

methods and techniques of irrigation Q4.51

components of an irrigation system Q4.1–4.24 SS4, A6

characteristics and operation of joints, valves and sprinkler components

Q4.53 SS4, A6

operation of pumps and water flow rates Q4.31

behaviour of water on varying terrain and soil types

soil water retention testing techniques Q4.33

water quality and water filtration techniques Q4.43

calculations for installing irrigation systems

soil characteristics Q4.33

enterprise OHS procedures.


organise resources for installation work

Required skills (continued) set out and prepare site

install irrigation components Q4.52






RTE3601A Install irrigation systems complete installation work

commission irrigation system Q4.65


implement and follow relevant enterprise OHS and environmental policies and procedures.

RTE3605A Troubleshoot irrigation system

Element 1 – Locate and identify faulty components and blockages

1.1 Irrigation system and component function is determined by reference to system specifications and technical manuals.


1.2 Monitoring and maintenance records are checked and reviewed.

1.3 Operational tests are carried out in accordance with system specifications, technical manuals and OHS requirements.

1.4 Faulty components and blockages are identified and documented according to enterprise policy and procedures.






RTE3605A Troubleshoot irrigation systemElement 2 – Shut down/isolate component

2.1 Shut-down sequence and isolation procedures are applied as required according to system specifications and technical manuals.

2.2 Safe shutdown or isolation is verified.

2.3 Safety/security lock off devices and signage is installed according to enterprise policy and procedures.

Element 3 – Replace faulty components and clear blockages

3.1 Access to faulty components and blockages is arranged. SS4, A5

3.2 Faulty components are removed from the system, according to system specifications and technical manuals, and repaired or disposed of in an environmentally responsible way.

SS4, A5

3.3 Replaceable components are selected from manufacturers’ catalogues and procured using enterprise procedures.

3.4 Replacement components are installed to meet system specifications according to technical manuals.

3.5 Replace faulty components and clear blockages are carried out without unnecessary damage to surrounding site and structures.

SS4, A5

3.6 Blockages are cleared or blocked sections are replaced according to enterprise, environmental and OHS procedures.

SS4, A5

Element 4 – Return system to 4.1 Isolated or shut-down components are returned to SS4, A5







normal operating status service.

4.2 Operational tests are carried out according to system specifications, technical manuals and OHS requirements.

4.3 System is returned to normal operational set up.

4.4 Repair activities are reported and recorded according to enterprise policy and procedures.


identification, characteristics and operation of replaceable components of irrigation systems

Q4.88 SS4, A5

system malfunctions and their likely cause Q4.88 SS4, A5

environmental impacts of irrigation, using water from any ground or underground source

purchasing procedures SS4, A5

isolation procedures

enterprise policies and procedures

irrigation OHS and environmental guidelines.








required. These include the ability to:

read and apply system specifications, technical manuals and supply/spare parts inventories

record and report maintenance activities

identify adverse environmental impacts of irrigation activities and appropriate remedial action

operate, maintain and repair irrigation systems Q4.88 SS4, A5



Element 1 – Perform pre-start checks for pressurised irrigation system

1.1 Checks of water, power, fuel and lubricants ensure that all are available and the control system is operational.

Q4.25 Skill Set (SS) 3, Activities (A) 2, 3 or 4

1.2 Pumps are primed, if necessary, and valves and controls are open or closed as directed.

Q4.41 SS4, A 2, 3 or 4

1.3 Pressure and flow testing equipment are calibrated and available as required.

Q4.103 SS4, A 2, 3 or 4

1.4 Other pre-start system checks are carried out in accordance with manufacturers, OHS and enterprise procedures.

Q4.28 SS4, A 2, 3 or 4







Element 2 – Start up and inspect system

2.1 Start-up sequence is implemented in accordance with operations manual.

SS4, A 2, 3 or 4

2.2 All malfunctions, leaks and blockages are corrected or repaired immediately and reported in accordance with OHS and enterprise procedures.

Q4.95 SS4, A 2, 3 or 4

2.3 Pressure at the head works and control valves is within design specifications indicating efficient filter operation, and water is distributed evenly to the targeted areas with minimal wastage and run-off.

Q4.43 SS4, A 2, 3 or 4

Element 3 – Shut down system based upon irrigation indicators

3.1 Water is applied for sufficient time to allow amount of water necessary to achieve required soil moisture levels in accordance with irrigation schedule, environmental considerations and allowing for weather conditions.

Q4.36 SS4, A 2, 3 or 4

3.2 System components are shut down and drained in sequence in accordance with manufacturers, OHS and enterprise procedures.

3.3 Drainage and treatment systems are checked in accordance with enterprise procedures.

3.4 Irrigation activities are recorded and in reported accordance with regulatory requirements and enterprise procedures.

Q4.








general irrigation methods for pressurised systems Q4.27 SS4, A 2, 3 or 4

main components of pressurised irrigation systems Q4.42 SS4, A 2, 3 or 4

pump types used in pressurised irrigation systems and their operation

Q4.31 SS4, A 2, 3 or 4

environmental impacts of irrigation using water from any ground or underground source

soil/plant/water relationships Q4.37 SS4, A 2, 3 or 4

water requirements of plants/crops consistent with sound environmental management

Q4.36 SS4, A 2, 3 or 4

shutdown sequence n/a SS4, A 2, 3 or 4

OHS, environmental and enterprise policies and procedures relating to the operation of pressurised irrigation systems.

Q4.43


read and follow operations manual and irrigation schedules

Required skills (continued) measure and interpret flow rates and pressures Q4.103






RTE3611A Operate pressurised irrigation systems identify adverse environmental impacts of irrigation

activities and appropriate remedial actionQ4.37

implement and follow relevant OHS and environmental policies and procedures relating to the operation of pressurised irrigation systems.


Element 1 – Interpret an irrigation maintenance program

1.1 Scope of maintenance works is determined according to the irrigation maintenance program.


1.2 Frequency of maintenance works is determined and implemented according to the irrigation maintenance program.

Q3.28 SS3, A2

1.3 Irrigation maintenance standards are established in line with the irrigation maintenance program.

Q3.40 SS3, A2

1.4 Maintenance works are planned and prepared. Q3.45 SS3, A2

1.5 OHS requirements are identified, associated hazards and risks assessed, and suitable controls implemented.

1.6 Environmental considerations of irrigation maintenance activities are identified.

Q3.37






RTE3612A Implement a maintenance program for an irrigation systemElement 2 – Inspect irrigation system

2.1 An inspection checklist is established according to the irrigation maintenance program.

Q3.45 SS3, A2

2.2 System is regularly inspected according to the checklist. Q3.28 SS3, A2

2.3 Remedial action and repairs are identified and undertaken to restore system to full effectiveness.

Q3.45 SS3, A2

2.4 Servicing of mechanical equipment is undertaken according to the irrigation maintenance program.

Q3.41 SS3, A2

2.5 Results of maintenance works are assessed and recorded to ensure repairs or maintenance standards have been achieved according to the irrigation maintenance program.

Q3.45 SS3, A2

2.6 Ensure surroundings are tidied and materials and equipment cleared from the site on completion of maintenance works.

Element 3 – Record and report maintenance activities

3.1 Damage and blockage caused by pests and animals are recorded by damage type, location and the section of the system affected.

3.2 Damage or faulty pumps, valves, electrical components and computer systems are recorded and reported, and action taken to effect repairs.

Q3.45 SS3, A2

3.3 Routine and preventative maintenance activities are recorded and reported in accordance with enterprise standards.

Q3.54 SS3, A2









soil/plant/water relationships Q3.33

environmental impacts of irrigation Q3.37

irrigation system components Q3.1 SS3, A2

common operational and maintenance problems Q3.45 SS3, A2

enterprise, OHS and environmental policies and procedure

environmentally safe disposal procedures for chemical containers and residues, oils/grease and used parts.

Q2.21


interpret an irrigation maintenance program Q3.54 SS3, A2

inspect irrigation system Q3.28 SS3, A2

record and report maintenance activities Q3.45 SS3, A2

read and interpret design and layout plans

test irrigation equipment Q3.31 SS3, A2

Required skills (continued) record all test results clearly and concisely with attention to detail

Q3.45






RTE3612A Implement a maintenance program for an irrigation system undertake minor repairs of equipment SS3, A2

dispose of unused or waste materials from site in an environmentally safe and sensitive manner.

Q2.21


Element 1 – Carry out pre- and post-season maintenance

1.1 Equipment is prepared pre-season for effective operation in accordance with design specifications and enterprise standards.

Skill Set (SS) 3, Activity (A) 2

1.2 System is flushed, cleaned, closed down and maintained post-season in accordance with design specifications and enterprise standards.

SS3, A2

1.3 Equipment requiring storage is dismantled, loaded, transported and stored without damage according to enterprise standards and safe working practices.

Element 2 – Carry out routine maintenance activities on pressurised irrigation delivery systems

2.1 All maintenance activities are carried out according to the maintenance program and the manufacturers’ specifications.

Q3.35 SS3, A2

2.2 Mechanical equipment is serviced in accordance with the operator’s manual or as directed.

Q3.31, 3.41 SS3, A2







2.3 Supply and distribution systems are flushed and cleaned with sprinklers, emitters and/or drip line tapes replaced as directed.

Q3.29

2.4 Outlets, strainers, pump screens and filters are cleaned and replaced as directed.

Q3.41, 3.43

2.5 System is visually inspected for leaks, operating faults and dry areas, and observations recorded in the maintenance book.

Q3.35 SS3, A2

2.6 Operation area is maintained in a clean and safe condition, and OHS procedures are followed.

Q3.64

Element 3 – Maintain system components

3.1 System maintenance is carried out at scheduled times using equipment and materials in accordance with enterprise standards and manufacturers’ specifications.

SS3, A2

3.2 Parts are inspected for wear or blockage and reported or replaced according to enterprise guidelines.

Q3.24, 3.34 SS3, A2

3.3 Outlets are removed and cleaned and damaged ones are reassembled and replaced according to manufacturers’ specifications.

Q3.35 SS3, A2

3.4 Operation area is maintained in a clean and safe condition, and OHS procedures are followed.

Q3.64







Element 4 – Record and report maintenance activities

4.1 All damage and blockage caused by pests and vermin is recorded by damage type, location and the section of the system affected.

4.2 Damage or faulty pumps, valves, electrical components and computer systems are recorded and reported, and action taken to effect repairs.

Q3.41

4.3 All routine maintenance activities are recorded and reported in accordance with enterprise standards.

SS3, A2


enterprise and OHS procedures relating to pressurised irrigation system maintenance

major components of a pressurised irrigation delivery system

SS3, A2

maintenance requirements and procedures for system components

SS3, A2

environmentally safe disposal procedures for chemical containers and residues, oils/grease and used parts.

Q2.21








read and follow an operator’s manual and manufacturers’ specifications for pressurised irrigation systems

SS3, A2

maintain selected irrigation system components Q3.25

record and report maintenance observations and activities. Q3.45




Skill Set 5 – Establishing turf surfaces; preparing turf surfaces for play; communication of requirement to both staff and clientsUnits of competencyRTF2023A Support turf establishmentRTF3010A Establish turfRTF2015A Prepare turf surfaces for play

Units of competencyRTC2801A Participate in workplace communicationsRTC2705A Work effectively in the industryRTF3027A Renovate sports turf


RTF2023A Support turf establishment

Element 1 – Prepare to establish a planted area

1.1 The planting site, planting methods and turf plant species and cultivars are identified according to the site plan and enterprise work procedures.


1.2 Materials, tools, equipment and machinery are selected according to planted area design requirements and enterprise work procedures.

SS5, A1


1.4 The environmental implications of the turf establishment program are identified and the likely outcomes assessed and reported to the supervisor.


1.6 Suitable safety and personal protective equipment (PPE) is selected, used and maintained.







Element 2 – Prepare the planting area

2.1 Layout of services is recognised, depths checked against the site plan and discrepancies are reported to the supervisor.

Q5.3 SS5, A1

2.2 Earthworks are undertaken according to OHS requirements.

Q5.3 SS5, A1

2.3 All competing plants are treated according to enterprise work procedures.

Q5.3 SS5, A1

2.4 Soil is assessed for moisture, tilth, compactness, depth and decaying plant material according to enterprise work procedures.

Q5.7 SS5, A1

2.5 Soil additives are selected and applied according to enterprise work procedures.

Q5.10 SS5, A1

2.6 The entire surface is raked out evenly to achieve a consistent texture and the area is uniformly levelled to defined contour requirements according to enterprise work procedures.

Q5.23 SS5, A1

2.7 The planting site is watered according to the planting method and enterprise work procedures.

2.8 Debris and pollutants are removed from the site and disposed of in an environmentally aware and safe manner according to enterprise work procedures.

Q5.23 SS5, A1







Element 3 – Plant turf 3.1 All turf plant material is inspected prior to being planted and material with major defects is discarded according to enterprise work procedures.

Q5.17 SS5, A1

3.2 Hygiene practices with use of tools and equipment are clarified with supervisor and observed in establishment work.

SS5, A1

3.3 Turf plant material with minor defects is trimmed or treated to maintain health and vigour according to enterprise work procedures.

Q5.17 SS5, A1

3.4 Seed spread by hand and mechanically is evenly distributed over the whole planting area with no overlap and no areas missed according to enterprise work procedures.

Q5.2 SS5, A1

3.5 The entire sown surface is evenly raked and thoroughly watered according to enterprise work procedures.

Q5.2 SS5, A1

3.6 Sods are correctly oriented, rolled evenly onto a moist surface and interlocked in the pattern and area according to enterprise work procedures.

Q5.3 SS5, A1

3.7 Newly laid turf is watered thoroughly to encourage establishment according to enterprise work procedures.

Q5.21 SS5, A1







Element 4 – Provide post-planting care

4.1 The planted site is protected from animals, pedestrian and vehicular traffic according to enterprise work procedures.

Q5.9 SS5, A1

4.2 The planted site is rolled to a work pattern planned to cover the area evenly and efficiently and rolling is even, flat and uniform with no disturbance according to enterprise work procedures.

SS5, A1

4.3 Turf is mown according to a pattern and height specified in enterprise work procedures.

Q5.22 SS5, A1

4.4 Top dressing is applied evenly to the required depth over the whole area and is worked or rubbed into the surface according to enterprise work procedures.

4.5 New turf is watered according to irrigation system manufacturers’ specifications and enterprise work procedures.

Q5.21 SS5, A1

4.6 Water is applied by hand to dry or under-watered plants according to the requirements of the turf species and cultivar, and according to enterprise work procedures.

Q5.21 SS5, A1

4.7 Watering patterns are checked for dry spots and blockages and faults are rectified according to manufacturers’ specifications and reported to the supervisor.

Q5.21 SS5, A1







Element 5 – Monitor turf health

5.1 Turf structure is observed for quality according to published data, enterprise work procedures and industry standards.

Q5.12 SS5, A1

5.2 Damaged turf is identified according to published data, suppliers’ specifications, historical data and enterprise work procedures.

5.3 Plants incorrectly planted or situations that will prevent plants from reaching their full potential are identified, recorded and reported to the supervisor according to enterprise work procedures.

Q5.11 SS5, A1

Element 6 – Complete establishment of the planted area


6.2 Waste material is removed from the planting site and disposed of in an environmentally aware and safe manner according to enterprise work procedures.

Q5.23 SS5, A1


6.4 A clean and safe work area is maintained throughout and on completion of work.


SS5, A1








the purpose of the turf establishment program in relation to enterprise presentation standards and the end use of the turf surface

Q5.1 SS5, A1

the characteristics of enterprise turf species and cultivars, including growth rates, and their planting and post-planting cultural requirements

Q5.4 SS5, A1

irrigation and drainage system design and operational techniques to deliver maximum benefits to the planted area while minimising detrimental environmental impacts

the effect of adverse outdoor climatic conditions, eg rain, hail, total fire ban days, or very high ultraviolet radiation, which may prevent or impede turf establishment activities, or influence the selection of tools, machinery and safety equipment to minimise the hazards presented

the potential public nature of turf establishment work sites and the hazards and responsibilities associated with working in a publicly accessible situation.


participate in teams and contribute to team objectives






RTF2023A Support turf establishment communicate orally with work team members and

supervisors

utilise proforma recording, reporting and work procedure documents

SS5, A1

interpret site plans and turf establishment specifications

measure quantities, calculate material requirements, area, volume, ratios and application rates, and calibrate machinery

coordinate own activities with the work group

minimise noise, dust, high-activity vehicle traffic and water run-off to prevent nuisance-level environmental disturbance.






RTF3010A Establish turfElement 1 – Collect samples for soil testing

1.1 Soil samples are taken from a representative area and accurately labelled according to enterprise guidelines and consultant requirements.


Element 2 – Plant turf 2.1 Tools and equipment are chosen appropriate to the task being undertaken, used according to guidelines, and safe working practices are employed according to enterprise OHS guidelines.

SS5, A2

2.2 Planting site is prepared according to enterprise guidelines.

Q5.3 SS5, A2

2.3 Placement and planting method of the plant material are consistent with the turf type.

Q5.3 SS5, A2

2.4 Newly planted turf is watered and top-dressing is applied according to plan and supervisors’ instructions.

Q5.3 SS5, A2

2.5 Tools equipment and machinery chosen are appropriate to the task being undertaken, used according to guidelines, and safe working practices are employed.

SS5, A2

Element 3 – Manage newly established turf

3.1 Newly established turf is watered and fertilised according to need and method of planting.

Q5.21 SS5, A2

3.2 Turf is mowed according to a specified pattern and height according to the requirements of the enterprise.

Q5.20 SS5, A2

3.3 Newly established turf is monitored, problems identified, and any changes are reported to supervisor according to enterprise policy.

Q5.18 SS5, A2

3.4 Top dressing is applied according to the establishment







plan.

3.5 Tools and equipment chosen are appropriate to the task being undertaken, used according to guidelines, and safe working practices are employed.

SS5, A2

Element 4 – Report and repair areas of damaged turf

4.1 Plants are observed for health properties, specifications and historical data.

Q5.12 SS5, A2

4.2 Turf condition is observed for quality according to enterprise practice and guidelines.

Q5.12 SS5, A2

4.3 Reports and recommendations are made to supervisor according to enterprise guidelines.

4.4 Tools and equipment chosen are appropriate to the task being undertaken, used according to guidelines, and safe working practices are employed.

SS5, A2


appropriate agricultural chemicals and concentrations

turf identification and growth characteristics Q5.5 SS5, A2

soils and turf nutrition Q5.7 SS5, A2

Required knowledge fertiliser use and application Q5.10 SS5, A2







(continued) watering practices Q5.21 SS5, A2

common weeds, pests and diseases. Q5.16 SS5, A2


collect soil samples for analysis Q5.7 SS5, A2

establish turf Q5.3 SS5, A2

use turf establishment machinery and equipment n/a SS5, A2

use fertilisers and irrigation equipment Q5.18 SS5, A2

repair areas of damaged turf.


Element 1 – Prepare the site to be mown

1.1 Services affecting the turf surface are located using site plans and in consultation with the supervisor.


1.2 Permanent obstacles and OHS hazards are identified, risks assessed and reported to the supervisor.







1.3 Movable obstacles are removed before and replaced after mowing and debris is disposed of in an environmentally aware and safe manner according to enterprise work procedures.

1.4 Abnormal conditions or changes in the appearance of the site are reported to the supervisor.

Element 2 – Prepare equipment for mowing

2.1 Tools, equipment and machinery are selected that are appropriate to the task being undertaken.

Q5.43 SS5, A6

2.2 The mower is calibrated and adjusted to height according to the manufacturers’ guidelines and enterprise work procedures.

Q5.43 SS5, A6

2.3 Pre-operational checks of tools, equipment and machinery are completed according to manufacturers’ specifications and enterprise work procedures.

Q5.43 SS5, A6


2.5 Suitable safety equipment is selected and erected at the work site during work periods.

Element 3 – Mow playing surface

3.1 Grass appearance is assessed against enterprise guidelines and changes in appearance are reported to the supervisor.

Q5.58 SS5, A6







3.2 The mower is matched to any implement attached to it according to manufacturers’ guidelines and enterprise work procedures.

Q5.53 SS5, A6

3.3 Continuous oversight of mowing activities is maintained according to enterprise work procedures.

SS5, A6

3.4 Mowing is undertaken according to OHS requirements. SS4, A6

Element 4 – Undertake final preparation of playing surface

4.1 Mark out tools appropriate for the task being undertaken are selected

Q5.46 SS5, A6

4.2 Lengths and angles are measured to locate markers and match play equipment according to enterprise work procedures and industry practice.

Q5.49 SS5, A6

4.3 Marking out is completed according to the intended playing surface use and enterprise work procedures.

Q5.48 SS5, A6

4.4 Markers and play equipment are placed where necessary according to enterprise work procedures.

Q5.48 SS5, A6

4.5 Correct manual handling techniques are used when lifting or moving heavy loads.











practical understanding of how the intended use of the turf playing surface and the competition playing requirements will affect preparation of the turf surface

Q5.55

the effect of outdoor climatic conditions, eg rain, hail, extreme heat and/or wind, or very high ultraviolet radiation, which may prevent or impede turf surface preparation programs, or influence the requirements for the playing surface, the selection of tools, machinery and safety equipment to reduce the hazards presented

Q5.61

the environmental impact of water removal procedures, potential run-off from the site and disposal into drains or reticulation units

awareness of the potential public nature of turf surface preparation activities and the hazards and responsibilities associated with working in a publicly accessible situation.


participate in teams and contribute to team objectives

read and interpret work procedures

communicate effectively with team members and






RTF2015A Prepare turf surfaces for playsupervisor

measure distances, angles and calculate areas Q5.49

dispose of excess water, plant debris and litter in an safe, environmentally aware and sensitive manner, such as sorting plant and paper-based waste for recycling, returning chemical containers to the manufacturer, minimising water run-off and non-recyclable waste, and reporting and disposing of biohazardous litter such as used condoms or hypodermic syringes.







Element 1 – Follow routine spoken messages

1.1 Required information is gathered by listening, and is correctly interpreted.


1.2 Instructions/procedures are followed in appropriate sequence for tasks and in accordance with information received.

Q1.14 SS1, A3

1.3 Clarification is sought from workplace supervisor on all occasions when any instruction/procedure is not understood.

Q1.18

Element 2 – Perform workplace duties following routine written notices

2.1 Written workplace notices and instructions are read and interpreted correctly.

Q1.14

2.2 Routine written instructions/procedures are followed in sequence.

Q1.14 SS1, A3

2.3 Clarification is sought from workplace supervisor on all occasions when any instruction/procedure is not understood.

Q1.18

Element 3 – Obtain and provide information in response to workplace requirements

3.1 Specific, relevant information is obtained. Q1.22 SS1, A3

3.2 Important information is interpreted correctly. Q1.22 SS1, A3

3.3 Information is written completely, accurately and legibly. Q1.14

3.4 Sources of required information are identified and appropriate contact established.

Q1.18







3.5 Personal interaction is courteous and inquiries carried out clearly and concisely.

Q1.5

3.6 Defined workplace procedures for the location and storage of information are used.

Element 4 – Complete relevant work-related documents

4.1 Range of forms relating to conditions of employment is completed accurately and legibly.

Q1.19

4.2 Workplace data is recorded on standard workplace forms and documents.

Q1.19

4.3 Basic mathematical processes are used for routine calculations.

Q1.11

4.4 Errors in recording information on forms/documents are identified and rectified.

Q1.2

4.5 Reporting requirements to supervisor are completed according to enterprise guidelines.

Q1.18

Element 5 – Participate in workplace meetings and discussions

5.1 Team meetings are attended on time. Q1.23 SS1, A3

5.2 Own opinions are clearly expressed and those of others are listened to without interruption.

Q1.23 SS1, A3

5.3 Meeting inputs are consistent with the meeting purpose and established protocols.

Q1.23 SS1, A3

5.4 Workplace interactions are conducted in a courteous manner appropriate to cultural background and authority in the enterprise procedures.

Q1.13 SS1, A3

5.5 Questions about simple routine workplace procedure and Q1.18







matters concerning conditions of employment are asked and responded to.

5.6 Meeting outcomes are interpreted and implemented. Q1.28 SS1, A3


effective communication Q1.22

different modes of communication Q1.24

written communication Q1.14 SS1, A3

effective communication in a work team Q1.23

communication procedures and systems, and technology relevant to the enterprise and the individual's work responsibilities

Q1.25

OHS legislative requirements and codes of practice. Q1.8


follow simple spoken messages Q1.22 SS1, A3

perform routine workplace duties following simple written notices

Q1.14






RTC2801A Participate in workplace communications gather and provide information in response to workplace

requirementsQ1.22 SS1, A3

complete relevant work related documents Q1.19 SS1, A3

estimate, calculate and record routine workplace measures Q1.11

perform basic mathematical processes of addition, subtraction, division and multiplication

Q1.11

conduct estimation processes Q1.11

participate in workplace meetings and discussions. Q1.23 SS1, A3







Element 1 – Obtain information about the industry

1.1 Sources of information about the industry are correctly identified and accessed.


1.2 Information to assist effective and safe work performance within the industry is collected.

Q5.90

1.3 Specific information on sector of work is obtained and updated.

Q5.94

1.4 Industry and OHS information is correctly applied to day-to-day work activities.

Q5.92

1.5 Employment terms and conditions are defined. Q5.96

1.6 Career pathways within the industry are identified.

Element 2 – Observe employment requirements

2.1 Industry developments are used in workplace context to improve quality, productivity and conditions.

Q5.101

2.2 Work practices comply with codes of practice and workplace expectations.

Q5.101

2.3 Faults and abnormalities in workplace practices are recognised and remedial action is taken to enterprise requirements.

2.4 Dress and personal requirements comply with workplace standards.

2.5 Punctuality in work attendance is observed.







2.6 Employers’ expectations are met through completion of workplace routines and specific instructions within enterprise policies and procedures.

Q5.95

Element 3 – Accept responsibility for quality of own work

3.1 Personal workspace is kept in a well-organised and safe condition, and is in accordance with relevant standards and policies.

3.2 Workplace code of conduct is adhered to.

3.3 Variations in the quality of service and/or products from required standards are detected and reported in accordance with workplace procedures.

Element 4 – Plan own work 4.1 Instructions are interpreted correctly and observed.

4.2 Factors affecting work requirements are identified and appropriate action is taken.

4.3 Workload is assessed and prioritised within allocated timeframes.

4.4 The need for assistance to improve performance is communicated clearly to the appropriate person.







Element 5 – Promote workplace cooperation

5.1 Responsibilities and duties are undertaken in a positive manner to promote co-operation and good relationships.

5.2 Co-operation with others is conducted in a courteous manner and is appropriate to culture, special needs and linguistic background and position in the organisation.

5.3 Problems and conflict are recognised and resolved, where possible, through personal communication and/or are referred to a supervisor, manager or employer for resolution.

Element 6 – Contribute to a productive work environment

6.1 Commitments to undertake work or assist colleagues/co-workers are fulfilled.

6.2 Information relevant to work is shared with colleagues/co-workers to ensure designated work goals are met.

6.3 Knowledge and skills are shared with colleagues/co-workers through conversations and meetings.

6.4 Contribution of individuals of different gender and social and cultural backgrounds is recognised and sought.

6.5 The principles of equal employment opportunity are observed and implemented.

Q5.101

6.6 Work is consistent with workplace standards relating to anti-discrimination and workplace harassment.

Element 7 – Undertake an activity to workplace

7.1 Interpretation of work schedules is consistent with the schedule and tasks defined.







requirements 7.2 Knowledge and skills required for task are discussed with supervisors and co-workers.

7.3 Availability of materials and equipment are checked to ensure they are consistent with work schedules and the requirements of the tasks.

7.4 A daily schedule for completing workplace activities and allocated tasks including priorities, allocated start times, estimation of completion times and materials, equipment and assistance required for completion is decided upon.


industry/workplace awards and conditions Q5.97

employer’s expectations Q5.94

relevant legislation and codes of practice applying to the industry

Q5.97

OHS policies and procedures Q5.92

workplace policies and procedures including those relating to quality systems

Q5.95


emergency procedures Q5.92

organisational structure Q5.94






RTC2705A Work effectively in the industry workplace communication channels. Q5.90


collate information on the industry

observe employer requirements Q5.94

accept responsibility for quality of own work

manage own work

maintain safety of others

promote workplace cooperation

contribute to a productive work environment

interpret work schedules.







Element 1 – Prepare for the turf renovation program

1.1 The turf renovation site and renovation program are identified according to the site plan and enterprise work procedures.


1.2 Turf and renovation materials are selected according to enterprise work procedures.

Q5.31


Q5.39


Element 2 – Prepare renovation equipment

2.1 Tools, equipment and machinery are selected according to enterprise work procedures.


2.3 Tools, equipment and machinery are calibrated and adjusted according to manufacturers’ guidelines and enterprise work procedures.

Element 3 – Implement the renovation program

3.1 Enterprise work team and contractors are identified and work tasks are coordinated in a sequential, timely and effective manner in consultation with the supervisor.







3.2 Work pattern is planned to cover the renovation site in an efficient, sequential and coordinated manner according to enterprise work procedures.

Q5.29

3.3 Renovation tasks are undertaken according to OHS requirements and with due consideration of the environmental implications.

Q5.39

3.4 Renovation tasks are monitored and remedial action is undertaken where necessary to achieve program objectives.

Q5.29

3.5 A clean and safe work area is maintained throughout and on completion of work.

Element 4 – Complete renovation activities

4.1 Waste material is removed from the renovation site and disposed of in an environmentally aware and safe manner according to enterprise work procedures.




how turf renovation methods can achieve enterprise and Q5.30






RTF3027A Renovate sports turfindustry standards for turf surface appearance and quality relevant to the end use of the turf surface

comparative environmental implications associated with renovation activity, turf and soil treatments and waste disposal procedures

Q5.41

different planting, care and renovation scheduling requirements of cool and warm season grass species and cultivars because of the different times of the year that they are at the height of their performance.

Q5.35, 5.36


communicate with work team members, supervisors and contractors

interpret and draft basic plans


understand design symbols and information

Required skills (continued) measure materials

interpret and apply site plans and renovation program specifications

coordinate work group, contractors and own activities to sequentially and effectively complete turf renovation in a






RTF3027A Renovate sports turftimely and cost-effective manner.




Skill Set 6 – Construction of turf playing areas; installation of drainage systems; coordination of work site activitiesUnits of competencyRTF3001A Construct turf playing surfacesRTE3601A Install irrigation systems

Units of competencyRTF2504A Determine basic properties of soil/growing mediaRTC3805A Coordinate work site activities


RTF3001A Construct turf playing surfaces

Element 1 – Plan for construction activities

1.1 The construction site for high performance turf playing surfaces and the construction method are identified according to the site and construction plans and enterprise work procedures.


1.2 Soil tests of existing soil are undertaken using representative samples, and according to testing instrument instructions and enterprise work procedures.

Q6.2 SS6, A1, 2, 3

1.3 Locations and layout of services and utilities are identified, depths checked against the site or construction plan, and discrepancies are reported to the supervisor and the relevant authorities.

Q6.15 SS6, A1, 2, 3

1.4 History of site is determined and taken into account in planning construction details.

Q6.9 SS6, A1, 2, 3

1.5 Likely consequences of site aspect, features and run-off from adjacent sites are determined and incorporated in site and construction plans.

Q6.9 SS6, A1, 2, 3


Q6.4 SS6, A1, 2, 3

1.7 Suitable safety equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) are selected, used and maintained.






RTF3001A Construct turf playing surfacesElement 2 – Survey the construction site

2.1 Surveying equipment is set up and used according to industry standards.

Q6.6 SS6, A1, 2, 3

2.2 Existing levels are surveyed and temporary benchmark established. Details are recorded accurately and legibly according to industry standards.

Q6.6 SS6, A1, 2, 3

2.3 New levels are set according to specifications and pegs placed according to industry convention.

Q6.13 SS6, A1, 2, 3

2.4 Contour map with reduced levels and a cross section is developed and drawn using accepted industry symbols and mapping conventions.

n/a SS6, A1, 2, 3

Element 3 – Prepare for construction work

3.1 Enterprise work team, contractors and design consultants are identified and, where required, engaged.

3.2 Work tasks are scheduled in a logical, timely and effective manner in consultation with the supervisor.

SS6, A1, 2, 3

3.3 Materials required are estimated and costed according to accepted industry practice and ordered.

Q6.5 SS6, A1, 2, 3

3.4 Plans for the new construction profile are obtained or developed.

Q6.15 SS6, A1, 2, 3

Element 4 – Set out site for construction

4.1 Symbols and terminology are interpreted to ensure the concept of the construction plan is clearly understood according to industry practice.

Q6.12 SS6, A1, 2, 3

4.2 Boundaries and features contained in the site and construction plans are checked and verified against the actual site and existing features.

Q6.14 SS6, A1, 2, 3







4.3 Finishing levels, provision for drainage and irrigation, and drainage head of the site are identified and checked against the construction plan to ensure nominated levels are workable.

SS6, A1, 2, 3

4.4 Measurements are checked against the construction plan, the construction area is pegged out, and variances are notified to the supervisor according to enterprise work procedures.

Q6.11 SS6, A1, 2, 3

Element 5 – Excavate the construction site

5.1 Excess soil is removed and the construction site cleared with the stockpile being placed in a designated area according to enterprise work procedures.

SS6, A1, 2, 3

5.2 The base is graded to the level and slope specified in the base design.

SS6, A1, 2, 3

5.3 The base of the profile is consolidated to achieve uniform compaction over the entire site according to the construction plan.

SS6, A1, 2, 3

5.4 Sub-surface irrigation system components and fittings are installed to the required depth and design specified in the construction plan.

SS6, A1, 2, 3

Element 6 – Install drainage system

6.1 Drainage trenches are dug to the required depth and design specified in the construction plan.

SS6, A1, 2, 3

6.2 Drainage material is laid on the base of the trench, pipes are laid/installed, and trenches are covered according to industry standards.

SS6, A1, 2, 3






RTF3001A Construct turf playing surfacesElement 7 – Install soil profile 7.1 Quantities of material required to be spread over the

designated area are calculated and measured according to the construction plan.

Q6.7 SS6, A1, 2, 3

7.2 Equipment is calibrated according to manufacturers’ guidelines to distribute the required amount of material over the designated area.

Q6.8 SS6, A1, 2, 3

7.3 Each profile layer is compacted to reflect the final contour.

SS6, A1, 2, 3

7.4 The interface between profile layers is uniform and unbroken according to the construction plan and enterprise work procedures.

SS6, A1, 2, 3

7.5 Soil amendments are prepared according to enterprise work procedures, mixed thoroughly and applied evenly over the designated area.

SS6, A1, 2, 3

7.6 The finishing soil surface is given a final levelling and consolidated, ready for planting, according to the construction plan and enterprise work procedures.

SS6, A1, 2, 3


practical understanding of the range and use of materials, tools, equipment and machinery available to the enterprise for construction of soil profiles, including soil amendments and base construction materials

Q6.2 SS6, A1, 2, 3

Required knowledge practical understanding of the range of construction Q6.2 SS6, A1, 2, 3







(continued) methods that may be used to construct soil profiles for high performance turf surfaces, and the association of construction methods with site limitations, environmental implications, and end use of the turf surface

practical understanding of surveying principles and techniques

Q6.6 SS6, A1, 2, 3

soil testing techniques and the application of results to the construction process

SS6, A1, 2, 3

awareness of the comparative environmental implications associated with construction and excavation activity, drainage and irrigations systems, soil amendments and waste disposal procedures.

Q6.19 SS6, A1, 2, 3


communicate effectively with work team members, supervisors, contractors and consultants

interpret and draft basic plans Q6.11 SS6, A1, 2, 3

utilise proforma reporting, analyses and work procedure documents

Q6.15 SS6, A1, 2, 3

understand design symbols and information Q6.12 SS6, A1, 2, 3

Required skills (continued) measure materials, interpret site and construction plan specifications, survey and assess site measurements, and interpret and apply test results

Q6.5 SS6, A1, 2, 3






RTF3001A Construct turf playing surfaces coordinate work group, contractors and own activities to

sequentially and effectively complete construction in a timely and cost-effective manner.


Element 1 – Organise resources for installation work

1.1 Materials, tools, equipment and machinery are selected according to the irrigation system design requirements and enterprise work procedures.

Q4.51

1.2 The construction site for the irrigation system and construction method is identified according to the site and irrigation system plans and enterprise work procedures.

Q4.51

1.3 Parts and equipment delivered to site are checked according to system drawings and specifications.











1.7 Water supply is checked to ensure that it is compatible with system specifications.

Q4.39

Element 2 – Set out and prepare site

2.1 Measurement and marking out of irrigation lines are consistent with the plan.

Q4.62

2.2 Trenches where constructed are at the specified depth without damage to services, facilities, features and established plants.

Q4.69

2.3 Equipment operation and work practices conform to enterprise and legislative OHS requirements.

Q4.69

2.4 Regulations and legislation relevant to the situation are observed.

Q4.40

2.5 Work practices reflect sustainable horticulture principles and respond to local community requirements.

Element 3 – Install irrigation components

3.1 Plan is interpreted and where applicable, contractors are supervised and work is monitored to conform to the plan.

Q4.62

3.2 Components are assembled and connected according to the plan, joints are completed and tested according to manufacturers’ specifications.

Q4.63

3.3 Fittings and valves are fitted and adjusted to the requirements of the installation plan, and all joints are secured according to enterprise guidelines.

Q4.61

3.4 A clean and safe work area is maintained while installation work is carried out.







3.5 Tools appropriate to the task being undertaken are chosen and used according to guidelines and safe working practices are employed.

Element 4 – Complete installation work


Q4.82

4.2 The system configuration and capacity matches the installation plan.

4.3 The site is restored and waste material is removed from the site and disposed of in an environmentally aware and safe manner according to enterprise work procedures.


Element 5 – Commission irrigation system

5.1 Start-up sequence is in accordance with operations manual.

Q4.65

5.2 System is flushed as required.

5.3 Operating faults are identified and corrective actions taken according to the operations manual.

5.4 Testing and monitoring equipment are calibrated to manufacturers’ specifications.


Required knowledge Knowledge and understanding are essential to apply this standard in the workplace, to transfer the skills to other







contexts and to deal with unplanned events. The knowledge requirements for this competency standard are listed below:

methods and techniques of irrigation Q4.51

components of an irrigation system Q4.1–4.24 SS4, A6

characteristics and operation of joints, valves and sprinkler components

Q4.53 SS4, A6

operation of pumps and water flow rates Q4.31

behaviour of water on varying terrain and soil types

soil water retention testing techniques Q4.33

water quality and water filtration techniques Q4.43

calculations for installing irrigation systems

soil characteristics Q4.33

enterprise OHS procedures.


organise resources for installation work

set out and prepare site

install irrigation components Q4.52






RTE3601A Install irrigation systems complete installation work

commission irrigation system Q4.65








RTF2504A Determine basic properties of soil/growing mediaElement 1 – Collect soil/media samples for testing

1.1 Tools and materials for collecting soil/media samples are prepared.

No questions for this unit of competency


1.2 Area from which soil/media samples are to be collected is identified from workplace records or supervisor’s instructions.

1.3 Services are located using site plans and in consultation with the supervisor.

1.4 OHS hazards are identified, risks assessed and controls implemented and reported to the supervisor.

1.5 Suitable safety equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) are selected, used and maintained.

1.6 Samples are taken randomly from the designated area according to recognised sampling techniques and are prepared for on site or off site analysis.

1.7 Samples are labelled and recorded according to organisational procedures.

Element 2 – Perform basic soil/media tests

2.1 Soil profile is determined, where appropriate.

2.2 Soils/media are tested or inspected for physical properties.

2.3 Soils/media are tested for chemical properties.

2.4 Results are recorded according to organisational procedures.








soil sampling techniques

soil/media physical properties

soil/media chemical properties

soil/media plant relationships

basic soil/media field tests

interpreting laboratory results

techniques to ameliorate soil properties.


collect soil/media samples

perform basic soil/media tests

interpret results from own or laboratory results

record and store information.







Element 1 – Prepare for work site activities

1.1 Requirements of the work are clarified with supervisor of the project.


1.2 Personnel, equipment and material resource requirements are identified according to the scope of the project and supervisor’s instructions.

1.3 The order of activities and time allocation is identified, documented and presented to the supervisor for verification.

1.4 The environmental implications of the proposed work site activities are identified and the likely outcomes assessed and reported to the supervisor.


1.6 Personal protective equipment (PPE) is selected, used, maintained and stored according to the type of work site activities to be undertaken.

Element 2 – Organise resources

2.1 Materials are purchased and equipment/machinery is hired as authorised by the supervisor and according to enterprise guidelines.

2.2 External agency permits are gained in the correct order as necessary.

2.3 Neighbours and affected parties are notified of works to be undertaken as necessary.







2.4 Delivery of materials and equipment/machinery to site is organised according to documented order of activities.

2.5 Personnel are organised to be on site when they are required.

Element 3 – Coordinate and report on activities

3.1 All resources are coordinated and timed to suit the scope of the project and order of activities.

3.2 Personnel are directed in activities for each period of work.

3.3 Personnel, activities, timelines and resource usage are monitored and documented according to enterprise guidelines.

3.4 Contingency situations are recognised and reported to the supervisor, and corrective actions taken according to enterprise guidelines.

3.5 A simple project report is written to inform management of work site activities undertaken and completed.


environmental awareness associated with undertaking project works to ensure the impact on the environment is minimal

Required knowledge work schedule programming







(continued) hiring and subcontracting of labour

possible causes of disruption to work activities and their effect on quality and time schedules

responsibilities and requirements for obtaining external agency permits as necessary

the range, use and availability of materials, equipment and machinery that may be required for the project.

OHS issues, legislative requirements and codes of practice.


read and interpret documentation associated with work site activities

calculate material and resource requirements

coordinate a team to achieve optimum performance

communicate with personnel at all levels

document results clearly and concisely

perform an OHS risk assessment.




Skill Set 7 – Plant recognition; planting of trees and shrubs; OHS proceduresUnits of competencyRTC2016A Recognise plantsRTC2012A Plant trees and shrubsRTC2701A Follow OHS procedures


RTC2016A Recognise plantsElement 1 – Prepare for plant recognition

1.1 Range of plants requiring recognition is identified according to supervisors/customers needs.


1.2 Resources and equipment for use in recognition activity are located and identified.

1.3 Available processes for plant recognition are identified, selected and prepared for use.

Q7.21 SS7, A1

Element 2 – Recognise specified plants

2.1 Specified plants are recognised and named according to their identifiable characteristics.

Q7.15 SS7, A1

2.2 Brief descriptions of plant habits, characteristics and significant features are recorded according to enterprise requirements.

Q7.2 SS7, A1

2.3 The advice of supervisors is sought when necessary and where appropriate in the recognition activity.

Element 3 – Complete recognition of plants

3.1 Information about plants is documented according to enterprise requirements and added to the reference collection.

3.2 Reference collection is updated as new plants are recognised.

3.3 Any plant debris is disposed of according to enterprise guidelines.





RTC2016A Recognise plantsRequired knowledge Knowledge and understanding are essential to apply this


range of plant identification techniques SS7, A1

plant nomenclature Q7.13 SS7, A1

enterprise procedures for obtaining and supplying advice and information about plants

enterprise expectations about the range and number of plants to be recognised.


recognise the range of plants specific to the enterprise, and describe their attributes, main purpose within the enterprise, specific handling requirements and growth requirements

Q7.23 SS7, A1

use simple keys Q7.21

communicate with customers and clients, interpret questions effectively, and provide limited advice and information about the plants specific to the enterprise.





RTC2012A Plant trees and shrubsElement 1 – Prepare for planting operations

1.1 Planting plan/instructions are obtained and confirmed with supervisor.



Q7.31 SS7, A2

1.3 The environmental implications associated with the planting program are identified and the likely outcomes assessed and reported to the supervisor.

Q7.41

1.4 Tools and equipment are selected that are appropriate to the task being undertaken.

Q7.30

1.5 Suitable personal protective equipment (PPE) is selected, used, maintained and stored according to best practice.

Element 2 – Prepare planting site

2.1 Tools and equipment for planting are used and maintained according to enterprise work procedures.

Q7.30

2.2 Site is marked out according to planting plan and/or enterprise work procedures.

SS7, A2

2.3 Competing plants are controlled according to supervisor's instructions.

2.4 Soil is modified where necessary according to the requirements of the trees to be planted and supervisor's instructions.

2.5 Planting holes are excavated according to the needs of the plant and enterprise guidelines.

Q7.27 SS7, A3





RTC2012A Plant trees and shrubsElement 3 – Prepare trees and shrubs for planting

3.1 Trees and shrubs are watered prior to planting to ensure entire root ball is damp.

3.2 Trees and shrubs are removed from containers without damage or dehydration.

Q7.43 SS7, A2

3.3 Examine plant and root ball and assess suitability for purpose and reject if unsuitable.

3.4 Root treatments are applied according to supervisor's instructions.

Q7.29

Element 4 – Install trees, shrubs and/or other plants

4.1 Plants are placed in hole according to enterprise guidelines.

Q7.26 SS7, A3

4.2 Planting hole is backfilled and soil consolidated. SS7, A3

4.3 Plants are watered in where required to eliminate air pockets.

Element 5 – Complete planting operations

5.1 Post-planting treatment is applied according to the requirements of the species and supervisor's instructions.

Q7.38 SS7, A3

5.2 Tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored according to enterprise and OHS requirements.

Q7.31

5.3 Waste is collected and disposed of or recycled to minimise damage to the external environment.

5.4 Records of planting operations are maintained in the appropriate format.





RTC2012A Plant trees and shrubsRequired knowledge Knowledge and understanding are essential to apply this


chemical use, toxicity and mode of action of chemicals used

awareness of the impact of planting activities on the surrounding environment

Q7.41

planting techniques relating to specific species Q7.29

factors affecting the timing and method of tree or shrub planting

initial establishment needs of juvenile plants Q7.42

soil amelioration techniques

principles relating to the application of mulches and fertilisers

Q7.37

basic plant structure and the physical and nutritional requirements of plants

n/a

OHS legislative requirements and codes of practice Q7.31 SS7, A2

manual handling techniques Q7.40 SS7, A2

the effect of adverse outdoor climatic conditions, eg rain, hail, or very high ultraviolet radiation, which may prevent or impede planting trees and shrubs.

Q7.42

Required skills To achieve the performance criteria, appropriate literacy and






numeracy levels as well as some complementary skills are required. These include the ability to:

interpret work procedures including planting plans and site map

SS7, A2

communicate with team members and supervisor

participate in teams and contribute to team objective

calibrate tools and equipment

measure distance

calculate area, planting and seeding rates, volumes and treatment application rate.


Element 1 – Follow workplace procedures for hazard identification and risk control




Q3.2 SS3, A1, 2, 3


Q3.8 SS3, A1, 2, 3





RTC2701A Follow OHS procedures1.4 Workplace procedures for dealing with accidents, fire and

emergencies are followed whenever necessary within the scope of responsibilities and competencies.

Q3.15 SS3, A1, 2, 3


Q3.8 SS3, A1, 2, 3


Q3.24 SS3, A1, 2, 3




Q3.17 SS3, A1, 2, 3


Q3.32 SS3, A1, 2, 3


Q3.20 SS3, A1, 2, 3


Q3.4 SS3, A1, 2, 3





RTC2701A Follow OHS procedures2.5 Manual handling job risks are assessed prior to activity

and work carried out according to currently recommended safe practice.

Q3.58 SS3, A1, 2, 3




Q3.18 SS3, A1, 2, 3


Q3.31 SS3, A1, 2, 3


Q3.29 SS3, A1, 2, 3

3.4 Contributions are provided towards the development of effective solutions to control the level of risk associated with enterprise activities.

Q3.24 SS3, A1, 2, 3


employee and employer responsibilities under the OHS Act Q3.24 SS3, A1, 2, 3


Q3.15 SS3, A1, 2, 3









Q3.30 SS3, A1, 2, 3


observe safety during work operations Q3.24 SS3, A1, 2, 3

participate in arrangements for maintaining health and safety of all people in the workplace.

Q3.29 SS3, A1, 2, 3




Skill Set 8 – Operating chainsaws and tractors; undertaking machinery maintenanceUnits of competencyRTC2304A Operate and maintain chainsawsRTC2309A Operate tractors

Units of competencyRTC2301A Undertake operational maintenance of machineryRTC2701A Follow OHS procedures


RTC2304A Operate and maintain chainsaws

Element 1 – Recognise and apply workplace safety procedures

1.1 OHS procedures relevant to the maintenance and operation of chainsaws are recognised and applied according to enterprise requirements.


1.2 Hazards in the work area are identified and controlled according to OHS and enterprise requirements.

Q8.1 SS8, A1

1.3 Suitable personal protective equipment is selected, used, maintained and stored according to OHS and enterprise requirements.

Q8.7 SS8, A1

1.4 Relevant licensing and legislative requirements with regard to the operation of chainsaws are recognised and accessed.

Element 2 – Check and maintain chainsaw

2.1 Tools and materials required for maintenance procedures are selected, checked and confirmed against maintenance plan.

Q8.30 SS8, A1

2.2 Routine checks and maintenance procedures are conducted prior to operation and according to manufacturers specifications and maintenance plan.

Q8.33 SS8, A1

2.3 Chainsaw faults or malfunctions are identified, tagged and reported for repair according to OHS and enterprise requirements.

Q8.33 SS8, A1







2.4 Completed chainsaw maintenance procedures are detailed and recorded according to enterprise requirements.

Element 3 – Operate chainsaw

3.1 A safe working site is maintained and sawing materials identified and positioned for operation according to OHS and enterprise guidelines.

Q8.17 SS8, A1

3.2 Risks to self, others and the environment are recognised and controlled according to OHS and enterprise requirements.

Q8.17

3.3 Cutting methods are determined appropriate to species of material, and chainsaw is operated according to manufacturers’ specifications and enterprise requirements.

Q8.23 SS8, A1

3.4 Effective worksite communication is maintained to ensure efficient workflow and address immediate problems.

Q8.14 SS8, A1

3.5 Environmental implications associated with chainsaw operation are identified, assessed and controlled according to enterprise requirements.

Q8.18 SS8, A1

Element 4 – Complete and check chainsaw operation

4.1 Chainsaw damage, malfunctions or irregular performance are recorded and reported according to enterprise requirements.

Q8.16 SS8, A1

4.2 Chainsaw is cleaned, maintained and stored according to manufacturers specifications and enterprise requirements.

Q8.21 SS8, A1







4.3 Relevant reports are maintained to industry standards according to enterprise requirements.

4.4 Personal protective equipment is cleaned, maintained and stored.


relevant state/territory legislation and regulations with regard to the operation of chainsaws

OHS legislative requirements and codes of practice Q8.17

hazards and risks when using chainsaws Q8.1 SS8, A1


various types of chainsaws and respective functions n/a SS8, A1

effects of timber defects on recovery Q8.15 SS8, A1

environmental codes of practice with regard to chainsaw operation.

Q8.18








safely cross-cut fallen timber using compression and tension cuts with a hand held chainsaw

Q8.15 SS8, A1

maximise volume and quality of recovery Q8.


Q8.15 SS8, A1

obtain relevant licences and permits

read and interpret manufacturers’ specifications, work and maintenance plans, and MSDSs

Q8.23

effectively communicate information, interpret and apply task instructions, and maintain records and reports

Q8.14 SS8, A1

estimate and measure dimensions, and calculate volumes.


Element 1 – Prepare tractor for operation

1.1 OHS hazards in the work area are identified, risk assessed and reported to the supervisor.


1.2 Routine checks of tractors are conducted prior to use according to manufacturers’ specifications and enterprise requirements.

Q8.42 SS8, A2







1.3 Attached equipment is identified and selected appropriate to work requirements, checked for safety and set for operation.

Q8.47 SS8, A2

1.4 Tractor and attached equipment faults or malfunctions are identified and reported for repair according to enterprise requirements.

Element 2 – Operate tractor 2.1 Risks to self, others and the environment are recognised and avoided according to OHS and enterprise requirements.

Q8.43 SS8, A2

2.2 Suitable personal protective equipment is selected, used, maintained and stored according to OHS and enterprise requirements.

Q8.54 SS8, A2

2.3 Tractor is operated in a safe and controlled manner and monitored for performance and efficiency.

Q8.45 SS8, A2

2.4 Hazards are identified, anticipated and controlled through the application of safe and defensive driving techniques.

Q8.58 SS8, A2

2.5 Environmental implications associated with tractor operation are recognised and positive enterprise environmental procedures applied where relevant.

Q8.63 SS8, A2

Element 3 – Complete and check tractor operation

3.1 Shut-down procedures are conducted according to manufacturers’ specifications and enterprise requirements.

SS8, A2

3.2 Malfunctions, faults, irregular performance or damage to







tractor and attached equipment is detailed and reported according to enterprise requirements.

3.3 Tractor and attached equipment is cleaned and decontaminated where necessary, secured and stored according to enterprise and OHS requirements.

3.4 Tractor operational reports are maintained to industry standards according to enterprise requirements.


tractor components, controls and features and operational functions

Q8.48 SS8, A2

tractor steering systems and features Q8.42 SS8, A2

attached equipment, features and operational functions and procedures

Q8.52 SS8, A2


load limits and the principles of weight distribution with regard to load shifting and tractor movement

Q8.57 SS8, A2

effects of adverse weather and difficult terrain conditions on tractor operation

Q8.55 SS8, A2

environmental codes of practice with regard to machinery operation






RTC2309A Operate tractors OHS legislative requirements, hazard identification and

risk assessmentQ8.43 SS8, A2

relevant legislation with regard to machinery operation and licensing requirements

OHS codes of practice including the use and control of hazardous substances.

Q8.43 SS8, A2


calculate and measure distance, volumes and weights

steer, manoeuvre and position tractor in a smooth and controlled manner

Q8.45 SS8, A2

safely and effectively operate tractors in adverse weather and difficult terrain conditions

Q8.55 SS8, A2


Q8.45 SS8, A2

interpret manufacturers’ specifications, work and maintenance plans, and MSDSs

effectively communicate faults and hazards, interpret and apply task instructions, report and maintain operational records.







Element 1 – Prepare for maintenance

1.1 Maintenance plans are accessed and understood prior to undertaking maintenance work.

Q8.62 Skill Set (SS) 8, Activity 3

1.2 Tools and supplies are selected appropriate to job requirements and confirmed against maintenance plan.

1.3 Tools are inspected for serviceability and prepared for use according to manufacturers’ specifications and enterprise requirements.

1.4 OHS hazards in the workplace are identified, risk assessed and reported according to enterprise requirements.

Q8.87

Element 2 – Perform scheduled maintenance

2.1 Suitable personal protective equipment is selected, used, maintained and stored according to OHS requirements.

Q8.68 SS8, A3

2.2 Greasing, lubrication and other basic servicing of machinery is carried out according to manufacturers’ specifications and enterprise requirements.

Q8.61 SS8, A3

2.3 Equipment is adjusted according to manufacturers’ specifications and enterprise requirements.

Q8.61 SS8, A3

2.4 Basic diagnostic techniques are applied and mechanical faults are identified and rectified according to manufacturers’ specifications.

Q8.61 SS8, A3

2.5 More serious or complex faults are reported for referral according to enterprise requirements.

Q8.61 SS8, A3







Element 3 – Complete maintenance activities

3.1 Tools are cleaned and stored according to OHS and enterprise requirements.

3.2 Waste from maintenance activities is collected, treated and disposed or recycled according to enterprise environmental requirements.

Q8.63

3.3 Work areas are cleaned, returned to operating condition and maintained according to OHS and enterprise requirements.

3.4 Relevant information is documented according to industry and enterprise requirements.


servicing characteristics of plant and equipment Q8.62 SS8, A3

types and uses of lubricants and other commonly used servicing materials

SS8, A3

operational principles of machinery including mechanical and auto-electrical systems

SS8, A3

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of hand and power tools

SS8, A3

functions of components of common mechanical and hydraulic systems

SS8, A3








working principles of two-stroke, four-stroke, petrol and diesel engines

SS8, A3

set-up requirements of plant and equipment, and principles of calibration

SS8, A3

basic diagnostic processes and techniques SS8, A3

environmental codes of practice with regard to maintenance activities

OHS legislative requirements and codes of practice

hazard identification and assessment Q8.87

OHS procedures. Q8.87


select and match tools with work requirements SS8, A3

apply hand-eye coordination

apply basic diagnostic techniques SS8, A3

recognise and rectify common mechanical faults SS8, A3

perform scheduled maintenance including basic servicing and minor mechanical repairs

Q8.61 SS8, A3

Required skills (continued) read and interpret maintenance plans, manufacturers’ specifications, safety decals and MSDSs






RTC2301A Undertake operational maintenance of machinery effectively communicate with work team and supervisor,

report faults, and maintain records

measure and calculate volumes, consumption and lubrication requirements.

RTC2701A Follow OHS proceduresElement 1 – Follow workplace procedures for hazard identification and risk control




Q3.2 SS3, A1, 2, 3


Q3.8 SS3, A1, 2, 3

1.4 Workplace procedures for dealing with accidents, fire and emergencies are followed whenever necessary within the scope of responsibilities and competencies.

Q3.15 SS3, A1, 2, 3


Q3.8 SS3, A1, 2, 3


Q3.24 SS3, A1, 2, 3







RTC2701A Follow OHS proceduresElement 2 – Observe safe practices during work operations


Q3.17 SS3, A1, 2, 3


Q3.32 SS3, A1, 2, 3


Q3.20 SS3, A1, 2, 3


Q3.4 SS3, A1, 2, 3

2.5 Manual handling job risks are assessed prior to activity and work carried out according to currently recommended safe practice.

Q3.58 SS3, A1, 2, 3




Q3.18 SS3, A1, 2, 3


Q3.31 SS3, A1, 2, 3


Q3.29 SS3, A1, 2, 3






RTC2701A Follow OHS procedures3.4 Contributions are provided towards the development of

effective solutions to control the level of risk associated with enterprise activities.

Q3.24 SS3, A1, 2, 3



Q3.24 SS3, A1, 2, 3


Q3.15 SS3, A1, 2, 3




Q3.30 SS3, A1, 2, 3


observe safety during work operations Q3.24 SS3, A1, 2, 3 participate in arrangements for maintaining health and

safety of all people in the workplace.Q3.29 SS3, A1, 2, 3




Skill Set 9 – Maintaining properties and structures; providing basic first aidUnits of competencyRTC2210A Maintain properties and structuresRTC2704A Provide basic first aid


RTC2210A Maintain properties and structures

Element 1 – Identify and confirm maintenance requirements

1.1 Visual inspections are conducted of structures and facilities to locate and evaluate defects, deterioration and impending defects.

Q9.1 Skill Set (SS) 9, Activity 3

1.2 Property infrastructure and resources are checked for correct operation, minor maintenance needs and damage.

SS9, A3

1.3 Maintenance plan is confirmed according to supervisor's instructions and enterprise requirements.

Element 2 – Select and prepare tools, equipment and materials

2.1 Tools, equipment and materials appropriate to the job requirements are selected and checked for serviceability according to manufacturers’ specifications.

Q9.10 SS9, A2

2.2 Faulty or unsafe tools are identified and segregated for repair or replacement and reported according to enterprise requirements.

2.3 Existing and potential hazards to health and safety are identified, assessed and reported according to OHS and enterprise requirements.

Q9.5

Element 3 – Carry out routine maintenance

3.1 Suitable personal protective equipment is selected, used, maintained and stored according to OHS requirements.

Q9.7 SS9, A2

3.2 Routine maintenance to structures and surroundings is Q9.1 SS9, A3





RTC2210A Maintain properties and structures

carried out according to the maintenance plan and enterprise requirements.

3.3 Minor repairs to building cladding, and treatments to structural finishes, are carried out as required to minimise deterioration.

Q9.9 SS9, A3

Element 4 – Complete maintenance activities

4.1 Work site, tools and materials are cleaned, returned to operating order, and stored according to OHS and enterprise requirements.

SS9, A2

4.2 Unwanted materials and waste from maintenance activities is collected, treated and disposed or recycled according to enterprise, OHS and environmental requirements.

4.3 Relevant information is documented according to industry, enterprise requirements and OHS requirements.


characteristics, capabilities and limitations of materials, equipment and tools

Q9.10 SS9, A2, 3


operation of water taps and reticulation systems

types of building cladding and finishes, purpose and use

identification of defects and apppropriate repair methods Q9.4 SS9, A2, 3





RTC2210A Maintain properties and structures appropriate selection of repair materials n/a SS9, A2, 3

OHS legislative requirements and codes of practice

relevant codes of practice with regard to protection of the environment.


interpret and apply task instructions SS9, A2, 3

operate a broad range of tools and equipment SS9, A2, 3

work in team environment

observe and report on the condition of structures and equipment

Q9.1

demonstrate safe working practices SS9, A2, 3

communicate with work team and supervisor

estimate and calculate volumes and usage.






Element 1 – Assess the situation

1.1 Emergency situation is recognised. Q9.13 Skill Set (SS) 9, Activity (A) 1

1.2 Physical hazards to personal and others health and safety are identified.

1.3 Immediate risk to self and casualty's health and safety are minimised by isolating the hazard.

1.4 The casualty's physical condition and vital signs are assessed.

Q9.14 SS9, A1

Element 2 – Apply basic first aid techniques

2.1 Casualty is reassured in a caring and calm manner and made comfortable using available resources.

Q9.14

2.2 First aid care is provided in accordance with established first aid procedures.

Q9.12 SS9, A1

2.3 First aid assistance is sought from others as appropriate.


the use of safe working practices

the emergency network.







respond positively to emergencies in line with practised actions

Q9.14 SS9, A1

apply first aid casualty management techniques.


ah1578_certiii_horticulture_turf.doc1).doc · web viewmodifiable microsoft® word versions of all...

Documents